Hochiki Products PDF

Click
sign of the pulldown menu
Hochiki America Corporation

7051 Village Drive, Suite 100 Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com
Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com
ALG-V PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE SENSOR

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America ALG-V Photoelectric Smoke
Sensor is particularly suited to detecting optically dense
smoke typical of fires involving materials such as soft
furnishings, plastic, foam or other similar materials which
tend to smoulder and produce large visible smoke particles.
Hochiki's unique design allows fast response to flaming
fires as well as smoldering fires while eliminating false
alarms.
OPERATION
Shown without base
STANDARD FEATURES
Low Profile - Only 1.97" high, including base.
Simple and reliable device addressing method.
Very low current consumption using the unique
"Low Power Mode".
Automatic compensation for sensor contamination.
Built-in optical fire test feature.
Uses the noise immune Digital Communication
Protocol (DCP), which utilizes interrupts for fast
response to fires.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
Current Consumption
Standby:
17-41 VDC
Normal: 390A (typical)

Low Power Mode:
120A (@ 0.75 sec.)
Average when Polled: 2mA
Alarm:
8mA
Transmission Method DCP - Digital
Communication Protocol
Maximum Humidity
95% RH Non-Condensing
UL Ambient Installation 32F to 100 F
Temperature Range (0 C to 37.8 C)
Operating Temperature
14F to 122 F
Range
(-10 C to 50 C)
Air Velocity Range
0-4000 fpm
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS Blend
Weight
3.4oz
(5.1 oz. with 4" base)
Bases
4"
YBN-NSA-4
6"
HSB-NSA-6
The detection chamber consists of a light emitting diode

(LED) and photodiode arrangement. The chamber is
designed such that light emitted by the LED cannot
normally reach the photo diode. In the event of fire,
particles of smoke enter the chamber and scatter the
light. As the smoke level increases, the scattering effect
increases, causing more light to hit the photodiode.
The chamber contains a unique baffle design which allows
smoke to enter the chamber while preventing external
light from affecting the photodiode. The photodiode input
level is sampled to sense smoke density.
When the smoke density exceeds a preset threshold
the sensor transmits an interrupt to the fire control panel
indicating a fire condition. The fire alarm control panel
can adjust the sensor threshold to compensate for
contamination.
Up to 127 devices are permitted on each loop. A sensor
address can be set by a hand held programming unit.
The sensor mounts to an electronics free base and
incorporates a locking mechanism for secure installation.
The base provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring
and a third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sensor
incorporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor status.
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, photoelectric sensors HOCHIKI
America Model ALG-V. The combination sensor
head and twist lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm control panel.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
CSFM #: 7272-0410:149
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. IV
Continued on back.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0021
02/2005
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, continued

The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, and the
ATG-EA heat sensor.
The sensitivity of the sensor shall be capable of being measured by the control panel.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing.
locking feature shall be optional and can be implemented when required.
The
BASES
The HOCHIKI America YBN-NSA-4 and the HSB-NSA-6 mounting bases are electronics free and are a simple
rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows sensor interchange
and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking system is provided
which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the head can be removed
using a small diameter screw driver.
YBN-NSA-4 Base
HSB-NSA-6 Base
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
NOTE: Fire alarm control panel compatibility is required for DCP products.
State-of-the-art communications protocol, DCP, allows system components (DCP sensors AIE-EA,
ALG-V and ATG-EA, bases and modules), to be used concurrently in a system's signal conditioning loop.
Hochiki America Corporation ALG-V
AIE-EA IONIZATION SMOKE SENSOR

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America AIE-EA Ionization smoke sensor
has a responsive and highly stable operation that gives
it an extremely wide range of uses. The AIE-EA can be
used in areas where early warning of trouble from superheated or flaming combustibles is expected. The AIEEA is also constructed to be effectively used where outside RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) and other electrical interference is expected to be encountered.
Shown without base
STANDARD FEATURES.
Low Profile - Only 2.22" high, including base.
Simple and reliable device addressing method.
"Low Power Mode".
Automatic compensation for sensor
contamination.
Built in fire test feature.
response to fires.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
Current Consumption
Standby:
17-41 VDC

Low Power Mode:
140A (@ 0.75 sec)
Average when polled: 2mA
Alarm:
8mA
Transmission Method DCP - Digital
Maximum Humidity
95% RH Non Condensing
UL Ambient Installation 32F to 100F
Temperature Range
(0C to 37.8C)
14F to 122F
Range
(-10C to 50C)
Radiation Source
Americium 241 (0.98Ci)
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS Blend
Weight
4.2oz (5.9 oz. w/ 4" base)
Base
4" YBN-NSA-4
6" HSB-NSA-6

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
OPERATION
A single radioactive source ionizes two chambers which
causes a small DC current to flow between the electrodes in each chamber. Smoke can freely enter the
outer chamber while the inner chamber is virtually sealed
to smoke. Smoke entering the outer chamber causes a
reduction in the DC current, the imbalance between the
two chambers is proportional to the smoke density. The
two chamber design is utilized to compensate for changes
in atmospheric and environmental conditions. When the
sensed input value exceeds a predetermined threshold,
an interrupt is issued to the control panel indicating a
fire alarm.
The fire alarm control panel can adjust the sensor threshold to compensate for contamination. Up to 127 devices are permitted on each loop. A sensor address can
be set by a hand held programming unit. The sensor
mounts to an electronics free base and incorporates a
locking mechanism for secure installation. The base
provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring and a
third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sensor incorporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor status.
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated
on the plans, dual-chamber, ionization smoke sensor
HOCHIKI America AIE-EA. The combination sensor head
and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a
UL listed fire alarm control panel.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7271-0410:148
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV
Continued on back.
F0022
02/2005

The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America ALG-V photoelectric sensor and the
ATG-EA heat sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas indicated on the drawing. The
BASES
The HOCHIKI America HSB-NSA-6 and the YBN-NSA-4 mounting bases are electronics free and are a
simple rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows
sensor interchange and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head
locking system is provided which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor.
Once locked, the head can be removed using a small diameter screw driver.
HSB-NSA-6 Base
YBN-NSA-4 Base
Hochiki America Corporation AIE-EA
ATG-EA HEAT SENSOR

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America ATG-EA Sensor provides accurate
temperature measurement data to the fire alarm control
panel. This sensor is particularly suited to environments
where smoke detectors are unsuitable because of the
precense of system or cooking fumes such as in a
kitchen.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Low Profile - Only 2.0" high, including base
Simple and reliable device addressing method
"Low Power Mode"
Built-in optical fire test feature
response to fires
Adjustable threshold temperature 135F - 150F
(determined by panel)
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
Current Consumption
Standby
17-41 VDC

Low Power Mode:
110A (@ 0.75 sec.)
Average when Polled
2mA
Alarm
8mA
Transmission Method
DCP - Digital
Maximum Humidity
UL Ambient Installation 32F to 115 F
Temperature Range (0 C to 47 C)
135F to 150 F
Range
(57.2 C to 65.6 C)
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS blend
Weight
3.2oz
(4.9 oz. with 4" base)
Bases
4"
YBN-NSA-4
6"
HSB-NSA-6

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The ATG-EA Heat sensor incorporates a highly linear

thermistor circuit, with the thermistor mounted externally.
The specially designed cover protects the thermistor
while allowing maximum air flow. The thermistor circuit
produces a voltage proportional to temperature which is
scaled, and transmitted as a digitally encoded value to
the control panel. When the ambient temperature
exceeds a pre-programmed threshold (fixed
temperature), the sensor transmits an interrupt to the
control panel indicating a fire alarm. The fire alarm control
panel can adjust the sensor threshold for different
Standard's requirements. The rate of rise function is
calculated within the fire alarm control panel, which can
also initiate a fire test which functionally tests the sensor.
Up to 127 devices are permitted on each loop. A sensor
address can be set by a hand-held programming unit.
The sensor mounts to an electronics free base and incorporates a locking mechanism secure installation. The
base provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring,
and a third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sensor incorporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor
status.
Heat sensors are installed in accordance with NFPA
(National Fire Pretection Association) 72, the UL Listed
Spacing Requirements and the rules and regulations set
forth by the local authorities having
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7272-0410:147
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV
Continued on back.
F0023
10/2005

jurisdiction. Automatic heat sensors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, and
the ALG-V photoelectric smoke sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the sensor without generating heat. The test method shall
simulate the effects of heat on the device to insure testing of internal circuitry.
BASES
The HOCHIKI America HSB-NSA-6 and the YBN-NSA-4 mounting bases are electronic free and are a simple
rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows sensor interchange and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking system
is provided which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the head
can be removed using a small diameter screw driver.
(DIAGRAM OF 2 BASES HERE)
HSB-NSA-6 Base
YBN-NSA-4 Base
Hochiki America Corporation ATG-EA
ANALOG SENSOR BASES

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America YBN-NSA-4 and the HSB-NSA6 mounting bases are electronics free and contain a
simple rugged design with screw terminals for wiring
connections. A common mounting base allows sensor
interchange and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking
system is provided which is enabled by removing a small
plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the
head can only be removed using a small diameter screw
driver.
YBN-NSA-4
OPERATION
The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 are designed specifically for use with the Hochiki NS Analog models AIE-EA
Ionization Smoke Sensor, ALG-V Photoelectric Smoke
Sensor and ATG-EA Heat Sensor.
The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 common mounting

bases allows for complete compatibility for all of the
Hochiki NS Series Analog sensors. The bases are
lightweight and very thin, providing a low profile once
installed. The solder-less screw terminals enable quick
and easy wiring connections.
HSB-NSA-6
STANDARD FEATURES
UL & ULC Listed

Designed for use with all NS analog sensors.
Available in 4 and 6 inch models.
Contains a security locking tab for tamper
protection.
SPECIFICATIONS
YBN-NSA-4
HSB-NSA-6
Security Feature
Color
4 inches
6 inches
Plastic Tamper-Lock
Bone PC / ABS Blend
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS463
CSFM #: 7300-0410:132
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. IV
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0013
04/2005
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, ALG-V
photoelectric smoke sensor, and the ATG-EA heat sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The locking
feature shall be optional and can be implemented when required.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the sensor without the need of generating smoke. The test method
shall simulate the effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of internal circuitry.
YBN-NSA-4
(+)
U.L.
LISTED
COMPATIBLE
DCP
LOOP
(-) 8mA MAX.

OUTPUT
U.L.
LISTED
POWER
LIMITED
SUPPLY
(+)
8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
HSB-NSA-6
(+)
U.L.
LISTED
COMPATIBLE
CONTROL
PANEL
U.L.
LISTED
POWER
LIMITED
SUPPLY
(-)
(+)
8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
- OPTIONAL WIRING CONFIGURATIONS FOR REMOTE OUTPUT

ALG-V and ATG-EA, bases and modules), to be used concurrently in a system's signaling line circuit.
Hochiki America Corporation Analog Sensor Bases
ASB - ANALOG SOUNDER BASE

SPECIFICATIONS
Shown without sensor
Shown with sensor
STANDARD FEATURES
Programmable evacuation codes - Continuous,
March, ANSI Temporal patterns
Base learns the sensor address and assumes an
upper range address (128-254)

Up to 127 sensors and 127 ASBs can be used on
one SLC loop
Can be alarmed or reset by zone or by individual
address
ASB SLC loop wire resistance = 50 ohms Max.
(total SLC wire run length)
High sound pressure level (85dB SPL at 10 feet)
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:161

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Operating Voltage
17 - 41 VDC
SLC Loop Idle Current
110 A
SLC Loop Max. Alarm Current 110 A
Aux. Power Supply Voltage
16 - 31 VDC
Device Aux. Power Min. Voltage 15.0 VDC
Aux. Idle Current
550A
Aux. Max. Alarm Current
18mA
Max. Humidity
93%RH (non-condensing)
Sound Pressure Level at 10 ft
85dB
UL Ambient Installation
Temperature Range
32F (0C) ~ 100F (38C)
Operating Temperature Range
32F (0C) ~ 122F (50C)
Base Diamater
5.9"
Base Height (without sensor)
1.3"
Weight
0.455 lb
Compatible Sensors
ALG-V, AIE-EA & ATG-EA
DESCRIPTION
The ASB Analog Sounder Base is designed for use
with Hochiki analog style sensors models ALG-V,
AIE-EA, and ATG-EA. Each addressable base is to
be connected to a Hochiki America Corporation DCP
Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). The ASB provides an
audible alarm in the immediate vicinity. Typical
applications are use in hotels, apartments, and
hospitals.
The ASB has a highly configurable programming
algorithm that allows the user to setup groups of
bases for synchronization of modulation tones. Each
device has 16 states that are programmed with the
desired output pattern to be used (e.g., Temporal or
March) for each state.
Continued on back.
F0056
11/2005
WIRING DIAGRAM
FireNET
CONTROL
PANEL
NEXT DEVICE
8mA Max.
LOOP OUT
NEXT DEVICE
FIGURE A
(+)
TOP VIEW
8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
NOTE: Class A style 7 wire configuration requires the installation of short circuit isolators (SCI).
DO NOT CONNECT FOR CLASS B (STYLE 4)
LOOP IN
CONNECT FOR CLASS A (STYLE 6 OR 7)
CO
A
IC . B
ER EV
AM R B
IKI -067 AS
CH 08
HO HA-
.
RP
CO
IC A B
ER EV.
AM 7 R B
IKI 06 AS
CH -0 8HO HA
.
RP
SC
SC
G
3
TP
TP3
C
T P1
TS
DE
1
TP
SC
DET
TP
TP2
AUX POWER
S56
2
C-0103
2
RED
2
C-0103
2
RED
BLK
BLK
6
S5
RED
RED
BLK
BLK
RED
BLACK
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
FIGURE B
BOTTOM VIEW
NUMBER OF BASES PERMITTED

# of Bases Aux. Wire Resistance SLC Wire Resistance
In Alarm (Total SLC Run Lenght) (Total SLC Run Lenght)
127
75
60
50
30
20
15
10
Hochiki America Corporation ASB
1.4 ohm
2.4 ohm
3.0 ohm
3.6 ohm
6.1 ohm
9.1 ohm
12.2 ohm
18.3 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
50 ohm
FireNET4127 - ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
The FireNET 4127 control panel is an analog
addressable fire alarm panel containing 2 or 4 SLC
loops with each loop supporting 127 devices of any
combination (sensors or modules), and 127 analog
sounder bases, for a possible total of 254 points.
Communication between devices is transferred
through standard cable (shielded or twisted pair is
not required). Each panel includes a 4-amp power
supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An RS-485
bus provides communication to the panel network,
while the RS-232 interface allows the convenience of
programming via a PC. The system will support a
variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion and heat
sensors, which contain a unique, patented sensor
design incorporating automatic drift compensation
and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional devices
include contact monitors, relay controllers, supervised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator
modules. In addition, interfaces to conventional
detection systems can be established by using a
conventional zone-monitoring module. The Loop
Explorer Windows Software interface provides the
installer with fingertip access to installation programming and diagnostic tools. An Auto Learn feature
offers the convenience for quick start applications.
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedicated
service makes this an exceptional product both in
performance and value.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Analog design using Hochikis advanced DCP

protocol for fast communication
Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog
sounder bases, for a total of 254 points possible per
loop
Uses standard wire-no shielded or twisted pair
required on SLC loops
Supports Class B (style 4) and Class A (style 6 or 7)
configuration for SLC loops
Programmable sensitivity levels by device
Alarm Verification
Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation
routine
Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 characters total)
2 or 4 loop versions
RS-485 bus for panel network
Built-in RS-232 interface for programming via a PC
Five on board Form C relays rated at 1 amp at
30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.)
500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC
Loop Explorer Windows configuration utility
Auto-Learn feature
*500 network wide software zones
(*Output zones allocated to zones 1-253 only for
older SOM)
Network Capability of up to 64 panels
Built in help and alarm information screens
4 onboard Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at
2.5 Amp each
Automatic day/night sensitivity modes
Fire drill test function
Walk test function
Expandable up to 4 SLC Loops (800
addresses+sub-addresses Max.)
Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect wizard
including:
*Cause & Effect action
*Disable function configuration
*Test mode configuration
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, Local Signaling Unit. S8255
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory
NFPA 72 Compliant
FM#: 3022559 (Fire Protection, Chapter 14, Local Protective
Signaling)
CSFM#: 7165-0410:159
Continued on back.
F0028
10/28/05
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

MODEL
ALG-V
AIE-EA
ATG-EA
NSA-6
NSA-4
ASB
DH-98A
DH-98AR
FRCME-S
FRCME-P
FRCME-4
DIMM
CZM
R2M
SOM
SCI
FN-LCD-N
FN-4127-SLC
FN-4127-NIC
FN-4127-IO
TCH-B100
DESCRIPTION
Analog Addressable Photoelectric Sensor
Analog Addressable Ionization Sensor
Analog Addressable Heat Sensor
Six inch Sensor Base
Four inch Sensor Base
Analog Sounder Base
Anaolg Addressable Duct Detector Unit
Analog Addressable Duct Detector Unit (with relays)
Contact Monitoring Module (mini w/terminal blocks)
Contact Monitoring Module (mini w/pigtail leads)
Contact Monitoring Module (with faceplate/indicating LED)
Dual Input Monitor Module (with faceplate/indicating LED)
Conventional Zone Module
Dual Relay Module
Supervised Output Module
Short Circuit Isolator Module
Network LCD Annunciator
Dual SLC Loop Expansion Card
Network Interface Card
16 Channel Input/Output Board
Hand Held Programmer (portable device addresser)
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC:
Output DC:
Power Supply:
Charger Current:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Color:
Material:
Display:
Network:
Zones:
SLC loops:
Devices per loop:
NAC Outputs:
Relay Outputs:
Voltage Outputs:
Aux. Power:
Aux. Inputs:
PC Port:
Printer Port:
120VAC @ 2 amps 60hz (Optional 220VAC)

24VDC @ 4 amps
4 amp integrated
1.5 amps max.
14.5"W x 24" H x 5"D
31 lbs (without batteries)
Red (optional charcoal)
ABS/steel enclosure
8 line x 40 character LCD (320 characters total)
Dual RS485 ports (64 panels max.)
500 network wide software zones per system (Output zones 1 to 253 only for SOM 2.0 & earlier)
2 or 4 (class A or B)
127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
(800 addresses+sub-addresses max. per panel)
(4) 2.5 amp@24VDC (class B)
(5) Form C 1amp@30VDC
(3) 500mA@24VDC
500mA@24VDC
(8) digital pull downs
RS232
RS232
FireNET ORDERING MODELS

MODEL
DESCRIPTION
FN-2127
FN-2127N
FN-4127
FN-4127N
FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp)

FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp) (w/Network)
FACP (4 Loop/4 Amp)
Hochiki America Corporation FireNET ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

STANDARD FEATURES
UL 864 9th edition Listed
DESCRIPTION
not required). Each panel includes a 5.25 amp
power supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An
RS-485 bus provides communication to the panel
network, while the RS-232 interface allows the
convenience of programming via a PC. The system
will support a variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion
and heat sensors, which contain a unique, patented
sensor design incorporating automatic drift compensation and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional
devices include contact monitors, relay controllers,
supervised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator
installer with fingertip access to installation programming and diagnostic tools. An Auto-learn feature
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedicated service makes this an exceptional product
both in performance and value.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
protocol for fast and robust communication

Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder
bases, for a total of 254 points possible per loop
Uses standard wire, no shielded or twisted pair required
on SLC loops
SLC loops
4 on board Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at 2.5
Amp each
Programmable sensitivity levels per device & automatic
day/night sensitivity modes
Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation routine
Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 char.)
2 or 4 loop versions (800 addresses/sub-addr. max.)
Dual RS-485 bus for panel network
2 built-in RS-232 interfaces for programming via a PC
and serial printer interface
5 on board programmable Form C relays rated at 1 amp
at 30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.)
500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC
Loop Explorer Windows configuration utility
*500 network wide software zones
Network Capability of up to 64 panels
RS485 slave bus for expansion - up to 31 FN-4127-IO
boards or up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunciators and up
to16 FN-4127-IO boards
Auto-learn feature
Built in help and alarm information screens
Fire Drill test function
Walk Test function
Alarm Verification feature
FireNET is UL listed for Central Station Service when
used with the Bosch D9068 contact dialer
Operates on 120VAC or 240VAC input voltage
Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect programming (up to
500 maximum, network wide) including:
*Cause & Effect action
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, Local Signaling Unit.
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow,
sprinkler supervisory,
Auxiliary Service(local energy),
S8255
and Central Station Service (DACT)
Non-coded signaling. NFPA 70, 72 &13 Compliant
Continued on back.
F0068
02/2007
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC
Output DC
Power Supply
Charger Current
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Material
Display
Network
Zones
SLC loops
Devices per loop
Addresses per panel
NAC Outputs
Relay Outputs
Voltage Outputs
Aux. Power
Aux. Inputs
PC Port
Printer Port
120VAC @ 2.1 Amps 60hz or 220VAC @ 1.1Amps 60hz

24VDC @ 5.25 Amps (4 Amps availble for system power)
5.25 Amp integrated
1.5 Amps max.
14.5" W x 24" H x 5" D
31 lbs. (without batteries)
ABS/steel enclosure
500 network wide software zones per system
2 or 4 (class A, "style 6 or 7" or class B, "style 4")
(4) 2.5 Amp @ 24VDC (class B)
(5) Form C 1 Amp @ 30VDC
(3) 500mA @ 24VDC
500mA @ 24VDC
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
FN-2127
FACP (2 Loop/5.25 Amp)
RS232
FN-2127N
FACP (2 Loop/5.25 Amp) (w/Network)
RS232
FN-4127
FACP (4 Loop/5.25 Amp)
FN-4127N
FACP (4 Loop/5.25 Amp) (w/Network)
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES & SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

MODEL
FN-4127-SLC
FN-4127-NIC
FN-4127-IO
FN-CTM
FN-LCD-N
FN-LCD-S
DESCRIPTION
CONTROL PANEL EXPANDERS
City-Tie Module (Local Energy Type)
ANNUNCIATORS
Serial LCD Annunciator
SLC LOOP DEVICES
Analog Sounder Base
ALG-V
AIE-EA
ATG-EA
NSA-6
NSA-4
ASB
DH-98A
DH-98AR
MS-RA, MS-RA/R,
MS-KA/R
FRCME-S
FRCME-P
FRCME-4
DIMM
CZM
R2M
SOM
SCI
AMS Series
Remote Test Station for DH98A & DH98AR

Dual Relay Module
Addressable Manual Pull Station
TCH-B100
FN-ACC
FN-ETR
ACCESSORIES
Battery/Accessory Enclosure (houses up to 33AH size batteries)
Enclosure Trim Ring for Panel Flush Mount
FN-LCD-S - SERIAL LCD ANNUNCIATOR

STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
The FN-LCD-S serial annunciator provides a
convenient and cost effective remote annunciator
solution. Up to 15 FN-LCD-S annunciators can be
connected to the slave RS-485 port of the FireNET
control panel or network annunciator. The FN-LCD-Ss
large 320 character display and navigation buttons are
a complete mimic of the FireNET control panel
display. The use of a common interface allows the
user to easily operate the FN-LCD-S as if he were
operating the FireNET control panel directly.
Security is established by the use of a password or
firefighters enable key. Designed to be aesthetically
pleasing, the FN-LCD-S is available in charcoal grey
or red enclosures. The FN-LCD-S can be surface or
flush mounted without the need for a trim ring.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, NFPA 70 & 72:
Signaling Device

Large 320 character liquid crystal display (8 line
x 40 character) allows viewing of system status
LED indicators for Fire, Supervisory Alarm, PreAlarm, Fire Output Active, AC Power On, On
Test, Panel Sounder Silenced, Delay Active,
More Events, Point Bypassed, General Trouble,
Power Trouble, System Trouble & NAC Trouble
Same controls as the FireNET fire panel (Reset,
Panel Sounder Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm
Silence, Re-sound Alarm, Fire Drill, Programmable Function, More Events, More Fire Events,
Enter & Exit)
Up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunicators may be
connected to a FireNET control panel or network
annunciator
Resides on the FireNET slave RS-485 line
Local piezo sounder for event notification
Supports user codes & firefighter key to enable
access & controls
Powered by FireNET Aux 24VDC or UL fire listed
Aux. 24VDC supply
Available in red or charcoal, and can be surface
or flush mounted
Built-in help & alarm information screens
Fire drill function
SPECIFICATIONS
Current Draw
Standby:
Alarm:
Dimensions
FN-LCD-S
Back Box
Weight

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
10.88" W x 8.00" H x 1.38" D

10.38" W x 7.38" H x 1.25" D
3.5 lbs
Color
Material
Display
ABS/steel enclosure
8 line x 40 character LCD
(320 characters total)
Network
RS485 port
S8255 Vol. 2
20mA @ 24VDC
110mA @ 24VDC
Continued on back.
F0070
02/2007
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the serial remote annunciator model
FN-LCD-S. The FN-LCD-S shall connect to the FireNET fire alarm control panel (FACP) or network
annunciator (FN-LCD-N) RS485 slave bus. The serial remote annunciator shall annunciate on its 320
character display and local buzzer, the condition of its master FireNET FACP. Up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial
annunciators may be connected together on a single RS-485 FireNET slave bus. The FN-LCD-S shall be
UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki FireNET control panel, and have surface or flush mount
capability.
WIRING DIAGRAM
1522RO @
ADDRESS
COMM1
COMM2
+24V
K S
2
ON
1
0V
RESET
RESET W / DOG
FIT JUMPER
FOR END OF LINE
COMM1 COMM2
COMMS
ACTIVE
Reset
Switch
Not Used
Not Used
DIP Switch used to set
the FN-LCD-S address
between 1 -15
RS485 End-of-line jumper . Put

jumper in place when FN-LCD-S
is the last device on the RS485
buss I/O Comm.
7. PR2
COMMS
l +
8. PR3
ADDITIONAL
I/O BOARDS
( +)
NETWORK
IN
l +
24 VDC
(- )
(+)
l +
AUX
24X
NETWORK
OUT
FireNET Control Panel

(section)
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-S
RS-485
l +
(- )
To next
serial
FN-LCDS or
other
RS485
Buss
Device
To AUX 24VDC of control

panel (as shown) or to UL
864/1481 listed AUX
24VDC Power Supply
FN-LCD-N - LCD NETWORK ANNUNCIATOR

STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
The FN-LCD-N type LCD network annunciator is
designed to be used with the FireNET analog
addressable system. It allows for remote access,
monitoring & control of the FireNET system throughout
the building.
The FN-LCD-N is a true network annunciator that can
access, monitor & control any or all FireNET panels in
the network. Each FN-LCD-N is completely
independent. The highly intuitive user interface and
320 character LCD display of the FN-LCD-N is exactly
the same as the FireNET panel. In addition to routing
any panel in the network to the FN-LCD-N, every event
category within each panel can also be individually
routed, as well as routing of all remote control functions
(reset, alarm silence, re-sound alarm) from individual
panels. The FN-LCD-N supports the same RS485
expansion port as the FireNET panel, allowing for
FireNET expansion boards and accessories to be
connected to the network annunciator.
The FN-LCD-N also has (4) output relays for fire,
supervisory, trouble & auxiliary. The relays are
programmable (except supervisory).
pleasing, the FN-LCD-N is available in charcoal grey
or red and can be surface or flush mounted using a
standard trim ring kit.
320 character liquid crystal display (8 line x 40

character).
LED indicators for Fire, Trouble, Supervisory, Prealarm, Fire Output Active, AC Power, On Test, Panel
Sounder Silence, Delay Active, More Events, Point
Bypassed, General Trouble, Power Trouble, System
Trouble & NAC Trouble.
Dual RS485 ports for primary fire network.
Slave RS485 port for expansion board network.
Built-in RS232 PC interface for programming via loop
explorer.
Built-in RS232 serial printer interface.
4 on board Form C relays rated at 1 Amp at 30VDC
(Fire, Supervisory, Trouble & Auxiliary).
Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm Silence, Alarm Resound, Fire Drill, & Programmable Function).
Local piezo sounder for event notification.
access & controls.
Aux. 24VDC supply.
Available in red or charcoal, and can be surfaced or
flush mounted (using trim ring).
True network annunciator, any or all panels can be
routed to the FN-LCD-N. In addition, each event
category can be individually routed to the FN-LCD-N.
Up to (64) FireNET panels & FN-LCD-N's can be
networked together in any combination.
500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24VDC.
Auto-learn feature.
Built-in help & alarm information screens.
Fire drill function.
Each FN-LCD-N is completely independent.
Supports up to (32) FN-4127-IO, (16) input output
boards on RS485 expansion port.
The FN-LCD-N can be configured to remote reset,
silence, resound, any or all panels on the network in
any combination.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, NFPA 72: Signaling Device S8255 Vol. 2
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler
supervisory
CSFM #: 7120-0410:165
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0060
01/2005
SPECIFICATIONS
Input DC:
Aux. Output DC:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Color:
Material:
Display:
Network:
Relay Outputs:
PC Port:
Printer Port:
Expansion Port:
24VDC @ 270mA ( + Aux. Power Load)

24VDC @ 500mA
14.5"W x 10" H x 3.3"D
9.4 lbs
ABS/steel enclosure
Dual RS485 ports (64 nodes max.)
RS232
RS232
RS485 (for optional expansion boards)
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N
FN-LCD-N - LCD NETWORK ANNUNCIATOR

STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
The FN-LCD-N type LCD network annunciator is
designed to be used with the FireNET analog
addressable system. It allows for remote access,
monitoring & control of the FireNET system throughout
the building.
The FN-LCD-N is a true network annunciator that can
access, monitor & control any or all FireNET panels in
the network. Each FN-LCD-N is completely
independent. The highly intuitive user interface and
320 character LCD display of the FN-LCD-N is exactly
the same as the FireNET panel. In addition to routing
any panel in the network to the FN-LCD-N, every event
category within each panel can also be individually
routed, as well as routing of all remote control functions
(reset, alarm silence, re-sound alarm) from individual
panels. The FN-LCD-N supports the same RS485
expansion port as the FireNET panel, allowing for
FireNET expansion boards and accessories to be
connected to the network annunciator.
The FN-LCD-N also has (4) output relays for fire,
supervisory, trouble & auxiliary. The relays are
programmable (except supervisory).
pleasing, the FN-LCD-N is available in charcoal grey
or red and can be surface or flush mounted using a
standard trim ring kit.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, NFPA 70 & 72:
Signaling Device

320 character liquid crystal display (8 line x 40
character)
LED indicators for Fire, Supervisory Alarm, PreAlarm, Fire Output Active, Power On, On Test, Panel
Sounder Silenced, Delay Active, More Events, Point
Bypassed, General Trouble, Power Trouble, System
Trouble & NAC Trouble
Dual RS485 ports for primary fire network
RS485 slave bus for expansion - up to 31 FN-4127-IO
boards or up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunciators and
up to16 FN-4127-IO boards
2 built-in RS-232 interfaces for programming via a PC
and serial printer interface
4 on board programmable Form C relays rated at 1
Amp at 30VDC (Fire, Supervisory, Trouble &
Auxiliary)
Panel Sounder Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm Silence,
Re-sound Alarm, Fire Drill, Programmable Function,
More Events, More Fire Events, Enter & Exit)
Local piezo sounder for event notification
access & controls
Aux. 24VDC supply
Available in red or charcoal, and can be surface or
flush mounted (using trim ring)
True network annunciator, any or all panels can be
routed to the FN-LCD-N. In addition, each event
category can be individually routed to the FN-LCD-N
Up to (64) FireNET panels & FN-LCD-N's can be
networked together in any combination
500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24VDC
Auto-learn feature
Built-in help & alarm information screens
Fire drill function
Each FN-LCD-N is completely independent
Supports up to (31) FN-4127-IO boards on RS485
expansion port
The FN-LCD-N can be configured to remote reset,
silence, resound, any or all panels on the network in
any combination
S8255 Vol. 2

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
F0071
02/2007
SPECIFICATIONS
Input DC
Aux. Output DC
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Material
Display
Network
Relay Outputs
PC Port
Printer Port
Expansion Port
24VDC @ 270mA Max. ( + Aux. Power Load)

24VDC @ 500mA
14.5" W x 10" H x 3.3" D
9.4 lbs
ABS/steel enclosure
Dual RS485 ports (64 nodes max.)
RS232
RS232
RS485 (for optional expansion boards)
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the network annunciator model FN-LCD-N.
The FN-LCD-N shall connect to the FireNET fire alarm control panel (FACP) network. The network annunciator
shall be capable of annunciating on its 320 character display and local buzzer, the condition of any FireNET FACP
or network annunciator on the network. Up to 64 FN-LCD-N network annunciators or FireNET FACP's may be
connected together on the network. The FN-LCD-N shall be UL listed, and have surface or flush mount capability.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N
DCP-AMS SERIES ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage (SLC)
17~41 VDC
Average Current Consumption 600uA (Typical)
Alarm Current
8mA
Ambient Temperature
32F (0 C) ~ 120F (49C)
Maximum Humidity
90% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions
3.4"W x 4.8"H x 2.0"D
Mounting
Single gang or 4" square
electrical box
MODEL DESCRIPTION
DCP-AMS
DCP-AMS-KL
DCP-AMS
DCP-AMS-LP
DCP-AMS-KL
DCP-AMS-KL-LP
Single Action Hex Key Lock

Dual Action Hex Key Lock
Single Action Key Lock
Dual Action Key Lock
DESCRIPTION
The DCP-AMS are the Hochiki America series of
addressable manual pull stations that provide a fast and
practical means of manually initiating a fire alarm signal.
Both single action and dual action manual pull stations
are available. Resetting of the pull station requires either
a Cat 211 key or a 1/8" hex key (depending upon the
model used).
DCP-AMS-LP
DCP-AMS-KL-LP
STANDARD FEATURES
Addressable integrated design

All metal construction
Single and dual action models available
Extremely easy to operate
Bi-colored status LED indicates Standby and
Alarm conditions
Address is programmable in EEPROM
Address can be programmed when installed
Key lock or hex key lock models available
Terminals accept up to 14AWG wire
Surface mount back box available
An alarm condition is actuated by pulling down on the

handle of the DCP-AMS and DCP-AMS-KL single action
models. On the dual action models DCP-AMS-LP and
DCP-AMS-KL-LP the Lift and Pull cover must be lifted
before pulling down on the pull station handle. Once
the pull station is activated, the handle cannot be put
back into a normal standby condition without using the
key operated reset feature.
The DCP-AMS series is electronically addressable and
includes a bi-colored status LED. The LED blinks green
indicating normal communication with the DCP
compatible SLC loop. When an alarm condition is
actuated by pulling the handle, the LED will latch Red
to indicate the alarm condition.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
California State
Fire Marshal
S6512

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
7150-0410:169
Continued on back.
F0066
01/2007
Manual pull stations shall be Hochiki addressable AMS-series single or dual action models, DCP-AMS, DCP-AMSKL, DCP-AMS-LP, or DCP-AMS-KL-LP. Models shall be made of 14 AWG CRS and painted with Red enamel. The
words Fire Alarm shall be in a contrasting color and be embossed text 1/2" tall. The electronics shall be fully
integrated into the manual pull station requiring only connection to the SLC loop of the control panel. Programming of
the manual pull station address must be possible with the manual pull station fully installed.
Manual pull stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed, CSFM Approved, and be installed within the limits
defined in the American Disabilities Act.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
DCP-AMS
OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
Ser. No.
SC-
S+
SC-
S+
For Proper Installation, see HA-06-135 Rev 12/05
S6512
NON-CODED ALARM BOX
36CC
UL
Listed
+ S
Hochiki
DCP
- SC
Compatible
Panel
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM EXAMPLE, CONNECTED
TO A COMPATIBLE LISTED CONTROL PANEL
Class B (Style 4)
DCP-AMS

DCP-AMS

DCP-AMS
Ser. No.
Ser. No.
Ser. No.
S+
SC-
S6512
+ S
UL
Listed
- SC
Hochiki
DCP
+ S
Compatible
Panel
- SC
SC-
S+
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

36CC
S+
SC-
S6512
S6512
NON-CODED ALARM BOX
36CC
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

36CC
Class A Return (Style 6)

Class A (Style 7)
DCP-AMS

DCP-AMS
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
S6512
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

36CC
DCP-SCI
SC-
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
S+
LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
(IN) SC
(IN) S
S5694
DCP-SCI
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
(IN) SC
S5694
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

36CC
(IN) S
S6512
DCP-SCI
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SC-
LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
S+
(IN) SC
S5694
(IN) S
DCP-SCI
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
UL
Listed
Hochiki
DCP
Compatible
Panel - SC
S5694
S
SC
Ser. No.
Ser. No.
(IN) S
(IN) SC
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-AMS, DCP-AMS-LP, DCP-AMS-KL AND DCP-AMS-KL-LP
FN-4127-IO 16 CHANNEL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD

(RS-485 BUS DEVICE)
SPECIFICATIONS
Supply Voltage:
24 VDC Nominal
Channels:
(16) total per I/O board (each

configurable as input or output)
Up to (32) expansion boards
20mA
3mA max.
100mA max. (*within overall limits)
500mA max. (for banks 1-8 & 9-10)
I/O Comms Bus:

Quiescent Current:
Current per input:
Current per output:
*Current per bank of
8 outputs:
*Current per I/O board: 1A max.
STANDARD FEATURES
16 channels of input/output points.

32 I/O boards per FireNET panel (512 channels of
input/output points).
Each channel configurable as input or output point.
Inputs are opto-isolated non-supervised pulldown
type triggered by dry contact from input source.
Outputs are open collector transistor pulldown
type (100mA max each) that provide wet voltage
output.
Simple 4 wire connection to control panel (2 for
power, 2 for data).
All inputs/outputs can be assigned to global
functions, any event category, and used in network
wide Cause & Effect logic.
Can be mounted locally within control panel
enclosure or remotely via FN-ACC accessory
enclosure up to 4000ft from the panel.
Each I/O board has a unique address 1-32 (set via
DIP switch) on the I/O Comms Bus.
Input/Outputs are for secondary use, not for
primary fire initiation inputs or notification outputs.
Two LEDs are provided for communication status.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864 Category UOJZ CNN: Signal System Control
Unit Sub-Assembly S8255 Vol. 1 Sec. 2
NFPA72 compliant
CSFM #: 7165-0410:159

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Communications:
Max Distance from
panel:
Cable Capacity:
RS485 two wire

4,000 ft. (depends on method &
wire size used for input power).
12 AWG max.
Indicators:
(2) LED's for communication status
Size:
7.5" L x 2.4" W
DESCRIPTION
The FireNET FN-4127-IO is a 16 channel Input/Output
board that provides powerful input/output expansion &
addition to the FireNET system allowing up to thirty two I/O
boards to be connected to each FireNET panel within the
FireNET network. Every I/O board connected to any panel
is available to the entire network, which allows for network
wide input/output mapping. Typical uses include graphical
LED map displays/annunciators, tabular LED zone display/
annunciators, input/output logic to & from the fire system
for secondary use (I/O board points cannot be used for
primary fire initiation inputs or notification outputs) such as
access control, burglar, CCTV, intercom, voice, or other 3rd
party systems. Each channel can be configured to produce
a variety of input actions or respond to a variety of output
categories or logic. All channels can trigger, or react from,
network wide cause and effect logic depending on their
configuration. The flexibility of these boards is further
enhanced by the fact that each of the channels is
configurable as either an input or an output. Connection
can be achieved through a simple two wire RS485
communications protocol and two wire power input. I/O
boards can be mounted locally in the control panel or
distributed on a bus up to 4,000ft from the panel when
using the FN-ACC accessory enclosure.
F0061
01/2005
FN-4127-SLC DUAL SLC LOOP EXPANDER

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage: 24 - 40VDC
STANDARD FEATURES
Adds two SLC loops to a two loop FireNET

control panel.
Each SLC loop is capable of 127 sensors/
modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases,
for a potential total of 254 addresses per
loop (127+127 per loop).
FN-4127-SLC can be added at the factory or
installed in the field.
Supports Class A and B wiring methods per
NFPA72 Styles 4, 6, and 7 (with isolators).
Fully supervised & power limited SLC loops.
Supports Hochikis DCP (Digital.
Communication Protocol) loop protocol.
Same functionality as built-in SLC loops of
FireNET control panel.
One SLC expander (maximum) may be
added per FireNET control panel.
Each SLC loop is completely independent
and autonomous.
Uses standard wire, no shielded or twisted
pair required on SLC loops.
Board Current:
100mA (+ loop current)
Loop Current:
400mA max. each
System Capacity:
One expander per FireNET

control panel
Loops per
expander:
2 SLC (Class A or B)
Devices per loop:
127 sensors/modules +
127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
Loop Load
impedance:
50 ohms, 1uF, 1mH max.
Size:
6.3" L x 4.5" W
DESCRIPTION
The model FN-4127-SLC Dual SLC Loop Expander is
a two loop expander board that increases the
standard FireNET loop capacity from 2 to 4 loops.
The FN-4127-SLC can be added at the factory or
installed in the field, and mounts within the main
control board location as a piggy-back board. By
adding the FN-4127-SLC, the FireNET capacity is
increased from 254+254 to 508+508 analog
addressable points within the overall 800 address/
sub-address limit. The FN-4127-SLC has the same
functionality as the built-in SLC loops. The FN-4127SLC utilizes Hochikis robust DCP loop protocol for
highly reliable and fast alarm reporting without the
need for shielded or twisted pair wiring for the SLC
loops.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864 Category UOJZ CNN: Signal System Control
Unit Sub-Assembly S8255 Vol. 1
NFPA72 compliant
CSFM #: 7165-0410:159

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0062
09/2004
CZM - CONVENTIONAL ZONE MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Provides an address point for a zone of up to 25

conventional smoke detectors
Blinks green when polled. Latched on red (con
trolled by panel) when activated
Device address can also be programmed with a
handheld programmer. Device address- ranges
from 1 to 127
Compatible with Class B (Style B) and Class A (Style
D) wiring
Auxiliary power source provides power for the zone
of detectors
Compatible with conventional detectors, SLR, SIJ,
SLK and SIH series
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Operating Voltage
17~41 VDC
Auxiliary Supply Voltage Nominal
18.8~27.2 V
Average Current Consumption (From S-SC)

Typical Quiescent
400A
2-Wire Detector Loop Current
Standby Detector Load
1mA Max
From Auxiliary Supply
Alarm (Short across detector line)
60mA Max
Data Transmission Current
22mA 20%
EOL Device
4.7K Ohms
Alarm Threshold Level
<1.5K Ohms
Wiring OK Threshold Level
>2.5K Ohms & <6K Ohms
Open Circuit Threshold Level
>10K Ohms
Max. 2-Wire Conventional Detector
Loop Resistance
50 Ohms (total SLC run length)
32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki Conventional Zone Module (CZM) is
designed for use on the FireNET analog addressable
system. Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single
SLC loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
onboard EEPROM. The module allows the panel to
interface and monitor dry contacts such as two-wire
conventional detectors or pull stations. Each CZM is
addressed through the panel and transmits the status
of one zone of devices (25 maximum per zone) back
to the panel. It supervises the power supply as well
as the entire zone of devices. Status conditions are
reported as normal, open or alarm. All 2-wire smoke
detectors must be UL listed as compatible to be
interfaced with the CZM. The interrupt driven Digital
Communication Protocol (DCP) combines maximum
communication reliability and fast response to emergency conditions. The module has a single bi-colored
LED to indicate device status. It fits into a standard 4"
square or double gang electrical back box.
Continued on back.
F0004
11/2005
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Conventional Zone Module (CZM). The
modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki America Analog Control Panel Protocol. The device
address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate device status.
The CZM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang
electrical back box. The CZM shall provide a monitor LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a CZM

EXPLODED VIEW
NFPA STYLE D WIRING DIAGRAM
3-4: CLASS A
OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE.
MODULE SUPERVISES
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND
DETECTOR LOOP.
U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
FIRE CONTROL
PANEL
SC
CLASS A
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
TB1
SC
SC
UL LISTED 24VDC POWER LIMITED +

AND REGULATED
POWER SUPPLY,
LISTED FOR FIRE
PROTECTION
WITH BATTERY
BACKUP.
JP2
CZM
TB2
IN+
NOTE: ENSURE JUMPER IS IN CORRECT POSITION

FOR WIRING CONFIGURATION. (POSITION 3-4)
IN-
24V-
OUT+
24V+
OUT-
MAX. 25 CONVENTIONAL
DETECTORS
24-
24V+
S5694
NEXT DEVICE
ALL WIRING IS SUPERVISED AND POWER LIMTED.

SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AU-6110
EB
DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR

SECURITY DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.
NFPA STYLE B WIRING DIAGRAM
EXPLODED VIEW
1-2: CLASS B
OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE.
MODULE SUPERVISES
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND
DETECTOR LOOP.
U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE SC
FIRE CONTROL S
PANEL
UL LISTED 24VDC POWER LIMITED +
AND REGULATED
POWER SUPPLY,
LISTED FOR FIRE
PROTECTION
WITH BATTERY
BACKUP.
SC
JP2
CZM
CLASS B

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
TB1
TB2
IN+
SC
NOTE: ENSURE JUMPER IS IN CORRECT POSITION

FOR WIRING CONFIGURATION. (POSITION 1-2)
IN-
S
24V-
OUT+
24V+
OUT-
E.O.L. DEVICE 4.7K

PART NUMBER
0400-01820
MAX. 25 CONVENTIONAL
DETECTORS
24-
24V+
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE 4.7K
PART NUMBER
0400-01820
S5694
NEXT DEVICE
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AU-6110
EB
ALL WIRING IS SUPERVISED AND POWER LIMTED.

DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR
SECURITY DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.
Hochiki America Corporation CZM
DCP-FRCME - FAST RESPONSE CONTACT MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage DCP Powered Loop 17~41 VDC
Average Current Consumption
550 A (Typical)
Alarm Current
8mA
Dimensions
FRCME-4
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
FRCME-P
3.0"W x 1.9"H x 0.5"D
FRCME- S
2.8"W x 1.8"H x 0.7"D
Ambient Temperature
32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
Max. Humidity
Mounting
FRCME-4 Mounts to double gang/4" square back box
FRCME-S/FRCME-P Mounts inside a singlegang
back box
FRCME-4
STANDARD FEATURES
Single input contact monitor
Fast, reliable contact monitoring utilizing the
Hochiki DCP (Digital Communications Protocol)
Two different mounting configurations
127 devices can be used per DCP loop
Bi-colored indicating LED provides module status
(FRCME-4 only)
Can be programmed to monitor Normally Open
(NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts
Operates on Class A or Class B SLC loop
Accepts up to 14 AWG wire
UL listed UL 864
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories
of Canada: CS943 (FRCME-4/FRCME-S only)
CSFM #: 7300 - 0410:150
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV (FRCME-4/
FRCME-S only)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki FRCME Fast Response Contact Monitoring
Modules are designed to be used with pull stations, water
flow switches, and other applications requiring the monitoring of dry contact alarm initiating devices. The interrupt
driven Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) combines
maximum communication reliability and fast response to
emergency conditions. Two different mounting configurations are provided to meet a wide range of applications.
The FRCME contact monitoring module does not require a
separate 24 VDC power source.
Each addressable contact monitoring module is
programmed with its own unique Signaling Line Circuit
(SLC) loop address. The device address is electrically
programmable and stored in onboard EEPROM. Up to
127 devices can be placed on the Hochiki DCP SLC loop.
The module supervises the wiring to the contact with an
End Of Line (EOL) resistor. It can be programmed to monitor
Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts. If
a fault condition occurs in the wiring, the module sends a
trouble status signal to the fire alarm control panel. When
a change of status (contact changes state) is sensed by
the FRCME, it sends an interrupt to the FireNET control
panel indicating that an alarm has occurred.
The FRCME-P and FRCME-S are small package designs
and are suitable for mounting in a small junction box behind
a pull station or other monitored device.
The FRCME-4 is mounted to a cover plate for a 4" square or
double gang junction box. It contains a visible bi-colored
indicating LED to provide module status.
Continued on back.
F0002
01/2006
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable contact monitoring modules Hochiki
DCP-FRCME-4, DCP-FRCME-S and FRCME-P. The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki
FireNET fire alarm control panel. The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM.
The FRCME-S and FRCME-P shall fit inside a single gang electrical back box. The FRCME-4 shall be supplied with a
plastic face plate and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang electrical back box. The FRCME-4
shall provide a monitor LED that is visible through the face plate.
FRCME-S
FRCME-4
FRCME-P
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9755
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
IN-B
DCP-FRCME-4
IN-A
S5694
SC-
FRCME-4/FRCME-S
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/O CONTACTS ONLY

U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
CONTROL
PANEL
S+
WIRING DIAGRAM
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
ANY NUMBER OF UL LISTED N/O CONTACT CLOSURE

DEVICES MAY BE USED . DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM
INITIATING OR SUPERVISORY ON THE SAME MODULE
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED

AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED.
IN-B
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
IN-A
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9755
SC-
DCP-FRCME-4
U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
CONTROL
PANEL
S+
S5694
OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/C CONTACTS ONLY
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046

U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE N/C CONTACT TO AN INPUT.
FRCME-P
OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
RED
BLK
IN-A
SC (IN)
WHT
IN-B
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9765
S (OUT)
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
S U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
SC CONTROL
PANEL
SC (OUT)
DCP-FRCME-P

SC
S (IN)
S5694

DEVICES MAY BE USED . DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM
INITIATING OR SUPERVISORY ON THE SAME MODULE

OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
S U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
SC CONTROL
PANEL
BLK
WHT
IN-B
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9765
SC
IN-A
SC (IN)
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
RED
SC (OUT)
DCP-FRCME-P
S (OUT)
S (IN)
S5694
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046

E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE N/C CONTACT TO AN INPUT.
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-FRCME
FN-CTM CITY TIE MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
Alarm Current
Ambient Temperature
Maximum Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Mounting
12 ~ 30 VDC
0mA (Standby)
1A for 0.5 seconds
32F (0 C) ~ 120F (49C)

4.2"W X 4.7"H X 1.1"D
Approximately 3.0 ounces
4" square electrical box
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
Interfaces Fire Alarm Control Panels to a Local

Energy type City Tie monitoring circuit
Integrates Fire Alarm Control Panel EOL device
into module for supervision of interface wiring
Wide operating voltage
Power limited operation
Transient protection
Terminals accept up to 14 AWG wire
Mounts to a standard 4" electrical back box
The FN-CTM City Tie Module is used to connect a

Fire Alarm Control Panel to a Local Energy type City
Tie Monitoring circuit. The FN-CTM City Tie Module
circuit provides the power necessary to trip the
Master Box Trip Coil when the Fire Alarm Control
Panel goes into alarm.
The City Tie Circuit is capable of providing 1A for 0.5
seconds to operate the Master Box Trip Coil. The
wiring is supervised to the Master Box by placing the
Fire Alarm Control Panel EOL device on the terminals
of the FN-CTM City Tie Module.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
S8255

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
F0064
06/2006
The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be Hochiki America City Tie Module. Module terminal blocks shall be capable
of accepting up to 14 AWG wire. The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be configured such that the Fire Alarm Control
Panels EOL (end of line) device connect directly with the module to ensure that supervision of interface wiring is
performed. The module shall fit into a standard 4" electrical back box. The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be
Underwriters Laboratories Listed for the intended purpose.
Rear view of FN-CTM City Tie Module

WIRING DIAGRAM
Note: When City Tie wiring leaves
the building, install 26 AWG wire
between the City Tie module and
the Trip Coil. A short length of 24
AWG wire must be used to
interface between the 26 AWG
and the City Tie Module terminal
block. Maximum coil resistance
and wire resistance must not
exceed 30 Ohms.
Ground Wire
FN-CTM
City Tie Module

SERIAL NO.XXXXX
Local Energy
City Tie
Trip Coil
City Tie
EOL
S8255
For Proper Installation

see HA-06-137 Rev 5/06
NAC Input
E.O.L. DEVICE
NAC Circuit
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
FOR FireNET
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
10K OHM 1/4W
Signaling Devices
ISSUE NO. BF-8887
Hochiki FireNET
or
Compatible UL Listed
Fire Alarm Control Panel
NAC Circuit
Wiring Polarity Shown in
Alarm Condition.
All Wiring is Power Limited, Connect only to Power Limited Circuits.

For Use Only With Supervised Circuits.
Hochiki America Corporation FN-CTM City Tie Module
DCD 135/190 FIXED TEMPERATURE/RATE OF RISE HEAT DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The DCD-135/-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat
detector are suited for installation where high heat output
fires are expected or in areas where ambient conditions
would not allow use of other detection methods. Heat
detectors are intended for protection of property. Do
not rely on heat detectors for life safety protection.
Where life safety is a concern, smoke detectors must
also be used. A UL listed fire alarm panel must
electronically supervise the DCD-135/-190 heat
detectors.
Shown without base
STANDARD FEATURES
Choice of fixed temperature/rate-of-rise
135F or 190F heat detector

UL Listed spacing up to 60' by 60'
2 or 4 wire base compatibility, relay bases available
Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection
Low standby current, 35A nominal
Two built-in power/alarm LED's for 360 viewing
Fully electronic operation
Power/alarm LED's confirm detector status
Compatible with Hochiki SLR-24V and SIJ-24
detectors and their bases
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature
135 7.5F
Temperature
190 7.5F
Rated Voltage
17.7 - 30.0 VDC
15.0 - 33.0 VDC
Working Voltage
Maximum Voltage
42 VDC
Supervisory Current
40A @ 24 VDC
Surge Current
160A max. @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current
150mA max. @ 24 VDC
Ambient Temperature
32F to 120F
(0C to 49C)
Contact Rating
N/O Contacts
150mA max. @ 24 V
Color & Case Material
Bone PC/ABS blend
Mounting
Refer to the NS Conventional
Detector Base Data Sheet
Response

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
All NS conventional devices are mechanically compatible

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases.
Please check individual panel listings for appropriate
listed bases.
OPERATION
The DCD-135/-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat
detectors are suited to detect in the presence of slow or
fast rising temperatures due to burning combustibles.
The construction of these models incorporate a
thermistor heat element protected from damage by the
built-in, durable plastic guard. These electronic heat
detectors incorporate two power/alarm LED's for 360
indication of status. In standby condition the power LED's
flash Green. In an alarm condition the LED's latch on
Red. The DCD-135/-190 electronic heat detection
circuitry performs the same function as a Mechanical
Device but with Electronic Precision. If the heat rise is
less than 12/minute the DCD will not alarm until it
reaches its alarm temperature (135 or 190 7.5F). If
the heat rise is greater than 12/minute the DCD will
alarm immediately giving an early warning signal and
latching the Red alarm LED's on.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7270-0410:151
MEA Report #: 284-91E Vol. IV
FM#: 1D5A1.AY
Continued on back.
F0016
10/2005
Automatic heat detectors where ambient temperatures do not exceed 120F shall be the DCD-135 fixed temperature/
rate-of-rise heat detector rated at 135F. For areas where ambient temperatures exceed 120F, but not 160F, the
DCD-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detector rated at 190F shall be used. Electrical contacts shall be
normally open, rated at 150mA @ 24VDC.
Heat detectors shall be installed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 72, the spacing
assigned by Underwriters Laboratories and in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth by the local authorities
having jurisdiction. Automatic heat detectors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+)
INITIATING
CIRCUIT
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
(-)
H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
12VDC OR 24VDC
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
HA-EOLR-12 OR HA-EOLR-24
(-)
HSC-4R
HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
Resistor shown is for example

only. Not all annunciators have
in line resistance.
(-)
NEGATIVE
NS4 SERIES
NS6 SERIES
Annunciation device must be current limited to 20 mA @

24VDC Maximum. Not limiting current could result in
damage to the detector or cause a no alarm condition.
2-WIRE RELAY OPERATION

(+)
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
TERMINAL BLOCK USED ON
HSC-224RA/RST VERSION ONLY
HSC-(XXX)R (2-WIRE)
(-)
COM
N/C
5
4
3
N/O
HSC-RELAY SERIES
N/O
N/C
COM
Hochiki America Corporation DCD 135/190
2
1
GRY
BLU
GRN
YEL
ORN
PUR
2 AND 4 WIRE BASE

RELAYS SHOWN WITH
POWER OFF.
DSC-EA RATE OF RISE THERMAL DETECTOR

STANDARD FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage:
24VDC
Working Voltage:
15 - 30VDC
Maximum Switching Current: 100mA max.
Heat Sensing Element: Air chamber composed with
the diaphragm.
Operating Temp. Range:
-10 C - +50 C
(14F - 122 F)
Storage Temp. Range: -30 C - +70 C
(-22 F - 158 F)
Relative Humidity
(at 40 C):
3.9 " D x 1.3" H
Dimensions:
Weight:
3 oz.
Color:
Bone
Applicable Standard:
UL-521
Response Grade:
Ordinary
1. The DSC features a slim design which combines

visual appeal with a high standard of reliability.
2. The design of the DSC enables the detector to
operate in locations where the temperature is likely
to increase suddenly should a fire develop.
3. The operating characteristics of DSC is a key feature
of the product enabling a very cost effective solution
for the use of heat detectors. This detector consumes
no current in standby, which enables an unlimited
number of detectors to be connected on the same
detection wires.
4. With connection to the standard Hochiki range of
conventional bases, the DSC heat detector can be
connected or disconnected very easily, allowing
simple interchangeability with other members of the
Hochiki conventional detectors.
APPLICATION
The DSC rate of rise heat detector is suitable for use in
most applications that require heat detection. Please
note that special attention should be given to avoid
installation in direct line with hot air heaters, above
stoves, ovens or other heat generating objects.
OPERATION
The DSC rate of rise heat detectors are composed of
an air chamber, vent and a flexible metal diaphragm.
When the DSC is heated, the air in the chamber
expands. The vent permits the chamber to breathe and
slowly release the expanded air. If a fire occurs, the air
in the chamber will expand more rapidly than it can be
vented. This causes the diagram to close a set of
precious metal contacts (nornally open) to trigger the
alarm signal.
PRODUCT LISTINGS

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
05/2005
COMPATIBLE BASES
HSC-(XXX)L HEAT DETECTOR BASE
The HSC-(XXX)L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting resistor, latching annunciator
output and a latching circuit so the alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been
reset. Heat detectors are not recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore
they should be utilized only for the protection of property.
COMPATIBLE
(+)
UL LISTED
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
3.9K 1/2W
CONTROL
PANEL
(-)
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
Pig Tail Lead

(-)
HSC-(XXX)L SERIES
NEGATIVE
Nominal alarm current shown at 24V. Polarized with annunciator output.

HSC-220L
HSC-221L
HSC-224L
73mA
41mA
38mA
NS6-100 DETECTOR BASE

The NS6-100 is a 6" diameter base that has no current limiting nor annunciator output features.
A direct short occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated. Heat detectors are not
recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should be utilized only
for the protection of property.
(+)
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
6
NS6-100
Non polarized, not current limited. No annunciator output.
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover
all specifications or anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact
your local distributor or call or write Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation DSC-EA
DFE 135/190 FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The DFE 135/190 fixed temperature heat detector is
suited for installation where high heat output fires are
expected or in areas where ambient conditions would
not allow use of other detection methods.
Heat detectors are used for property protection. Do not
rely on heat detectors for life safety protection. Where
life safety is involved, smoke detectors must also be
used.
Heat detectors should be electronically supervised from
a UL listed alarm panel.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Choice of fixed temperature - 135F or 190F
UL Listed ceiling spacing of 50' by 50'

(2,500 square feet)
Self-Restoring
Heat element protected by a built-in guard
Contact Rating of 100 mA
Highly Dependable
The DFE 135/190 fixed temperature heat detector is

suited to alarm in the presence of slowly rising
temperatures. The construction of this model
incorporates an oversized heat collector protected from
damage by the built-in, durable plastic guard. The DFE
135/190 fixed temperature heat detector used the proven
snap-disc principle of operation. This bi-metal disc
deflects when temperature reaches a predetermined
value. The disc deflection then causes a push-rod to
close the internal contact resulting in an alarm condition.
The bi-metal disc returns to its normal shape when the
heat subsides causing internal contacts to return to their
normally open position. A standby condition is restored.
Latching LED base available
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature
135 7.5F
Temperature
190 7.5F
Contact Rating
N/O Contacts
100mA @ 60 V
Ivory ACS
Mounting
Refer to back of this sheet
Response
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7254-0410:119
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. II

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Automatic heat detectors shall be fixed temperature rated

at 135F for areas where ambient temperatures do not
exceed 120F and 190F where ambient temperatures
exceed 120F but not 160F. The fixed temperature element shall consist of a bi-metallic disc and actuator
shaft. Electrical contacts shall be normally open, rated
at 100mA @ 60VDC.
Heat detectors shall be installed in accordance with
National Fire Protection Association Standard 72, the
spacing assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, and in
accordance with the rules and regulations set forth by
the local authorities having jurisdiction. Automatic heat
detectors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.
Continued on back.
10/2003
COMPATIBLE BASES
HSC-(XXX)L HEAT DETECTOR BASE
The HSC-xxx L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting resistor, latching annunciator output
and a latching circuit so the alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been reset. Heat
detectors are not recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should
be utilized only for the protection of property.
COMPATIBLE
(+)
UL LISTED
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
3.9K 1/2W
CONTROL
PANEL
(-)
Pig Tail Lead
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
(-)
HSC-(XXX)L SERIES
NEGATIVE
Nominal alarm current shown at 24V. Polarized with annunciator output.

HSC-21L
HSC-224L
24mA
38mA
HSC-221L
HSC-220L
41mA
73mA
NS6-100 DETECTOR BASE

The NS6-100 is a 6" diameter base that has no current limiting nor annunciator output features.
A direct short occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated. Heat detectors are not
recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should be utilized only
for the protection of property.
(+)
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
DEVICE
(-)
6
NS6-100
Non polarized, not current limited. No annunciator output.
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover
all specifications or anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact
your local distributor or call or write Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation DFE-135/190
DH-98 DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE ACCESSORIES

APPLICATION
SPECIFICATIONS
The DH-98 Duct Detector Remote Accessories are

designed to be used with the DH-98 Conventional
and DH-98 Analog Duct Detectors to provide audible
and visual indication as well as remote test/reset
functions.
Power Requirements
Alarm LED
Pilot LED
Horn
Sound Pressure
Horn
Dimensions
Single Gang
These devices are contructed of brushed stainless

steel and mount on a standard single or double gang
backbox.
Double Gang
ALARM
MS-RA
Functions:
Remote Alarm LED (red)
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP
DH-98-A, DH-98-AR
ALARM
PILOT
TEST/RESET
ALARM
TEST/RESET
ALARM
PILOT
MS-KA/R
Functions:
Key-Operated Test/Reset
Switch
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
DH-98-AR
MS-RA/P
Functions:
Pilot LED (green)
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
ALARM
TEST/RESET
ALARM
PILOT
TEST/RESET

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
15 mA
15 mA
20 mA @ 24 VDC
78 db @ 10 feet
2.75" (69.85mm) W
4.5" (114.3mm) H
4.5" (114.3mm) W
4.5" (114.3mm) H
MS-KA/P/R
Functions:
Pilot LED (green)
Switch
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
MS-RA/R
Functions:
Push-button Test/Reset
Switch
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
DH-98-AR
MS-RA/P/R
Functions:
Pilot LED (green)
Push-button Test/Reset
Switch
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
01/2004
MS-RH/KA/P/R
Functions:
Remote Alarm Horn
Pilot LED (green)
Switch
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
ALARM
PILOT
TEST/RESET
WIRING DIAGRAM
RED
RED
RED
24VDC
ALARM
ALARM
GREEN
24VDC
HORN
PILOT
LED
LED
BLACK
BLACK
ALARM
PILOT
BLACK
KEY OR
24VDC
PUSH BUTTON
"TEST/RESET"
SWITCH
BLACK
TEST/RESET
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PUSH
KEY
PILOT ALARM BUTTON OPERATED
TEST/
TEST/
LED
LED
RESET
RESET
(GREEN) (RED)
HORN
SINGLE
GANG
DOUBLE
GANG
MODEL #
MS-RA
MS-RA/P
MS-RA/R
MS-RA/P/R
MS-KA/R
MS-KA/P/R
MS-RH/KA/P/R
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 Duct Detector Remote Accessories
DH-98 ANALOG DUCT DETECTOR

STANDARD FEATURES
Detects and limits the spread of smoke
throughout building HVAC ducts.
Compatible with building automation and fire
alarm systems.
Installs quickly and easily.
No screens or filters to clean.
Rugged gray steel back box with clear cover.
Accessories - Remote LED alarm
indication capability.
Meets UL 268A Requirements.
APPLICATION
Duct housing with an ALG-DH analog
photoelectric sensor.
SPECIFICATIONS
D uct Detector Model #
DH-98-AR
DH-98-A
ALG-DH
Detector Head model

Detector Head Type
Analog Photoelectric
Communication
DCP Powered Loop
DCP Powered Loop
DCP Powered Loop/

24V DC
2mAAVG
10mA
Alarm Current
8mA
55mA
Alarm Contacts
N/A
Input Voltage
Standby Current
2 form C rated at
10A@250V AC
Control Panel
Sensitivity Test Method

Remote Indication Compatibility
(Refer to DH-98 Accessories)
Alarm
Power,Alarm,
Horn/Piezo
Test
Air Velocity
300 to 4000 ft/min.
Ambient Temperature
32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Humidity
10% to 85% Relative Humidity

(non-condensing)
Housing Material
18 G.A. steel backbox, clear plastic cover
Finish
Grey Paint
Dimensions
91/8"L x 71/4"W x 21/4"H
Maximum Net Weight
3lbs.
Sampling Tubes
3ft., 5ft. or 10ft.
The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Analog duct smoke

detector provides early detection of smoke and
products of combustion present in air moving
through HVAC ducts in Commercial, Industrial and
Residential applications. The DH-98 is designed to
prevent the recirculation of smoke in areas by the
air handling systems, fans and blowers. Complete
systems may be shut down in the event of smoke
detection. The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98-A and
the DH-98-AR operate on a DCP powered loop
(24 VDC source required for DH-98-AR)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The DH-98 is designed and built to meet all local
requirements, as well as the NFPA regulations regarding duct smoke detectors. Output terminals
are provided for remote accessories such as a
horn, strobe, remote status indicators and reset
key switches or push buttons. Air sampling is
accomplished by two tubes which protrude into
the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard length
(7.5") is supplied in the installation kit with the
smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been
determined the air intake sampling tubes must be
ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three
standard lengths 3 ft., 5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut to
size to fit the duct.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 3240-0410:155
FM #: 3022559
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. V
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0036
02/2005
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION,
continued
Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the used of a template and 4 sheet metal screws, which are
provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the clear cover which is secured by 4 capture
screws.
The compact DH-98-AR contains 2 sets of form "C" contacts rated at 10 amps.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators, provided on the front of the DH-98-AR duct unit, signal the operating
status of the device. A manual test/ reset switch is located along side the visual indicators.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to 4000 feet per
minute.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be
performed without removal of detector cover. The duct detector shall not require additional filters or screens
which must be maintained. The housing shall contain a base which will accept an analog photoelectric sensor
head. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum of #6 screw. For installations
requiring relay function, terminals shall be provided for remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/ horn and
remote key switch. For installation not requiring relay function, visual indication of alarm and power must be
provided on detector front. A manual reset switch shall be located on front of the device. All wiring must
comply with local codes and regulations.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
ALG-DH ANALOG
SENSOR
DH-98-A
3
(-)
LOOP INTERFACE
UL LISTED
CONTROL PANEL
Note
4
(+) REMOTE ALARM LED WIRING MUST
HAVE POLARITY AS SHOWN
24 VDC (8mA MAX.)
S (+)
The DH-98-A and DH-98-AR

are not self-contained
sensors. This product is
compatible only with fire
alarm control panels that
utilize Hochiki's Digital
Communications Protocol,
DCP. For example the
FireNET Control Panel.
TO NEXT
SENSOR
SC (-)
FAN SHUT DOWN EXAMPLE
DH-98-AR
OBSERVE POLARITY
INPUT VOLTAGE
24 V.D.C.
10 mA Standby
55mA Alarm
ADDRESSABLE
LOOP
4
-
REMOTE
ALARM
LED
+
5
6
+
REMOTE
PILOT LED
LOOP INTERFACE
UL LISTED
CONTROL PANEL
FAN
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
8
NC
9
NO
ALARM CONTACTS
10.0A @ 250VAC
10
11
NC
12
NO
ALARM CONTACTS
10.0A @ 250VAC
REMOTE TEST
SWITCH
(Test function only. does not reset.)
S (+)
ANALOG ADDRESSABLE
FIELD LOOP WIRING
SC (-)
TO NEXT SENSOR
OR RETURN
TO CONTROL PANEL
Terminate Remote Accessories as indicated above (if required).

This is not a self-contained stand alone detector.
A U.L. Listed Analog Addressable Fire System is required.
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 ANALOG DUCT DETECTOR
DIMM - DUAL INPUT MONITOR MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
17~41 VDC
600A(Typical)
Alarm Current
30mA
Dimensons
Ambient Temperature
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D

32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
Max. Humidity
Mounting
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES

Dual input contact monitor
Mounts to 4" square gang box
The Hochiki Dual Monitor Module (DIMM) is designed

for use on the FireNET analog addressable system.
It provides two independent contact monitoring circuits while only utilizing one address on the SLC loop.
Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single SLC
loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
onboard EEPROM. The module can be programmed
to monitor Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed
(NC) contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The
interrupt driven Digital Communication Protocol (DCP)
combines maximum communication reliability and
fast response to emergency conditions. The module
has a single bi-colored LED to indicate device status. It fits into a standard 4" square or double gang
electrical back box.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
F0003
11/2005
continued
Air sampling is accomplished by two tubes which protrude into the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard
length (7.5") is supplied in the installation kit with the smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been determined
the air intake sampling tubes must be ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three standard lengths 2.5 ft.,
5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut to size to fit the duct. Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the use of a
template and 4 sheet metal screws, which are provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the
clear cover which is secured by 4 capture screws.
The compact DH-98 contains 3 sets of alarm contacts, 1 set of form C contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of
form A contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form A contacts rated at 1 amp. There is also 1 set of form C
10 amp trouble contacts for monitoring detector head removal, and the failure of the input supply voltage.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators provided on the front of the DH-98 duct unit, signal the operating status of
the device. A manual test/reset switch is located along side the visual indicators. This switch can be defeated
by cutting a jumper on the PCB.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by
Underwriters Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to
4000 feet per minute.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be
performed without removal of detector cover. Visual indication of alarm and power must be provided on detector
front. A manual reset switch shall be located on front of the device. Detector heads shall not require additional
filters or screens which must be maintained. The housing shall contain a detector base which will accept
photoelectric or ionization detector heads. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum
of # 6 screw. Terminals shall be provided for remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/horn and remote key
switch. All wiring must comply with local codes and regulations.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
ALARM
CONTACTS
1A @ 24VDC
ALARM
CONTACTS
10.0A @ 115VAC
See
Power
Connections
10
11
12
*TROUBLE
CONTACTS
10.0A @ 115VAC
13
14
15
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
18
19
20
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
24 V.A.C. OPERATION
24 V.D.C. OPERATION
115 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX.
230 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX.
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
115 V.A.C. OPERATION
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 Conventional
17
24 VDC 60 Hz INPUT
@ 0.1 AMP MAX.(Detector only).
UP TO 1.9 AMPS FOR AUXILIARY
OUTPUTS (HORNS/STROBES).
24 VAC 60 Hz INPUT
16
*Trouble contacts are shown in non-energized

condition. Trouble contacts monitor power
connected and head removed.
DH-98 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
REMOTE
ACCESSORIES
DH-98-HVI
DH-98-HVP

STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
not required). Each panel includes a 4-amp power
supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An RS-485
bus provides communication to the panel network,
while the RS-232 interface allows the convenience of
programming via a PC. The system will support a
variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion and heat
sensors, which contain a unique, patented sensor
design incorporating automatic drift compensation
and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional devices
include contact monitors, relay controllers, supervised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator
installer with fingertip access to installation programming and diagnostic tools. An Auto Learn feature
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedicated
service makes this an exceptional product both in
performance and value.

protocol for fast communication.
Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog
sounder bases, for a total of 254 points possible per
loop.
Uses standard wire-no shielded or twisted pair
required on SLC loops.
configuration for SLC loops.
Programmable sensitivity levels by device.
Alarm Verification.
Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation
routine.
Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 characters total).
2 or 4 loop versions.
RS-485 bus for panel network.
Built-in RS-232 interface for programming via a PC.
Five on board Form C relays rated at 1 amp at
30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.).
500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC.
Loop Explorer Windows configuration utility.
Auto-Learn feature.
*500 network wide software zones.
(*Output zones allocated to zones 1-253 only for
older SOM).
Network Capability of up to 64 panels.
Built in help and alarm information screens.
4 onboard Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at
2.5 amp each.
Automatic day/night sensitivity modes.
Fire drill test function.
Walk test function.
Expandable up to 4 SLC Loops (800
addresses+sub-addresses Max.).
Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect wizard
including:
*Cause & effect action
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864, Local Signaling Unit. S8255
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory
NFPA 72 Compliant
FM#: 3022559 (Fire Protection, Chapter 14, Local Protective
Signaling)
CSFM: 7165-0410:159
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0028
04/18/05
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

MODEL
ALG-V
AIE-EA
ATG-EA
NSA-6
NSA-4
ASB
DH-98A
DH-98AR
FRCME-S
FRCME-P
FRCME-4
DIMM
CZM
R2M
SOM
SCI
FN-LCD-N
FN-4127-SLC
FN-4127-NIC
FN-4127-IO
TCH-B100
DESCRIPTION
Analog Sounder Base
Dual Relay Module
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC:
Output DC:
Power Supply:
Charger Current:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Color:
Material:
Display:
Network:
Zones:
SLC loops:
Devices per loop:
NAC Outputs:
Relay Outputs:
Voltage Outputs:
Aux. Power:
Aux. Inputs:
PC Port:
Printer Port:
120VAC @ 2 amps 60hz (Optional 220VAC)

24VDC @ 4 amps
4 amp integrated
1.5 amps max.
14.5"W x 24" H x 5"D
31 lbs (without batteries)
ABS/steel enclosure
500 network wide software zones per system (Output zones 1 to 253 only for SOM 2.0 & earlier)
2 or 4 (class A or B)
(4) 2.5 amp@24VDC (class B)
(3) 500mA@24VDC
500mA@24VDC
RS232
RS232

MODEL
DESCRIPTION
FN-2127
FN-2127N
FN-4127
FN-4127N
FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp)

FACP (4 Loop/4 Amp)
HCP-1000 AUXILIARY MODULES

GENERAL
The Series 1000 Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm
System can be configured to meet virtually any
requirements. To facilitate this flexibility, the panel has
a number of add-on modules which allow the system to
perform certain functions.
The following modules have been designed to adapt the

system to suit the particular requirements of a building.
HRM-1008
EIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT MODULE
The HRM-1008 Eight Relay Circuit Module provides eight
programable Form C relays. Each relay is rated for 28
VDC @ 1 Amp max. Each relay is annunciated for
configuration on the front display board of the HMCC1024-6 or HMCC-1024-12 Main Chassis or HECH-1048
Expander Chassis. The HRM-1008 Relay Adder Module
comes with removeable terminal blocks for easy wiring
and servicing. The module connects via cable to the
board on the main or expander chassis.
HPR-100
POLARITY REVERSAL & CITY TIE MODULE
The HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module allows
connection to two different types of monitoring systems.
The City Tie provides an output of 24 VDC at 210 mA
max. The module supervises the City Tie connection
and will provide a system trouble if not connected. A
terminating resistor is supplied with the module. The
Polarity Reversal provides a 24 VDC output for normal
condition and a polarity reverse 24 VDC output for alarm.
The module is also capable of transmitting a system
trouble Zero Volts. This option is jumper selectable.
The output current is limited to 8 mA.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
07/2003
HDACT-100
DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR
TRANSMI-TTER/DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter/
Dialer Module allows the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Control
Panels to use one or two phone lines to call a Central
Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or Supervisory
condition. Requiring two supervised telephone lines, the
HDACT-100 can be programmed to use the Security
Industry Association (SIA) Digital Communication
Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact ID protocols. The
HDACT-100 is powered by the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm
Control Panels and communicates with them via an RS485 Interface. The HCFG-100 Configuration & Diagnostic
Tool is required to program the HDACT-100.
HDACT-100U
UNIVERSAL DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER/DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100U Universal Digital Alarm Communicator
Transmitter/Dialer Module allows the HCP-1000 Fire
Alarm Control Panels to use one or two phone lines to
call a Central Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or
Supervisory condition per zone. Requiring two supervised
telephone lines, the HDACT-100U can be programmed
to use the Security Industry Association (SIA) Digital
Communication Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact
ID protocols. The HDACT-100U is powered by the HCP1000 Fire Alarm Control Panels and communicates with
them via an RS-485 Interface. The HCFG-100
Configuration and Diagnostic Tool is required to program
the HDACT-100U.
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-1000 Auxiliary Modules
HCP-1008E FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

DESCRIPTION
Hochikis HCP-1008E Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
microprocessor based unit designed for maximum
flexibility and easy installation. Fully configurable from
the front panel using the push buttons and DIP switches,
it enables the user to configure the system to meet their
specific requirements.
STANDARD FEATURES
8 Class B (Style B) initiating circuits which may

be configured as 4 Class A (Style D) circuits.
Expandable up to 24 Class B or 12 Class A
initiating circuits
4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits with
individual trouble indicators (1.7 Amps max. per
circuit)
Each indicating circuit can be configured as
silenceable or non-silenceable. Audibles may be
configured as Steady, Temporal Code, California
Code or March Time
Each initiating circuit can be configured as alarm,
supervisory, waterflow or trouble
Two outputs for 4 wire resettable smoke power
supply (200 mA Max. each)
Alarm verification on initiating circuits
Easy configuration via push buttons and DIP
switches on the front panel
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power:
Indicating Current:
Standby Power:
Charging Capability:
Dimensions:
120 Volts, 60 Hz, 2 Amps

(Optional 220VAC)
24VDC unfiltered, 5 Amps
24VDC standby batteries
10 24 AH batteries
26 H x 14 1/2 W x 4 1/2 D
The HCP-1008E consists of one HMCC-1024-6 main

Chassis in an HBB-1024 Enclosure. The HMCC1024-6
main Chassis comes complete with 8 Class B (Style B)
initiating circuits which may be configured as 4 Class A
(Style D) circuits. It can be expanded up to 24 Class B
or 12 Class A circuits with the addition of two HDM-1008
Initiating Circuit Modules. In addition it comes equipped
with 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits which are
each rated at 1.7 Amps. The main Chassis also includes
a 6 amp power supply which powers the system and
supplies two 4-wire resettable regulated smoke power
supply of 24 VDC 200mA maximum each. The HMCC1024-6 also allows for the addition of two HSGM-1004
Signal Modules or two HRM-1008 Relay Modules in place
of the HDM-1008 Initiating Circuit Adder Modules.
(Maximum of 2 adder modules and 1 communication
module).
The cabinet is available in a beige color for the Canadian
market and a red exterior for the U.S. and international
markets. A Fire Retardant Lexan Window in the hinged
door allows for viewing of the status LEDs. It comes
with a durable CAT-30 lock and key. Space is provided
for up to 17 AH Gel Cell batteries.
Hochiki's HCP-1008E is designed as an economical
Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel which
is expandable up to 24 display points. Its modular design
suits various applications. Ideal for applications such
as small institutional and commercial buildings, shopping
malls, offices and public establishments, the HCP-1008E
is configurable to meet virtually all requirements. The
panel is designed to be easy in its installation, operation
and maintenance. This makes the system cost effective
and very reliable for its intended applications.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0067
05/2006
ORDERING INFORMATION
Model
Description

HCP-1008ES
Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel expandable up to 24 display points.

Includes HMCC-1024-6S Main Chassis complete with 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits or 4
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits, 6 Amp Power
Supply and one HBB-1024 Red Enclosure.
HFA-1024TR
Semi-Flush Trim Ring
Adder Modules
HDM-1008
Eight Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuit Module
HSGM-1004
Four Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuit Module (Rated at 1.7 Amps per circuit)
HRM-1008
Eight Relay Circuit Module comes with eight Form C relays (Rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp. max. per
relay)
Auxiliary Modules
HDACT-100U Universal Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter/Dialer Module
HDACT-100
Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter/Dialer Module
HPR-100
Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module
Remote Annunciators
HRAM-1032
Main Annunciator Chassis comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 32 Bi-Colored
LEDs
HBB-1001
Annunciator backbox with keylock door
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-1008ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
HCP 1000 SERIES
Microprocessor Based - Fire Alarm Control Panel

INST
ALLATION and OPERATION MANUAL
L NOTICE
All information, documentation, and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change
without prior notice by the manufacturer.
2000 by Hochiki America Corporation

Printed May 15, 2000
LT-600HOC Rev.3 (Operating Instruction is NP-739HOC Rev.2)
TABLE of CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52

1.1 OVERALL FEATURES: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52
1.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52
2.0 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 of 52
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 of 52
3.1 CHASSIS TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 52
3.2 SERIES 1000 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 52
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 52
4.1 MAIN CHASSIS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 52
4.2 MAIN & EXPANDER CHASSIS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 of 52
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 52
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE (Part of Main Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Main Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 ADDER DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Expander Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 DETECTION ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-1008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5 SIGNAL ADDER MODULE (Model HSGM-1004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6 RELAY ADDER MODULE (Model HRM-1008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7 Reserved for Future Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 15 of
Page 15 of
Page 16 of
Page 18 of
Page 19 of
Page 19 of
Page 20 of
Page 20 of
Page 21 of
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
7.0 FIELD WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 DETECTION MODULE (HDM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 SIGNAL MODULE (HSGM-1004) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.5 Reserved for Future Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . .
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8 WIRING TABLES & INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 22 of
Page 22 of
Page 24 of
Page 25 of
Page 26 of
Page 27 of
Page 27 of
Page 28 of
Page 29 of
Page 29 of
Page 29 of
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 30 of
Page 30 of
Page 30 of
Page 30 of
52
52
52
52
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.1 COMMON INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 COMMON CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 CIRCUIT STATUS INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 CIRCUIT (ZONE) DISCONNECT SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5 SINGLE STAGE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6 TWO STAGE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7 CIRCUIT TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 31 of
Page 32 of
Page 33 of
Page 33 of
Page 34 of
Page 34 of
Page 35 of
Page 36 of
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.1 INTRODUCTION TO CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 ENTERING CONFIGURATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 EXITING CONFIGURATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.5 RESTORE TO DEFAULT / RESIZE (CLASS A or B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.6 RESIZE SYSTEM (SET CIRCUIT ADDER MODULE NUMBER & TYPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7 CONFIGURING FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 37 of
Page 37 of
Page 39 of
Page 39 of
Page 39 of
Page 40 of
Page 40 of
Page 41 of
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
Page 2 of 52
10.8 CONFIGURING INITIATING AND INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 42 of 52

10.9 CONFIGURING CIRCUIT CORRELATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 43 of 52
10.10 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 44 of 52
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 45 of 52
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 46 of 52
APPENDIX "B" - HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 49 of 52
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 50 of 52
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 51 of 52
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 52 of 52
TABLE of FIGURES
Fig.1:
Fig.1A:
Fig.2:
Fig.3:
Fig.4:
Fig.4A:
Fig.5:
Fig.6:
Fig.6A:
Fig.7:
Fig.8:
Fig.9:
Fig.10:
Fig.12:
Fig.13:
Fig.14:
Fig.15:
Fig.16:
Fig.17:
Fig.18:
Fig.19:
Fig.20:
Fig.21:
Fig.22:
Fig.23:
HBB-1024 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HBB-1072 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expander Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Adder Module Mounting Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Fire Alarm Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6, HMCC1024-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6S, HMCC1024-12S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adder Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
City Tie Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicators and Control Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Indicators and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 3 of 52
Page 8 of
Page 9 of
Page 10 of
Page 11 of
Page 13 of
Page 14 of
Page 15 of
Page 16 of
Page 17 of
Page 18 of
Page 19 of
Page 19 of
Page 20 of
Page 21 of
Page 22 of
Page 23 of
Page 24 of
Page 25 of
Page 26 of
Page 27 of
Page 28 of
Page 29 of
Page 29 of
Page 31 of
Page 37 of
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Introduction :
Hochikis SERIES HCP 1000 Fire Alarm Control Units provide a large capacity of supervised Class A or B (UL Style
D or B) Initiating Circuits, and supervised Class A or B (UL Style Z or Y) Indicating Circuits. All Circuits are supervised
for opens and ground faults, and Indicating Circuits for shorts. Optional Modules include additional Initiating and
Indicating Circuits, Relay, and Polarity Reversal & City Tie. Flush or surface mountable enclosures can be used for
retrofits and on new installations.
1.1 Overall Features:

T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
Basic unit has 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may be configured as 4 Class A (Style D) Circuits.
These are configurable as Alarm, Verified Alarm, Waterflow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, Latching or Non-Latching
Supervisory, or Trouble-Only Circuits. There are two LEDs per Circuit; one for Trouble (Amber), and one for
Status (Red/Amber).
Basic unit has 4 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with individual trouble indicators. Each
Circuit can be configured as Audible (silenceable) or Visual (non-silenceable). Audibles may be steady,
Temporal Code, California Code, or March Time.
Initiating and Indicating Circuits may be individually Disconnected by a DIP Switch (Slide-Switch on S
Versions for the USA Market only).
Configurable Signal Silence Inhibit, Auto Signal Silence, Two-Stage Operation, One-Man Walk Test.
Subsequent Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble operation
Two outputs for 4 wire resettable smoke power supply (200 mA each Max., 300 mA total Max.)
Auxiliary Relay Contacts for Common Alarm and Common Supervisory (disconnectable), and a Common
Trouble relay.
RS-485 Interface for HRA-1000 Series Remote Multiplex Annunciators.
Optional Modules for additional Initiating, Indicating, & Relay Circuits,& City Tie & Polarity Reversal Signalling.
Easy Configuration via Push-Buttons and Switches.
Extensive transient protection
Surface Mountable Enclosures, Flush Trims Available
1.2 Controls and Indicators:8 Push-Buttons, 16 Common Indicators, provision for up to 24 Circuits
(Expansion Chassis adds provision for up to another 48 Circuits)
Page 4 of 52
2.0 GENERAL NOTES
Number of Adders that may be Installed:
The maximum number of Circuit Adder Modules that may be physically installed in a System is ...
Main Chassis Type
HMCC1024-6(S) or HMCC1024-12(S)
HMCC1024-6(S) or HMCC1024-12(S) and HECH1048
Two Circuit Adder Modules of any type.

Eight Circuit Adder Modules of any type.
The S Version Chassis have Slide-Switches instead of DIP Switches for Disconnects. The maximum number of each
Circuit Adder Module type is ...
A maximum of 7 HDM-1008
8 Initiating Circuit Modules (total of 64 Initiating Circuits in a system).
A maximum of 5 HSGM-10044 Indicating Circuit Modules (total of 24 Indicating Circuits in a system).
A maximum of 4 HRM-1008
8 Relay Circuit Modules (total of 32 Relay Circuits in a system).
Any HCP-1000 System may have a HPR-100 added, and up to eight (8) Remote Multiplex Annunciators externally.
As good practice, it is recommended that Circuit Adder Modules be installed in the order of Signals followed by
Detection, followed by Relay Modules.
Circuits and Zones:

Circuits
Zone
refers to an actual electrical interface, Initiating (Detection), Indicating (Signal), or Relay.

is a logical concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit.
Often the terms Zone and Circuit are used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Display Points:
On the HCP-1000 an important concept is Display Points. Unlike some products the available LED Displays and
matching Circuit Disconnect Switches are not hard-wired to the Circuit Adder Modules. The Main Fire Alarm Module
and each Circuit Adder Module type have a required number of Display Points specified. In the case of Initiating Circuits
this will be reduced by half if Class A operation is selected. Different Main and Expander Chassis provide a fixed
number of Display Points on their attached Display Boards. These are assigned during the Configuration Adder Module
Number and Type operation (see Configuration Section) as required in the cabling order in which Adder Modules are
installed. In any system setup, there must be at least as many Display Points available, as those required by the
Circuits.
Wiring Styles:
Initiating Circuits are configured by default as Class B (Style B). They may be globally (all or none) configured as
Class A (Style D) as described in the Configuration Section. This operation uses odd and even pairs of two-wire Class
B (Style B) circuits to make one four-wire Class A (Style D) circuit, thus cutting in half the number of available Initiating
Circuits.
Indicating Circuits may be individually wired as Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y) without affecting the number
of circuits available (see Module wiring instructions).
Page 5 of 52
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Model: HBB-1024 Surface Enclosure 24 Circuits
HBB-1072 Surface Enclosure 72 Circuits
(add suffix R for Red Enclosure)
Model: HMCC1024-6 6 A Main Chassis

HMCC1024-12 12 A Main Chassis
(add Suffix S for Slide Switches)
Model: HFA-1024TR
HFA-1072TR
Model: HECH1048 48 Display Expander Chassis
Flush Trim Ring

Flush Trim Ring
(add another suffix R for Red Enclosure)
Model: Batteries (6.5 to 40 AH)
Model: Circuit Adder Modules

HDM-1008, HSGM-1004. HRM-1008,
Page 6 of 52
Model: HPR-100
Polarity Reversal and

City Tie Module
HRA-1000 Series
Remote Multiplex
Annunciator Panels
3.1 CHASSIS TYPES

Model: HMCC1024-6
Main Chassis with 8 Style B / 4 Style D Initiating Circuits, 4 Style Y or Z Indicating

Circuits, and a 6 ampere Power Supply. See Module Specifications for more detail.
Model: HMCC1024-12
Same as HMCC1024-6, but with a 12 ampere Power Supply. See Module Specifications
for more detail.
Model: HMCC1024-6S
Same as HMCC1024-6, but with Disconnect Slide Switches instead of DIP Switches.
Model: HMCC1024-12SSame as HMCC1024-12, but with Disconnect Slide Switches instead of DIP Switches.
Model: HECH1048
Expander Chassis for up to 48 additional Zones / Circuits. DIP Switches for Disconnect
only. See Module Specifications for more detail.
3.2 HCP SERIES 1000 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - KITS

Model: HCP-1008E
Model: HCP-1008ES
Expandable Kit for the Canadian Market, 8 Class B (or 4 Class A) Initiating & 4 (Class A or
B) Indicating Circuits, Expandable to 24 Circuits, 6 Amp Power Supply (HMCC1024-6 Main
Chassis in a HBB-1024 Enclosure).
Expandable Kit for the USA Market, 8 Class B (or 4 Class A) Initiating & 4 (Class A or
B) Indicating Circuits, Expandable to 24 Circuits, 6 Amp Power Supply (HMCC1024-6
Main Chassis in a HBB-1024R Enclosure).
For any other sizes, etc., components are ordered separately.
Page 7 of 52
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS

Install the enclosure as shown for the HBB-1024 (Fig.1) or HBB-1072 (Fig.1A) ...
Fig.1: HBB-1024 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions

1"
4-9/16"
DOOR
DOOR
BACKBOX
WALL
FLUSH TRIM
14-1/2"
11"
WALL
FLUSH
(SIDE VIEW)
SURFACE
(SIDE VIEW)
1-3/4"
BACKBOX
1-1/8" & 7/8"

KNOCKOUTS
1-3/4"
17"
14-3/4"
2" TYP.
1-1/2"
10-1/2"
16"
26"
1-1/4"
TYP.
7/32" DIA.
MOUNTING
HOLE
26-1/4"
28-1/2"
7-1/2"
4-1/2"
BACKBOX
FLUSH TRIM
(MODEL HFA-1024TR)
Page 8 of 52
DOOR
Fig.1A: HBB-1072 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions

7-9/16"
BACKBOX
1-1/4"
ENCL. MATERIAL: 16GA (0.059") THICK

COLD ROLLED STEEL
DOOR MATERIAL: 14GA (0.075") THICK
COLD ROLLED STEEL
FINISH:
PAINTED, EXCEPT
FOR HINGES
DOOR
DOOR
FLUSH TRIM
BACKBOX
WALL
WALL
SURFACE
(SIDE VIEW)
3-1/8"
22-1/4"
FLUSH
(SIDE VIEW)
1-1/8" & 7/8"

KNOCKOUTS
2" TYP.
16"
24-3/4"
22-13/16"
2" TYP.
1-1/2"
2"
15"
8-3/4"
10-1/4"
33"
2" SINGLE
KNOCKOUT
7/32" DIA.
MOUNTING
HOLE
35-1/2"
1-1/2"
33-1/4"
15"
2-1/2"
7-1/2"
BACKBOX
FLUSH TRIM
(MODEL HFA-1072TR)
Page 9 of 52
DOOR
4.1 MAIN CHASSIS INSTALLATION

The Main Chassis is installed in the HBB-1024 Backbox as shown using the supplied hex-nuts. Group the incoming
wires through the top of the enclosure to prepare it for wiring the Modules. Do not run the wires in-between the Modules
since it could cause a short circuit. Use a wire tie to group wires for easy identification and neatness.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth
Ground Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from the Main Chassis to the ground screw on the
Backbox.
Fig.2:
Main Chassis Installation
Page 10 of 52
4.2 MAIN & EXPANDER CHASSIS INSTALLATION

The Main and Expander Chassis are installed into the HBB-1072 Enclosure as shown using the supplied hex-nuts.
Group the incoming wires through the top of the enclosure to prepare it for wiring the Modules. Do not run the wires inbetween the Modules since it could cause a short circuit. Use a wire tie to group wires for easy identification and
neatness.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth
Ground Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from BOTH the Main Chassis and the Expander
Chassis to the ground screw on the Backbox.
Fig.3:
Expander Chassis Installation
BACKBOX
EXPANDER CHASSIS
EARTH GROUND LUG
#8-32 HEXNUTS (4X)
MAIN CHASSIS
TEST/CONFIG
M O DE
CO M M O N
CO M M O N
TRO U B L E
ALARM
R E M O T E
FAILURE
CO M M O N
A . C .
O N
SUPERVISORY
BATTERY
SYSTEM
RESET
L A M P
TRO U B L E
TEST
GROUND
FAULT
FIRE
AUXILIARY
DRILL
DISCONNECT
ACKNO W L E D G E
BUZZER
SILENCE
G ENERAL
SIGNAL
ALARM
SILENCE
CO N F I G .
S I G .
Z O N E
DISCONNECT
DET.
ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
EARTH GROUND LUG

#8 x 1/4" TYPE `B' SCREW
A.C.
LINE
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
#8-32 HEXNUTS (4X)
Page 11 of 52
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS

The Main Chassis in a HBB-1024 or HBB-1072 Enclosure come pre-assembled with all power supply, main panel, and display
components and boards. The Expander Chassis has the display board pre-assembled. The HPR-100 City Tie Module may
be added on the left side, as shown in the figure on the following page. These Modules connect directly to the dedicated P2
connection in the upper-left corner of the Main Fire Alarm Module. Circuit Adder Modules are installed from right to left using
the supplied stand-offs, as shown in the figure on the next page, with the first Module plugging its 26 pin ribbon cable into P5
on the Main Fire Alarm Module, and using the included HMD-579 four wire power cable as described in the Module Settings
section. A second Circuit Adder Module would connect by plugging its 26 pin cable into the matching socket on the previous
module to the right, and by installing the supplied HMD-579 four wire power cable as described in the appropriate Module
Settings section.
In a HBB-1072 Enclosure with an Expander Chassis, there are two each of long extension cables for the 26 pin ribbon cable
(HMD-575) and for the four wire power cable (HMD-580) included. Circuit Adder Modules are installed as on the Main Chassis,
from right to left in two tiers (back then front). These are cabled as in the Main Chassis, except that the first module on the back
tier to the right connects via HMD-575 and HMD-580 extension cables to the second module in the Main Chassis, and the fourth
module on the front tier to the right connects via HMD-575 and MD-580 extension cables to the third module on the first tier to
the left. In other words a continuous right to left, bottom to top, and back to front installation order (see the figure on the next
page).
To enable communication from the Main Fire Alarm Module to all of the Circuit Adder Modules, it is necessary to remove the
Continuity Jumper on JW6 (near P5, the Circuit Adder Module Connector) on the Main Fire Alarm Module. This jumper plug
must be installed on the Continuity Jumper on the last installed Circuit Adder Module (see the appropriate Module Settings
section to verify the location of the Continuity Jumper on a particular Circuit Adder Module). Only the LAST Circuit Adder Module
should have a jumper plug on its Continuity Jumper; all others must be left without a jumper plug !!
There needs to be enough Display Points for each circuit on an Adder Module, and these are assigned during Configuration
(see Configuration Section) in the order in which the Adders are electrically installed (the order in which they have their cables
connected to each other). Both the number of points available for each Display Type, and the number required for each Circuit
Adder Module Type are described in the Module Settings Section.
As good practice, it is recommended that Circuit Adder Modules be installed in the order of Detection followed by Signals,
followed by Relay Modules.
Page 12 of 52
Fig.4: Module Mounting Locations

EXPANDER CHASSIS
MODEL: HECH-1048
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
FRONT PLATE IS NOT SHOWN.

ONLY ONE OF THE TWO MODULES, HPR-100 or
HDACT-100, CAN BE INSTALLED INTO THE MAIN
CHASSIS.
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER MODULES MAY BE:
A) MODEL HDM-1008 DETECTION ADDER.
B) MODEL HSGM-1004 SIGNAL ADDER.
C) MODEL HRM-1008 RELAY ADDER.
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER

MODULES
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER

MODULE
#6-32 x 1 1/4"
SCREW
#6-32 x 1 1/2"
M/F HEX SPACER
HPR-100 CITY TIE MODULE
MAIN CHASSIS
MODEL: HMCC-1024-X
#6-32 x 1 1/4"
SCREW
HDACT-100 DIALER MODULE
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER

MODULE
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER
#6-32 x 1 1/2"
M/F HEX SPACER
Page 13 of 52
Fig.4A: Circuit Adder Module Mounting Details
Page 14 of 52
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS

6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE (Part of Main Chassis)
JW5 Jumper installed for Class A (Style D) operation of Initiating Circuits 1 and 2.
JW6 Continuity Jumper removed if there are any Circuit Adder Modules installed, and installed on the last Circuit Adder Module.
JW4 Jumper removed if a HPR-100 Module is installed.
P1
P3
P5
P7,8
RS-485 Connection for future expansion.

Connector for Display Module (part of HMCH-1024).
Connector for Circuit Adder Modules.
Factory connection to Bridge Rectifier.
P2
P4
P6
P9,10
Connector for HPR-100 Module.

Connector for future expansion.
Power Connector for Adder Modules.
Connection to 24 VDC Battery.
The Main Fire Alarm Module contains the following Circuits, each requiring a certain number of Display Points ...
Chassis Type
HMCC1024-6(S)
HMCC1024-12(S)
Initiating Circuits
8 Style B / 4 Style D
8 Style B / 4 Style D
Indicating Circuits
4 Style Y or Z
4 Style Y or Z
Display Points Required

8 /4 (Style B / D)
8 /4 (Style B / D)
Note that the Main Display Module (part of the Main Chassis) has 4 dedicated Display Points for the 4 Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire
Alarm Module.
Fig.5:
Main Fire Alarm Module
Page 15 of 52
6.2 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Main Chassis)

P1
P2
Cable connects to P3 of Main Fire Alarm Module.

Connection to P1 of HECH1048 Display Module if used.
SW1
See Configuration section of Manual.
SW2 to SW5 See Configuration & Operation sections of Manual.
The Main Display Module provides 4 dedicated Display Points for the 4 Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module. It also provides
the following general purpose Display Points ...
Chassis Type
HMCC1024-6
HMCC1024-12
Display Points
\
24
>
24
/
There are also 4 Display Points dedicated to the 4 Main Board Indicating Circuits.
The first 8 or 4 of these (depending upon Style B or D operation) are dedicated
to the 8 / 4 Main Board Initiating Circuits.
Note: The Main Display Module comes with a Label Sheet (NP-680) including both English and French slide-in labels. This sheet may be
run through a Laser Printer for labelling purposes before being installed. The first slide-in section comes in two versions; one for SingleStage Systems, and one for Two-Stage Systems.
Fig.6:
Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6, HMCC1024-12)
TEST/CONFIG
MODE
COMMON
TROUBLE
COMMON
ALARM
ZONE
1
ZONE
9
ZONE
17
REMOTE
FAILURE
A.C. ON
COMMON
SUPERVISORY
ZONE
2
ZONE
10
ZONE
18
SYSTEM
RESET
LAMP
TEST
BATTERY
TROUBLE
ZONE
3
ZONE
11
ZONE
19
GROUND
FAULT
ZONE
4
ZONE
12
ZONE
20
SIGNAL 1
TROUBLE
ZONE
5
ZONE
13
ZONE
21
SIGNAL 2
TROUBLE
ZONE
6
ZONE
14
ZONE
22
SIGNAL 3
TROUBLE
ZONE
7
ZONE
15
ZONE
23
SIGNAL 4
TROUBLE
ZONE
8
ZONE
16
ZONE
24
DET. ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
FIRE
DRILL
AUXILIARY
DISCONNECT
ACKNOWLEDGE
BUZZER
SILENCE
GENERAL
ALARM
SIGNAL
SILENCE
CONFIG.
SIG. ZONE
DISCONNECT
Page 16 of 52
On the HMCC1024-6S and HMCC1024-12S Chassis for the USA Market only, the Main Display Module appears as
shown below. The Disconnect DIP-Switches are replaced by Slide-Switches.
Fig.6A: Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6S, HMCC1024-12S)
Page 17 of 52
6.3 ADDER DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Expander Chassis)

P1
P2
Cable connects to P2 of Main Display Module.

Not Used.
SW1 to SW6 See Configuration & Operation sections of Manual.
The Adder Display Module provides the following general purpose Display Points ...
Chassis Type
HECH1048
Display Points
48
Note that the Adder Display Module comes with a Label Sheet (NP-681) with blank slide-in labels. This sheet may be run through a Laser
Printer for labelling purposes before being installed.
Fig.7:
Adder Display Module
Page 18 of 52
6.4 DETECTION ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-1008)

Fig.8:
Detection Adder Module
P2 Data Cable to P5 of Main Fire

Alarm Module or to previous
Adder Module.
P1 Data Connector for next Adder
Module.
P4 Power Connector to P6 of Main
Fire Alarm Module or to previous
Adder Module.
P3 Power Connector for next
Adder Module.
JW1 Jumper installed for Class A
(Style D) operation of Initiating
Circuits 1 and 2.
Circuits 3 and 4.
Circuits 5 and 6.
Circuits 7 and 8.
JW5 Continuity Jumper removed if there are any more Adder Modules installed.
Jumper JW6 on the Main Fire Alarm Module must be removed if there are any Adder Modules installed.
The HDM-1008 requires 8 Display Points for Style B operation, and 4 for Style D.
6.5 SIGNAL ADDER MODULE (Model HSGM-1004)

Fig.9:
Signal Adder Module

Adder Module.
Module.
Adder Module.
Adder Module.
JW1 Continuity Jumper removed if
there are any more Adder
Modules installed.
Jumper JW6 on the Main Fire Alarm
Module must be removed if there are
any Adder Modules installed.
The HSGM-1004 requires 4 Display Points.
Page 19 of 52
6.6 RELAY ADDER MODULE (Model HRM-1008)

Fig.10: Relay Adder Module

Adder Module.
Module.
Adder Module.
Adder Module.
JW1 Continuity Jumper removed if
there are any more Adder
Modules installed.
Module must be removed if there are
any Adder Modules installed.
The HRM-1008 requires 8 Display Points.
6.7 Reserved for Future Use

Fig.11 reserved for future use.
Page 20 of 52
6.8 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100)

P1
JW1
Cable to P2 of Main Fire Alarm Module.

Cut this jumper for Trouble transmission. When this jumper is cut and a system trouble occurs, the designated
terminals will transmit a "zero volts" or "open" circuit. Please note that at normal condition, the terminals polarity
is read exactly as labelled on the circuit board.
Jumper JW4 on the Main Fire Alarm Module must be removed if a City Tie Module is installed.
Fig.12: City Tie Module
The HPR-100 does not require any Display Points.
Page 21 of 52
7.0 FIELD WIRING

7.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and Appendix A for compatible devices and Appendix C for specifications.
Caution:
Do not exceed power supply ratings: Main Chassis HMCC1024-6(S), total current for Indicating Circuits is 5 A max.
Main Chassis HMCC1024-12S), total current for Indicating Circuits is 10 A max.
Note:
The Terminal Blocks are removable for ease of wiring.
Fig.14: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued)
Page 22 of 52
Note:
All Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID A.
Fig.13: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections
Page 23 of 52
7.2 DETECTION MODULE (HDM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and appendix "A" for compatible devices. See appendix "C" for Module
specifications.
Note:

All Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID A.
Fig.15: Detection Module Terminal Connections
Page 24 of 52
7.3 SIGNAL MODULE (HSGM-1004) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

specifications.
Note:
Fig.16: Signal Module Terminal Connections
Page 25 of 52
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

specifications.
Note:
Fig.17: Relay Module Terminal Connections
Page 26 of 52
7.5 Reserved for Future Use
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
See Appendix for Module specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Note that for use in the USA, the installer MUST add an Atlantic Scientific (Tel. 407-725-8000) Model #24544 Protective
Device, or similar UL-Listed QVRG Secondary Protector, as shown. For use in Canada, the Protective Device is still
recommended, but the HPR-100 may be connected directly to Polarity Reversal or City Tie wiring.
Notes: 1) Either the HPR-100s City Tie or Polarity Reversal interface may be used, but not both.
2) The City Tie interface is Not Power Limited.
3) The Terminal Blocks are removable for ease of wiring.
Fig.18: Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections
Page 27 of 52
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS

The power supply is part of the Main Chassis. The ratings are:
Model HMCC1024-6(S) Main Chassis:

Electrical input ratings:
Power supply total current:
Battery Fuse on Main Module:
120 VAC, 60 Hz, 4 A main primary circuit breaker

6 A maximum
Replace with 20 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
Model HMCC1024-12(S) Main Chassis:

120 VAC, 60 Hz, 4 A main primary circuit breaker

12 A maximum
CAUTION: Do not exceed power supply ratings.
See Appendix for specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Fig.19: Power Supply Connections
Page 28 of 52
7.8 WIRING TABLES & INFORMATION

Fig.20: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS
WIRE GAUGE
MAXIMUM WIRING RUN TO LAST DEVICE (ELR)
(AWG)
ft
22
2990
910
20
4760
1450
18
7560
2300
16
12000
3600
14
19000
5800
12
30400
9200
NOTE : MAXIMUM LOOP RESISTANCE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 100 OHMS

Fig.21: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS
(Main Board Indicating Circuits are rated for 1.7 Amperes each, HSGM-1004 Indicating Circuits are rated for
1.7 Amperes each.)
TOTAL
SIGNAL LOAD

18AWG
16AWG
14AWG
12AWG
MAX. LOOP
RESISTANCE
Amperes
ft
ft
ft
ft
Ohms
0.06
2350
716
3750
1143
6000
1829
8500
2591
30
0.12
1180
360
1850
567
3000
915
4250
1296
15
0.30
470
143
750
229
1200
366
1900
579
0.60
235
71
375
114
600
183
850
259
0.90
156
47
250
76
400
122
570
174
1.20
118
36
185
56
300
91
425
129
1.5
1.50
94
29
150
46
240
73
343
105
1.2
1.70
78
24
125
38
200
61
285
87
1.0
NOTE : MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1.8 VOLTS

AUXILIARY POWER WIRING:
Use the Wiring Table for Indicating Circuits, and see the wiring information for the
Remote Annunciator being used.
RS-485 WIRING:
See the wiring information for the Remote Annunciator being used.
4-WIRE SMOKE WIRING:
The maximum allowable current is 0.2 Amperes. The maximum allowed Voltage Drop
is 1 Volt. Refer to the Indicating Circuit Wiring Table above.
Page 29 of 52
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT

8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON":
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
To prevent sparking, do not connect the batteries. Connect the batteries after powering the system from the main
AC supply.
Check that all Modules are installed in the proper location with the proper connections.
Check all field (external) wiring for opens, shorts, and ground.
Check that all interconnection cables are secure, and that all connectors are plugged-in properly.
Check all Jumpers and Switches for proper setting.
Check the AC power wiring for proper connection.
Check that the chassis is connected to EARTH GROUND (cold water pipe).
Make sure to close the front cover plate before powering the system from main AC supply.
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
After completing the System Checkout procedures, power-up the panel. The "AC-ON" green LED should illuminate,
the Common Trouble LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound. Press the white System Reset button.
Since the batteries are not connected, the "Battery Trouble" LED should illuminate as well as the trouble buzzer
should sound intermittently and the common trouble LED should flash.
Connect the batteries while observing correct polarity; the red wire is positive (+) and black wire is negative (-).
All indicators should extinguish except for normal power "AC-ON" green LED.
Configure the Fire Alarm Control Panel as described in the Configuration section.
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING:
Circuit Trouble
Remote Fail
Ground Fault
Battery Trouble
Config. Mode
Common Trouble
Normally when a Circuit trouble occurs, its designated trouble indicator will be illuminated, as
well as the common trouble indicator and trouble buzzer. To correct the fault, check for open
wiring on that particular Circuit loop or if the Circuit Disconnect Switch is in the on or closed
position. Please note: Disconnecting a Circuit will cause a system trouble (off-normal
position).
A Remote Fail will be indicated on the main panel display for any failure reported by, or failure
to communicate with a Remote Annunciator or other Remote Device.
This panel has a common ground fault detector. To correct the fault, check for any external
wiring touching the chassis or other Earth Ground connection.
Check for the presence of batteries and their conditions. Low voltage (below 20.4V) will cause
a battery trouble. If battery trouble condition persists, replace batteries as soon as possible.
If the Test/Config Mode LED is illuminated steady, the system is in either Configuration Mode
or Walk-Test Mode. If it is flashing then the Configuration has been corrupted, and has been
reset to defaults; it is then necessary to review / re-enter your Configuration.
If only a common trouble is indicated on the main panel and none of those above confirming
trouble indicators are on, then check the following for possible fault:
i) Check for any missing interconnection wiring.
ii) Check for any Module missing that was part of the Configuration.
iii) Check jumpers positions; particularly ensure that the Continuity Jumper is installed only
on the LAST Circuit Adder Module in the system.
iv) Check for improperly secured cabling.
Page 30 of 52
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION

Refer to the following LED Indicators and Control Buttons and Switches locations ...
Fig.22: Indicators and Control Location
The Main Display Panel on the Fire Alarm Control Unit consists of ...
16 common LED Indicators
28 Circuit / Circuit Indicators
28 Circuit Disconnect DIP Switches
8 Common Buttons
Configuration DIP Switch
An Adder Display Module is part of the HECH1048 Expander Chassis, which adds ...
48 Circuit / Circuit Indicators and Disconnect Switches
LED Indicators may be Amber, Red, or Green, and may illuminate continuously (steady), or at one of two Flash Rates...
Fast Flash
Trouble Flash
120 flashes per minute, 50% duty cycle

20 flashes per minute, 50% duty cycle
Note that each display is supplied with Laser Printer printable paper labels for sliding into the plastic Label Template.
For the Main Display, the paper label is #NP-68O; this includes English and French versions, and for the first column
there are two slide-ins for Single-Stage and Two-Stage operation. For the Adder Display, the paper label is #NP-681,
which are all blank.
Page 31 of 52
9.1 COMMON INDICATORS:

Buzzer:
The Buzzer is activated by any of the following ...
Fire Alarm
Supervisory Alarm
Trouble
Steady
Steady
Trouble Flash Rate
If the Buzzer is turned on in response to a Non-Latching Trouble or Supervisory, it will be turned off if the condition causing it goes away
and there is no other reason for it to be on.
AC On LED:
The AC On Indicator is activated steady green while the main AC power is within acceptable levels. It is turned off when the level falls
below the power-fail threshold and the panel is switched to standby (battery) power.
Common Alarm LED:
The Common Alarm Indicator turns on steady red whenever the Panel is in Alarm as a result of an alarm on any Initiating Circuit or
activation of the manual red General Alarm Button (if the Panel is set for Two Stage Operation). Since all Alarms are latched until the Panel
is reset, the Indicator will remain on until then.
Common Supervisory LED:
The Common Supervisory Indicator turns on steady amber when there is a Supervisory Alarm in the Panel, as the result of any Latching
or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuit. The Indicator is turned off if all Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits are restored and there are no
Latching Supervisory Circuits active. Latching Supervisory Alarms remain active until the Panel is reset.
Common Trouble LED:
The Common Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Flash Rate when there is any Trouble condition being detected on the panel.
It is turned off when all Non-Latching Troubles are cleared.
Remote Failure LED:
The Remote Failure Indicator is flashed amber at the Trouble Flash Rate if there is trouble detected at a City Tie, or if there is communication
trouble detected with a Remote Annunciator or if a Remote Annunciator reports a local trouble. It is turned off if these conditions go away.
Fire Drill LED:
The Fire Drill Indicator turns on steady amber while Fire Drill is active.
Acknowledge LED:
If the Panel is configured as Two Stage, the Acknowledge Indicator flashes amber at the Fast Flash Rate while the Auto General Alarm
Timer is timing out. It turns on steady amber when that Timer is cancelled by activating the Acknowledge or Signal Silence buttons. If the
Auto General Alarm Timer times-out and puts the Panel into General Alarm, the Indicator is turned off.
General Alarm LED:
In Two Stage Operation only, the General Alarm Indicator is activated steady red when General Alarm is activated due to the red General
Alarm button being pushed, a General Alarm Initiating Circuit being activated, or the Auto General Alarm Timer timing out. Once the General
Alarm Indicator has been turned on it will stay active until the Panel is reset.
Configuration / Test Mode LED:
The Configuration / Test Mode Indicator is turned on steady amber to indicate that the Panel is in either Walk-Test or Configuration
Mode. If the Panel is left in either Mode for over an hour with no operator activity, this Indicator will flash at the Trouble Rate.
Auxiliary Disconnect LED:
The Auxiliary Disconnect Indicator is flashed amber, at the Trouble Rate, when the Auxiliary Disconnect button is pressed. It is turned off
when the button is pressed a second time. When on, it indicates that Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays are not activated,
and Programmable Relays (if Disconnect is enabled) are not activated. The City Tie Module is also inactive if installed.
Signal Silence LED:
The Signal Silence indicator is flashed amber, at the trouble rate when Indication Circuits are Silenced either by the Signal Silence button,
or by the Auto Signal Silence Timer. It is turned off when the Signals are re-sounded by a subsequent Alarm.
Battery Trouble LED:
The Battery Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate when the Battery is either low (below 20.4 VDC), or disconnected.
Ground Fault LED:
The Ground Fault Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate when the Ground Fault Detector detects a Ground Fault on any field wiring.
It is turned off when the Ground Fault is cleared.
Page 32 of 52
9.2 COMMON CONTROLS:

System Reset Button (White) :
The System Reset button causes the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and all Circuits, to be reset ...
Resets all Latching Trouble Conditions
Resets both 4-Wire Smoke Supplies
Turns off Signal Silence, Ack & GA Indicators
Stops and resets all Timers
Aux Disconnect not affected
Resets all Initiating Circuits

Turns off all Indicating Circuits
Turns off Fire Drill
Processes inputs as new events
Signal Silence Button (Blue) :

Activation of the Signal Silence button when the Panel is in Alarm turns on the Signal Silence Indicator and deactivates any Silenceable
Indicating Circuits. Non-Silenceable Circuits are unaffected. Signals will re-sound upon any subsequent Alarm. This button does not
function during any configured Signal Silence Inhibit Timer period. It also does not function if the Indicating Circuits are active as the result
of a Fire Drill.
In a Two Stage System, if the Auto General Alarm Timer has timed out, this button also performs the same function as the Acknowledge
button.
Fire Drill Button (Orange) :
The Fire Drill button activates all non-Disconnected Indicating Circuits, but does not transmit any Alarms via the City Tie, or Common Alarm
Relay. Fire Drill is cancelled by pressing the button again, or if the Panel goes into a real Alarm.
Acknowledge Button (Yellow) :
If the Panel is not configured for Two Stage Operation, this button does nothing. If the Panel is configured for Two Stage Operation,
activation of the Acknowledge button while the Auto General Alarm Timer is timing (there is an Alarm in the Panel, but it is still in the First
Stage), that timer is cancelled, and the Acknowledge Indicator is on steady amber.
General Alarm Button (Red) :
If the Panel is not configured for Two Stage Operation, this button does nothing. If the Panel is configured for Two Stage Operation,
activation of the General Alarm button immediately sends the Panel into Second Stage - General Alarm. It will also re-activate the Signals
if they have been Silenced during General Alarm. The General Alarm condition remains active until the Panel is reset.
Auxiliary Disconnect Button (Orange) :
Activating the Auxiliary Disconnect button activates the Auxiliary Disconnect function. Pressing the button again de-activates the function.
Lamp Test Button (Orange) :
Activation of the Lamp Test button turns all front panel Indicators on steady in whichever color they would normally be activated and turns
the buzzer on steady. If Lamp Test is active for more than 10 seconds, Common Trouble is activated.
Buzzer Silence Button (Blue) :
Activation of the Buzzer Silence button while the Buzzer is sounding silences the Buzzer. The Buzzer will resound if there is a
subsequent event. Pressing the button when the Buzzer is not sounding has no affect.
9.3 CIRCUIT STATUS INDICATORS:

There is one pair of Circuit Status LEDs for each Initiating, Indicating, and Relay Circuit. For the first four Indicating
Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module, these are part of the Common Indicators. For all other Circuits (including
the first eight Initiating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module) these are arranged in columns of eight indicators
numbered from 1 to 8 - top to bottom. For each Circuit, the upper Circuit Status LED may be Red or Amber, and
will be steady, or flashing at either the Fast Flash or Trouble Flash Rates depending on the operation. The Circuit
Trouble LED is only Amber and in general flashes at the Trouble Rate when active. The Status LED is used on
Initiating Circuits only.
After the first eight Initiating Circuits (corresponding to the first column of Circuit LEDs) the Circuit LEDs are
configured in the same order as any Adder Modules. If there are insufficient Display Adders for the number of
Circuits on the Panel, the last Circuits will not be displayed. If there are too many Displays for the number of
Circuits on the Panel, the unassigned ones will be unused.
Alarm Circuit Indicators:
This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Verified Alarm, Non-Verified Alarm, Water-flow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, or General
Alarm Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble)
Page 33 of 52
or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned off when the Circuit is in Alarm. The Circuit Status Indicator is activated steady red
when the Circuit is in Alarm. On Verified Alarm Circuits, Sprinkler Alarm, and Water-flow Alarm Circuits, the Circuit Status Indicator will
illuminate at the Fast Flash rate during the "Pre-Alarm" Condition. This Indicator will also come on Fast Flash while an active circuit is being
un-disconnected.
Supervisory Circuit Indicators:
This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Latching or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes
at the Trouble Rate to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned
off when the Circuit is in Alarm. The Circuit Status Indicator is turned on steady amber when the corresponding Circuit is in Alarm. This
Indicator will also come on Fast Flash while an active circuit is being reconnected.
Monitor Circuit Indicators:
This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Monitor Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate to indicate
circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned off when the Circuit is active.
The circuit status indicator is turned on steady amber when the corresponding circuit is active. It will also come on fast flash while an
active circuit is being not bypassed.
Trouble-only Circuit Indicators:
This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Trouble-Only Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate
to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. The Circuit Status Indicator also flashes
amber at the Trouble Rate to indicate a short-circuit trouble.
Signal Circuit Indicators:
This operation applies to Indicating Circuits of any type. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate to indicate shortcircuit or open-circuit trouble, or if the circuit is Disconnected.
Relay Circuit Indicators:
Relay Circuit Trouble Indicators flash amber at the Trouble Rate while the circuit is Disconnected.
9.4 CIRCUIT (ZONE) DISCONNECT SWITCHES:

Circuit (Zone) Disconnect Switches are provided for all Initiating, Indicating, and Relay Circuits on the Fire Alarm Control
Panel. For the first four Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module, the Disconnect Switches consist of either
a bank of DIP Switches, or Slide Switches in S Version Chassis. For DIP Switches, numbers 1 to 8 correspond to
the Circuits indicated in the Indicator column from top to bottom.
Changing a Circuit Disconnect Switch to the on position bypasses the associated Circuit and turns on its Trouble
Indicator, also activating Common Trouble. While a Circuit is Disconnected, all changes in status (Alarms and Troubles)
on that Circuit are ignored. Disconnected Indicating Circuits are not activated by the Panel.
Disconnecting an active latching Initiating Circuit including Alarms, Water-flow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, General Alarm,
and Latching Supervisory does not affect its status until the Panel is reset. Disconnecting an active Non-Latching
Initiating Circuit including Non-Latching Supervisory, and Trouble-Only causes them to behave as if the alarm had gone
away. Disconnecting an active Indicating Circuit immediately deactivates the Circuit.
When an Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switch is returned to the normal state, the state of the Circuit is checked. If the
Circuit is active, the Status Indicator flashes for 10 seconds at the Fast Rate without processing the input. If the Circuit
is not re-Disconnected by then, it will be processed as a new input.
These Disconnected Switches are also used during Configuration Mode and Walk-Test as described in those
sections.
9.5 SINGLE STAGE OPERATION:
In a Single Stage System all Alarm inputs are treated in a similar manner. Alarm inputs include any of the following:
Non-Verified Alarm, Verified Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, Water-flow Alarm, and General Alarm Circuits. Any of these Alarm
inputs occurring when the Panel is not already in Alarm cause the following:
The Buzzer sounds steadily

If Fire Drill is active, it is cancelled
The Common Alarm Indicator turns on
Page 34 of 52
The Common Alarm Relay activates if Aux Disconnect is not active

The Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, starts
The Signal Silence Inhibit Timer, if configured, starts
All non-Disconnected Relays programmed to the input are activated provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
Non-Disconnected Strobes associated with the input are activated
Non-Disconnected Signals associated with the input are activated at the evacuation rate
Subsequent Alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:
The alert buzzer sounds steadily

If Signals have been silenced as a result of the Signal Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
Any additional non-Disconnected Strobes associated with the input are activated continuously
Any additional non-Disconnected Signals associated with the new input are activated at the evacuation rate
9.6 TWO STAGE OPERATION:

In a Two Stage System Alarm inputs are either First Stage (Alert) inputs or Second Stage (General Alarm) inputs. First
Stage inputs include inputs from the following types of circuits: Non-Verified Alarm, Verified Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, and
Water-flow Alarm. Second Stage inputs include Alarms on General Alarm Circuits, activation of the General Alarm
button, or expiration of the Auto General Alarm Timer. Any of these alarm inputs occurring when the Panel is not
already in alarm cause the following:

All Non-Disconnected Relays programmed to the input are activated provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
If the alarm is a Second Stage alarm all non-Disconnected Strobe Circuits are activated continuously, all nonDisconnected Signal Circuits are activated at the evacuation rate, and the General Alarm indicator is turned on. If the
alarm is a First Stage alarm, non-Disconnected Strobe Circuits programmed to that circuit are activated continuously,
non-Disconnected Signal Circuits programmed to that circuit are activated with the Alert Code (see Indicating Circuit
Types, in following section) and the Auto General Alarm Timer, if configured, starts, and the Acknowledge Indicator
starts flashing. Subsequent First Stage alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:

If Signals have been Silenced as a result of the Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence timer, if configured, is restarted
If the Panel is not already in General Alarm, additional non-Disconnected Signals programmed to the new input are activated with the Alert
Code (see Indicating Circuit Types, in following section).
If the Panel is not already in General Alarm and if the Acknowledge Indicator is on steady indicating that the Auto General Alarm Timer has
been Acknowledged the timer is restarted and the Acknowledge LED is extinguished.
A Second Stage Alarm (General Alarm) when the Panel is already in Alarm causes the following:
The Buzzer is sounded steady

All non-Disconnected Signals are activated at the evacuation rate
If the Signal Silence Indicator is on, it is turned off and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
The Acknowledge Indicator if on, is turned off
Alarm inputs are latching: they remain active until system reset. Note that if the System is configured for Correlations,
any Second Stage / General Alarm (caused by the Auto General Alarm Timer, the General Alarm button on the Front
Panel or Remote Annunciator, or by a General Alarm Initiating Circuit) condition activates ALL Indicating Circuits
whether they are Correlated or not.
Page 35 of 52
9.7 CIRCUIT TYPES:

Circuits refers to an actual electrical interface, either Initiating (Detection) or Indicating (Signal). Zone is a logical
concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit. Often the terms Zone and Circuit are
used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Initiating (Detection) Circuit Types:
Non-Verified Alarm
Verified Alarm
Water-Flow Alarm
Sprinkler Alarm
General Alarm
Non-Latching Supervisory =
Latching Supervisory
Monitor
Trouble-Only
This is a Normal type of Alarm which may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors, or Heat Detectors
attached. Any activation of these devices will immediately result in an Alarm condition in the Fire Alarm
Control Panel. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to
illuminate Red.
These Alarms are verified by a reset and timing procedure, and may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors,
or Heat Detectors attached. Any activation of Pull-Stations or Heat Detectors will result in an Alarm condition
in the Fire Alarm Control Panel within 4 seconds. Smoke Detectors will be verified for a real Alarm within
60 seconds depending upon the startup time of the Smoke Detectors being used. If 4 seconds is too long
a response time for Pull-Stations, then they should be wired separately on a Non-Verified Alarm Circuit. An
Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red.
=
For Water-flow Sensors. These alarms are identical to normal Non-Verified Alarms except that any
Indicating Circuits programmed to these circuits (all are by default) are Non-Silenceable. Also, if WaterFlow Retard Operation is enabled, then these circuits are sampled every one second; if 10 samples
are active within any 15 second interval, the Water-Flow Alarm is confirmed and processed. An Alarm
condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red. Note:
Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not
exceed 120 seconds.
For Sprinkler Flow Sensors. These alarms are identical to normal Non-Verified Alarms unless Water-Flow
Retard Operation is enabled. If Water-Flow Retard Operation is enabled, then these circuits are sampled
every one second; if 10 samples are active within any 15 second interval, the Sprinkler Alarm is confirmed
and processed. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED
to illuminate Red. Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device;
maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
To provide Remote General Alarm, such as for remoted key-switches. In a Two Stage System these inputs
perform exactly the same function as the Front Panel or Remote Annunciator General Alarm button. In a
Single Stage System, these inputs act the same as Non-Verified Alarms, but if Correlations are enabled,
General Alarm Initiating Circuits are correlated to ALL Indicating Circuits.
For Supervisory Devices. An activation on these circuits will cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common
Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound continuously. If the circuit activation is removed,
the Supervisory condition will clear (so long as there are no other Supervisory conditions in the system)
and the Circuit Status LED will extinguish.
For Supervisory Devices. An activation on these circuits will cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common
Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound continuously. If the circuit activation is removed,
the Supervisory condition will NOT clear.
This is a supervised general purpose non-latching input used mainly for correlating to a Relay Circuit. No
other system condition occurs as a result of its activation (short-circuit), although it is supervised for
Trouble (open-circuit).
This is for monitoring a Trouble Condition from an external device. Both open and short circuits generate
a non-latching Trouble condition.
Indicating (Signal) Circuits Types:

Silenceable Signal
Non-Silenceable Signal
Strobe
For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may be silenced either manually or
automatically. While sounding, these follow the pattern appropriate for the condition; the configured
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm,
or the Alert Code during Two-Stages Alert (First) Stage.
For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may not be silenced either manually or
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm,
or the Alert Code during Two-Stages Alert (First) Stage.
For visual devices such as strobes that use no code pattern (they are continuous).
The possible Audible Signal Codes are ...

Evacuation Codes:
2-Stage:
Continuous:
Temporal Code:
March Code:
California Code:
Alert Code:
General Alarm:
[On 100% of the time]

[3 of .5 second on, .5 second off, 1.5 second pause]

[.5 second on, .5 second off]
[5 second on, 10 second off]

[1.75 second on, 4 second off]
Evacuation Code as selected from above.
Page 36 of 52
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

10.1 INTRODUCTION TO CONFIGURATION:
Configuration of the HCP Series 1000 Fire Alarm Control Panel is performed by a combination of Configuration DIP
Switch settings and button presses. Circuit (Zone) related operations are correlated to their respective Disconnect
Switches.
The Configuration DIP Switches are accessible from the Main Display Module after removing a protective lexan cover
with two screws, and are labeled as CONFIG. 1 to 8. The Circuit (Zone) Disconnect Switches are re-defined as Circuit
(Zone) Select during Configuration. Caution should be used to reset the Zone Disconnect Switches back to the desired
settings before exiting configuration mode. Normal system operation is suspended while Configuration Mode is
active. Configuration Mode is entered whenever any of the Configuration DIP Switches are set as per functions listed
in the Configuration DIP Switch Function Table and exited by turning them all OFF (put switches in the bottom
or OFF positions), then performing a SYSTEM RESET !
WHILE IN CONFIGURATION MODE THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IS NOT OPERATING !!
Three buttons and LED indicators are re-defined in Configuration Mode ...
Acknowledge (referred to as the Yellow Button):
General Alarm (referred to as the Red Button):
Buzzer Silence (Blue Button):
This becomes a Select Setting button and the LED

indicator may show current status of a function.
This becomes a Confirmation button for some
functions, used together with the Yellow Button.
This button performs its normal function of silencing the
buzzer.
All other buttons are non-functional during Configuration Mode.
Fig.23: Configuration Indicators and Controls

The figure to the right shows the positions of the
Configuration DIP Switch and the Yellow and
Red Buttons. Each has a matching LED indicator
of the same color. Note that the labels
Acknowledge and General Alarm will only be
shown in an HCP 1000 configured as a Two-Stage
System.
Configuration Functions are selected by the

Configuration DIP Switches as follows in the
Configuration DIP Switch Function Table.
Note that a Switch position of 0" is OFF (bottom
position) and 1" is ON (top position).
Page 37 of 52
FUNCTION
NUMBER
BUTTON
OPERATIONS
0000 0000
00
None
Normal Operation (Not in Configuration Mode)
0000 0001
01
Yellow
Select Style D / B (Class A / B) Initiating Circuits
0000 0010
02
Yellow
Manual Signal Silence Enable
0000 0011
03
Yellow
Fire Drill Enable
0000 0100
04
Yellow
Two Stage Operation
0000 0101
05
Yellow
Common Alarm Relay Operation
0000 0110
06
Yellow
Output Circuit Correlations Enabled
0000 0111
07
Yellow
Waterflow Alarm and Sprinkler Alarm Retard Operation
0000 1000
08
Yellow
Reserved for Future Use
0000 1001
09
Yellow
Aux Disconnect disconnects Correlated Relays
0000 1010
0A
Yellow
Signal Silence Inhibit Timer
0000 1011
0B
Yellow
Auto Signal Silence Timer
0000 1100
0C
Yellow
Auto General Alarm Timer
0000 1101
0D
Yellow
Evacuation Code Selection
0000 1110
0E
Yellow
Number of Remote Annunciators
0010 0000
20
Yellow
Normal (Non-Verified) Alarm INITIATING CIRCUITS / DETECTION ZONES
0010 0001
21
Yellow
Verified Alarm
0010 0010
22
Yellow
Sprinkler Alarm
0010 0011
23
Yellow
Water-flow Alarm
0010 0100
24
Yellow
Non-Latching Supervisory
0010 0101
25
Yellow
0010 0110
26
Yellow
General Alarm
0010 0111
27
Yellow
Monitor
0010 1000
28
Yellow
Trouble Only
0011 0000
30
Yellow
Silenceable
0011 0001
31
Yellow
Non-Silenceable
0011 0010
32
Yellow
Silenceable Strobes
0011 0011
33
Yellow
Non-Silenceable Strobes
0011 1000
38
None
Show Relay Circuits
0100 0000
40
Yellow & Red
0100 0001
41
0100 0010
DIP SWITCH
POSITION (1-8)
CONFIGURATION DIP-SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE

DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
INDICATING CIRCUITS / SIGNAL ZONES
RELAYS
Set Circuit Adder Module Number & Type
RESIZE SYSTEM
Yellow
Correlation by Input Circuit
CORRELATIONS
42
Yellow
Correlation by Output Circuit
0111 1111
7F
Yellow & Red
1000
80
None
Restore to Default Configuration

Walk-Test
Page 38 of 52
DEFAULT
WALK-TEST
10.2 ENTERING CONFIGURATION MODE:

The System enters Configuration Mode whenever any of the Configuration DIP Switches 2 to 8 (Switch 1 is used
to enter Walk-Test Mode) are set to a 1" or On position (top position). The TEST / CONFIG MODE and COMMON
TROUBLE LEDs will turn on, and the buzzer will sound. The Buzzer may be silenced at this point.
The Fire Alarm Control Panel is not operating as a Fire Alarm System while in Configuration Mode !!
If there is no activity (no buttons pressed or switches changed) for one hour, the System will return to normal operation,
but will remain in trouble.
As Configuration DIP Switches are changed to select different functions, wait for a few seconds for the appropriate
LEDs to change as the System recognizes the change. Note that Configuration changes take effect immediately as
they are made; there is no undo function.
10.3 EXITING CONFIGURATION MODE:

To exit Configuration Mode, after all desired changes are made, all Configuration DIP Switches must be returned to
a 0" or Off position (bottom position). Wait about five seconds, then press the white System Reset button. The System
should now be back in Normal Operation.
10.4 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION:

The system as shipped from the factory is configured with no Adder Modules, and with certain set defaults. The
Default settings are ...
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
All Initiating Circuits are Style B (Class B) Non-Verified Alarms (any Alarm on any initiating circuit activates
all indicating circuits)
Indicating Circuits are all Common Alarm and set as Silenceable, Temporal Code.
Manual Signal Silence is enabled
Two Stage disabled (System will operate Single Stage)
Water-flow Retard Operation is disabled
Aux Disconnect will disconnect correlated relays
Auto Signal Silence Timer is disabled.
Systems assumes there are no Remote Annunciators
All Relay correlation is set to Common Alarm activation.
Fire Drill is enabled
Relay Adder(s) activate on Common Alarm
Signal Silence Inhibit Timer is disabled
Auto General Alarm Timer is disabled
System assumes there are no Adder Modules
Page 39 of 52
10.5 RESTORE TO DEFAULT / RESIZE (CLASS A or B):

Restoring the System to the Default Configuration is performed whenever it is desirable to restore the Factory Default
Configuration, and also whenever Circuit Adder Modules (Detection, Signal, or Relay) are added, removed, or rearranged. Restoring the System to the Default Configuration is performed slightly differently depending on whether the
System is intended to operate with Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones). It must
also be remembered to set the Main Fire Alarm Board and Detection Adder Module jumpers for the appropriate
Style / Class (see Module Settings), and that the Style / Class setting is global - for ALL Initiating Circuits.
Restore Defaults - Style B / Class B
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
Restore Defaults - Style D / Class A
Set Config DIP Switch to 0111 1111 (Restore Defaults).

Wait 5 seconds.
Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second.
Wait 5 seconds.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0000 0001 (Select Style / Class).
Wait 5 seconds.
Press Yellow Button till Yellow LED is off.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0000 (Resize System *).
Wait 5 seconds.
Wait 10 seconds.
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
Set Config DIP Switch to 0111 1111 (Restore Defaults).

Wait 5 seconds.
Wait 5 seconds.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0000 0001 (Select Style / Class).
Wait 5 seconds.
Press Yellow Button till Yellow LED is on.
Wait 5 seconds.
Wait 10 seconds.
Note that the HFA-1012K can be configured as Style B / Class B only ! The System is now ready for further
Configuration, or Configuration Mode may be exited if the Default Settings are acceptable.
10.6 RESIZE SYSTEM (SET CIRCUIT ADDER MODULE NUMBER & TYPE):
Resizing the System without performing a full Restore to Defaults may be done if the only change is adding an Adder
Display Module, or adding a Circuit Module. It should not be performed other than as part of a full Restore to
Defaults, if Circuit Modules are removed, or inserted between existing Modules, otherwise Circuit specific Configuration
may be mis-assigned.
For Circuit Adder Modules added after existing Modules, to Resize ...
&
&
&
&

Wait 5 seconds.
Wait 10 seconds.
The System is now ready for further Configuration, or Configuration Mode may be exited if the Default Settings for the
added Modules are acceptable.
During the Resize (Set Circuit Adder Module Number & Type) part of the operation, the Yellow LED flashes to
indicate how many Adder Display Modules (in addition to the Main Display Module) and Circuit Adder Modules
(including the main board) are found. The Yellow LED flashes for the number of Adder Display Modules first,
followed by the number of Circuit Adder Modules. If no Circuit Adder Modules are found the LED flashes once for
the main board, if one Circuit Adder Module is found it flashes twice, etc. For example if the system has one
Adder Display Module and two Circuit Adder Modules, the Yellow LED will flash two times (once for the Main
Display Module and once for the Adder Display Module), pause, flash three times (once for the main board and once
for each of the adder modules), long pause and repeat.
Note:
The Yellow LED indicates how many Adders (plus the main board) are found, not how many the System
is Configured to accept. If the number of Adders found is different from the number the System is
Configured for, the system will be in trouble.
Page 40 of 52
10.7 CONFIGURING FEATURES:

There are two types of Features; those which are just turned ON and OFF, and those with Multiple Settings. For ON
and OFF Features, the Yellow LED is lit for ON, and not lit for OFF, and the Yellow Button is pressed to change the
ON / OFF setting. For Multiple Setting Features, the Yellow LED flashes a number of times to indicate the setting,
then pauses; the Yellow Button is used to change the selected setting. Be sure to pause for about 3 seconds after
changing the Configuration DIP Switches, or pressing the Yellow Button to see the results.
FEATURE
DIP SWITCH
POSITION (1-8)
DESCRIPTION
0000 0001
Style D/B (Class A/B) Initiating Circuits
Yellow LED lit indicates that all Initiating Circuits (Detection

Zones) are Style D (Class A), off indicates that they are all
Style B (Class B). This Feature can be checked at any time, but
must only be changed as described in Restore to Default.
0000 0010
Manual Signal Silence Enable
Yellow LED lit indicates that Manual Silence is enabled.
0000 0011
Fire Drill Enable
Yellow LED lit indicates that Fire Drill is enabled.
0000 0100
Two Stage Operation Enabled
Yellow LED lit indicates that the System is set for Two Stage
operation, and not lit indicates Single Stage operation.
0000 0101
Common Alarm Relay Operation
Yellow LED lit indicates that if the System is for Two Stage
operation, the Common Alarm Relay will only operate during the
General Alarm Stage. If not lit, the Common Alarm Relay will
operate during both Stages.
0000 0110
Output Circuit Correlations Enabled
Yellow LED lit indicates that Output Circuits (Indicating Circuits

and Relays) operate according to any set Correlations (see
Correlation section). If the Yellow LED is not lit, all Output
Circuits are Common Alarm; all outputs turn on for any Alarm
Input.
0000 0111
Waterflow & Sprinkler Retard Operation
Yellow LED lit indicates that Waterflow Retard is enabled.
0000 1000
Reserved for Future Use
0000 1001
Aux Disc & Programmable Relays
Yellow LED lit indicates that Correlated Relays are

disconnected by Auxiliary Disconnect.
0011 1000
Show Relay Circuits
All Display Points assigned to Relay Circuits will be lit.
0000 1010
Signal Silence Inhibit Timer
Yellow LED does not flash

Yellow LED flashes 1 time
Yellow LED flashes 2 times
= Disabled
= 1 minute
= 2 minutes
= 3 minutes
0000 1011
Auto Signal Silence Timer

(This timer cannot be set shorter than either
the Auto General Alarm or Signal Silence
Inhibit timers, if those timers are enabled)

= Disabled
= 5 minute
= 10 minutes
= 15 minutes
= 20 minutes
= 30 minutes
0000 1100
Auto General Alarm Timer

(Leave disabled unless the System is
configured for Two Stage operation)

= Disabled
= 5 minute
= 10 minutes
= 15 minutes
= 20 minutes
= 30 minutes
Page 41 of 52
0000 1101
Audible Indicating Circuit

Evacuation Code

= Continuous
= March Time
= Temporal Code
= California Code
0000 1110
Number of Remote Annunciators
Yellow LED flashes 0 to 8 times to indicate the number of

Remote Annunciators expected by the System.
10.8 CONFIGURING INITIATING AND INDICATING CIRCUITS:

Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones) and Indicating Circuits (Signal Zones) are Configured by using the
Configuration DIP Switches to select the desired Circuit Type Function, along with the Circuit Trouble LEDs and
Disconnect Switches. When a Circuit Type is selected by the Configuration DIP Switch setting, the Yellow Trouble
LED for each Circuit currently configured as that type will light. To configure Circuits to be of that selected Circuit Type,
all of the desired Circuit Disconnect Switches are turned ON (up position) and the Yellow Button is pressed for about
one second. After a short pause, the Initiating Circuit Yellow Trouble LEDs will be updated to show the new
configuration.
Note: Any subsequent selection of a particular Circuit as a different Circuit Type will supercede the previous selection.
Also note that the physical Circuit Type must be appropriate for the selected Circuit Type; for example only Indicating
Circuits can be configured as Silenceable Strobes.
Be sure to reset Circuit Disconnect Switches to OFF (down position) before attempting to configure any other Circuits.
CONFIG
DIP SWITCH
POSITION (1-8)
INITIATING CIRCUIT
(DETECTION ZONE)
TYPE
CONFIG
DIP SWITCH
POSITION (1-8)
INDICATING CIRCUIT
(DETECTION ZONE)
TYPE
0010 0000
Normal (Non-Verified) Alarm
0011 0000
Silenceable Audible Signal
0010 0001
Verified Alarm
0011 0001
Non-Silenceable Audible Signal
0010 0010
Sprinkler Alarm
0011 0010
Silenceable Strobe
0010 0011
Water-flow Alarm
0011 0011
Non-Silenceable Strobe
0010 0100
0010 0101
0010 0110
General Alarm
0010 0111
Monitor
0010 1000
Trouble Only
As an example, if in a System with eight Initiating Circuits and four Indicating Circuits (Main Board only), we wanted
Class B operation, the first six Initiating Circuits as normal Non-Verified Alarms, the last two as Latching Supervisories,
and the last Indicating Circuit as a Non-Silenceable Strobe, the following sequence would be used ...
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
Restore to Default (Class B) as previously described.

Set Config DIP Switch to 0010 0000; all eight Initiating Yellow Trouble LEDs should light.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0010 0101; all eight Initiating Yellow Trouble LEDs should go out.
Set only Initiating Circuits 7 & 8 Disconnect Switches on.
Press the Yellow Button for one second; after a pause the Yellow Trouble LEDs for 7 & 8 should light.
Turn off all Disconnect Switches.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0011 0000; all four Indicating Yellow Trouble LEDs should light.
Set Config DIP Switch to 0011 0011; all four Indicating Yellow Trouble LEDs should go out.
Set only Indicating Circuit 4 Disconnect Switch on.
Press the Yellow Button for one second; after a pause the Yellow Trouble LED for 4 should light.
Turn off all Disconnect Switches.
Exit Configuration Mode.
Page 42 of 52
10.9 CONFIGURING CIRCUIT CORRELATIONS:

As a working definition for Correlations, Circuits can be defined as ...
Input Circuits
= Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones).
Output Circuits
= Indicating Circuits (Signal Zones), and Relay Circuits.
With the Factory Default Configuration, all Outputs are configured to activate with any Inputs configured as Alarms.
If Output Circuit Correlations are enabled (see the Configure Features section), Outputs must be configured to one
or more Inputs to activate at all. This configuration is referred to as a Correlation. There are two configuration options;
correlated individual Outputs to one or more Inputs, or correlating individual Inputs to one or more Outputs. Output
Circuits may be correlated to as many Input Circuits as desired, and vice-versa.
Correlation by Input Circuit:
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0001; pause for about three seconds.
& One and only one Input Circuits (Initiating Circuit / Detection Zone) Disconnect Switch is turned ON (up
position). This function will not operate if more than one Input Circuit Disconnect Switch is turned ON at one
time. The selected Input Circuits Yellow Trouble LED will light, as well as the Yellow Trouble LEDs of any
Output Circuits (Indicating Circuit / Signal Zone, or Relay Circuit) that are already Correlated to that Input. If only
a check of Correlations is desired, then this is the only step required, and you may step through from one Input
Circuit to another, one at a time.
& If it is desired to set new Correlations for the selected Input Circuit, then the Disconnect Switch for desired
Output Circuits are turned ON (up position). The Yellow Button is pressed for one second; after a pause the
Yellow Trouble LEDs for the newly Correlated Output Circuits will be lit.
Correlation by Output Circuit:
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0010; pause for about three seconds.
& One and only one Output Circuits (Indicating Circuit / Signal Zone, or Relay Circuit) Disconnect Switch is
turned ON (up position). This function will not operate if more than one Output Circuit Disconnect Switch is
turned ON at one time. The selected Output Circuits Yellow Trouble LED will light, as well as the Yellow
Trouble LEDs of any Input Circuits (Initiating Circuit / Detection Zone) that are already Correlated to that Output.
If only a check of Correlations is desired, then this is the only step required, and you may step through from
one Output Circuit to another, one at a time.
& If it is desired to set new Correlations for the selected Output Circuit, then the Disconnect Switch for desired
Input Circuits are turned ON (up position). The Yellow Button is pressed for one second; after a pause the
Yellow Trouble LEDs for the newly Correlated Input Circuits will be lit.
At present, only the following types of Circuit CORRELATIONS are possible ...
C Alarm Circuits (Verified or not, Sprinkler or Water-flow) to Indicating Circuits or Relays.
C General Alarm Circuits to Relays (they are automatically Correlated to ALL Indicating Circuits).
C Supervisory Circuits (Latching or not) to Relays.
C Monitor Circuits to Relays.
C Trouble-Only Circuits to Relays.
IMPORTANT: The Feature Output Circuit Correlations Enabled must be ON for Indicating Circuit Correlations
to operate (see the Configure Features section), otherwise all Indicating Circuits will be Common Alarm ; they
will all activate with any Input Circuits configured as Alarms. Relay Circuits are always Enabled for Correlations.
Also note that if the System is configured as Two-Stage, any Second Stage / General Alarm (caused by the Auto
General Alarm Timer, the General Alarm button on the Front Panel or Remote Annunciator, or by a General Alarm
Initiating Circuit) condition activates ALL Indicating Circuits whether they are Correlated or not.
Page 43 of 52
10.10 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION:

The Main and Adder Display Modules on the front panel are automatically updated to display all circuits found whenever
the function Resize - Adder Module Number & Type Configuration is performed. The Main Display Module has
dedicated Trouble LEDs for the four Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module. The eight Initiating Circuits (four
in Class A mode) also on the Main Fire Alarm Module are annunciated on the first column of Display Points (from top
to bottom). Any Adder Module circuits are displayed after the base system input circuits in the same order as the
Adder Modules have been installed (that is from right to left). For example, if there are two 8 Circuit Initiating Adders
and one 4 Circuit Indicating Adder, the Main Display will annunciate 24 Initiating Circuits followed by 4 Indicating
Circuits. If the Fire Alarm Control Panel is configured for Style D (Class A) Initiating Circuits, then the number of
Initiating Circuits is cut in half, so that in the example above, there will only be a total of 12 Initiating Circuits
annunciated, followed by the 4 Adder Indicating Circuits.
Refer to the Figure shown under the Indicators, Controls, & Operation section. It shows how the first 24 Circuits are
mapped to Display Points.
Any configured HRA 1000 Series Remote Annunciators automatically match the main Fire Alarm Control Panel
displays, except that there will be no annunciation of Common Alarm, Common Supervisory, Battery Trouble, Ground
Fault and 4 Signal Trouble indicators.
Page 44 of 52
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION

Walk-Test allows an installer to verify the Initiating Circuit wiring in a system. Walk-Test is a special Configuration
Mode Function (Function 80 on the Configuration DIP Switches). Circuits to be tested are identified using the Circuit
Disconnect Switches. Activation of any Initiating Circuit which has been selected for Walk-Test will cause the Audible
Indicating Circuits (not Strobes) to activate briefly for a number of short bursts corresponding to the selected circuit
number. If the first selected Circuit is activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for one burst. If the second selected
Circuit is activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for two bursts, and so on. This means that if say Circuits 1,6,23,32
were selected for Walk-Test, they would sound with 1,2,3,4 bursts respectively. The maximum number of Circuits that
may be set at any one time for Walk-Test is 15. The burst interval is half a second on half a second off. After the
sounding pattern has been sent on the Indicating Circuits, the Initiating Circuit is reset and tested again. If it is still
active (in alarm) the pattern will be re-sent. Trouble on any Initiating Circuit selected for Walk-Test causes the Indicating
Circuits to be activated continuously for 5 seconds.
Alarm Verification and Water-flow Alarm Retard Operations are disabled on Circuits being Walk-Tested. All Circuits not
selected for Walk-Test continue to function normally. If a Circuit was Disconnected before Walk-Test mode was entered
and is not selected for Walk-Test, it remains Disconnected while Walk-Test is active. Walk-Test operation is disabled
if the Fire Alarm Control Panel is in Alarm or goes into Alarm while Walk-Test is active.
Page 45 of 52
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES

UNDERWRITERS LABS CANADA (ULC)
CANADIAN: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
Whether mixing different models of compatible smoke detectors, or using the same model on the same Circuit, total
standby current of all detectors must not exceed 3 mA.
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE
MAKE MODEL / BASE
MAKE MODEL / BASE
HOCHIKI
EDWARDS
FENWAL
DCD -135/NS6-220
6249C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-001
DCD-135/NS4-220
6250C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-002
DCD-135/HSC-220R
6264C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-003
DCD-190/NS6-220
6266C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-005
DCD-190/NS4-220
6269C
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-001
DCD-190/HSC-220R
6270C
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-002
SIJ-24/NS6-220
6269C-003
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-003
SIJ-24/NS4-220
6270C-003
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-005
SIJ-24/HSC-220R
PSD-7128 / 70-201000-001
CERBERUS PYROTRONICS
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-24/NS4-220
D1-2
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-003
SLR-24/HSC-220R
D1-3 / DB-3S
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-005
SLR-24/NS6-220
SLR-24H/NS6-220
SLR-24H/NS4-220
PSD-7129 / 70-211002-000
MIRCOM
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24H/HSC-220R
MIR-525
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-835/NS6-220
MIR-525T
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-003
SLR-835/NS4-220
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-005
SLR-835/HSC-220R
MIRTONE
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-001
SLR-835B-2
73471
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-002
73494
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-003
SYSTEM SENSOR
73575
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-005
1400-A
73495/73486
2400-A
73495/73487
NAPCO
1451-A / B401B
73595/73486
FW-2
1451-A / B406B
73595/73497
2451-A / B401B
73594/73400
SIMPLEX
2451-A / B406B
73405/73400
2098-9110
1451DH / DH400A
73594/73401
2451-A / DH400A
73405/73401
Page 46 of 52
UNDERWRITERS LABS INC. (UL)

UNITED STATES: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
1)
2).
The below listed Smoke Detectors are compatible with Initiating Circuits having Compatibility Identifier "A".
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL /
BASE
COMPATIBILITY
IDENTIFIER
HEAD / BASE
RATED
STANDBY
CURRENT
HOCHIKI
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE
COMPATIBILITY
IDENTIFIER
HEAD / BASE
RATED
STANDBY
CURRENT
2451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.035mA
2451 / DH400
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
4451HT / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
4451HT / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.040mA
4451HT / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.040mA
5451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.040mA
5451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
SLR-24/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
5451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
SLR-24/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
SLR-24/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
SENTROL - ESL
SLR-24H/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429C
S10A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-24H/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429CT
S10A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-24H/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
429CST
S11A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429CRT
S11A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
711U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SLR-835/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
712U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
55uA @ 24VDC
713-5U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
713-6U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
721U / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
721UT / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
722U / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SYSTEM SENSOR
1100
A - N/A
0.12 mA
731U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU
S11A - S00
0.10 mA
1151 / B110LP
A-A
0.12 mA
732U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU
S11A - S00
0.10 mA
1151 / B116LP
A-A
0.12 mA
1400
A - N/A
0.10 mA
DETECTION SYSTEMS INC.
1451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DS250
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
DS250TH
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DS282
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451DH / DH400
A-A
0.12 mA
DS282TH
B - N/A
0.10 mA
2100
A - N/A
0.12 mA
2100T
A - N/A
0.12 mA
2151 / B110LP
A-A
0.12 mA
MIRCOM
2151 / B116LP
A-A
0.12 mA
MIR-525U
FDT-1
0.10 mA
2400
A - N/A
0.12 mA
MIR-525TU
FDT-1
0.10 mA
2400TH
A - N/A
0.12 mA
Page 47 of 52
2451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
2451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
NAPCO
FW-2
HD-6
55uA @ 24VDC

Mircom
MIR-545U
MIR-545TU
Sentrol - ESL
541C
541CXT
741U with
702U or 702E Base
449AT, 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSTE, 449CSRT, 449CSRH, 449CSST,

449CSSTE, 449CTE, 449CLT, 449CSLT
1424
6424
6424A
DH400ACDCI
DH400ACDCP
DH400ACDCIHT
System Sensor
709-MV-21
709-24V-21
A77-716B

UNITED STATES: SIGNALLING DEVICE CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
System Sensor SpecrAlert
P2415
P2415W
P241575
P241575W
P2475
P2475W
P24110
P24110W
S2415
S2415W
S241575
S241575W
S2475
S2475W
S24110
S24110W
H12/24
H12/24W
MDL
MDLW
AS-2415W-24-FR
AS-241575W-FR
AS-2430W-FR
AS-2475W-FR
AS-24110W-FR
AS-2415C-FW
AS-2430C-FW
AS-2475C-FW
AS-24100C-FW
AH-24-R
AH-24-WP-R
NS-2415W-FR
NS-241575W-FR
NS-2430W-FR
NS-2475W-FR
NS-24110W-FR
NS4-2415W-FR
NS4-241575W-FR
NS4-2430W-FR
NS4-2475W-FR
NS4-24110W-FR
RS-2415W-FR
RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2415W-FR
RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2430W-FR
RSS-2475W-FR
RSS-24110W-FR
RSS-2415C-FW
RSS-2430C-FW
RSS-2475C-FW
RSS-24100C-FW
MT-12/24-ULC
MT-24-LS-VFR-ULC
MT-24-WS-VFR-ULC
AMT-12/24-R-ULC
AMT-24-LS-VFR-ULC
MB-G6-24-R
MB-G10-24-R
SM-12/24-R
ST24-15/75
ST24-30
ST24-60
ST24-75
HS24-15/75
HS24-30
HS24-60
HS24-75
Wheelock
DSM-12/24-R
Gentex
ST24-15
ST24-110
HS24-15
HS24-110
Page 48 of 52
APPENDIX "B" - HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANELS

HRA-1000 Series:
The HRA-1000 Series of Remote Annunciators are units with electrical Modules and Enclosures matching the configurations
of the HCP Series 1000 Fire Alarm Control Panels. For more detailed information see Hochiki Document LT-617HOC. The
Models available are ...
&
&
&
HRAM-1032:
HRAX-1048:
HRAM-1016:
Main Annunciator Chassis with Common Indicators and Controls, and 32 Circuit Capacity.
Adder Annunciator Chassis with 48 Circuit Capacity.
Non-Expandable Annunciator Chassis with Common Indicators and Controls, and 16 Circuit Capacity.
ENCLOSURES:
HBB-1001
HBB-1002
HBB-1003
Notes:
With capacity for one Annunciator Chassis.

With capacity for two Annunciator Chassis.
With capacity for three Annunciator Chassis.
1. Finish:
2. Material:
Painted textured Off-White (standard)

(For other paint available colours and finishes, please contact factory)
18 G.A. Cold Roll Steel (CRS)
Page 49 of 52
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES

Main Fire Alarm Chassis (HMCC1024-6[S])
General:
M 8 supervised Style B (Class B) or 4 Style D (Class A)
Initiating Circuits; fully configurable. Terminals are
labelled INI. Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID
A.
Power Limited:
22 VDC, 3 mA standby, 5 mV
ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm)
M 4 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits;
configurable as strobes or audibles. Terminals are
labelled IND.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered
1.7 A @ 49 C per Circuit
M Up to 2 Circuit Adders may be added.
M Displays and Disconnect Switches for up to
24 Circuits.
M Optional HPR-100 City Tie Module.
M Aux. Power Supply (for Remote Annunciators).
Terminals are labelled AUX PWR.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered
1.7 A @ 49 C
M Two Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supplies. Terminals
are labelled 4-WIRE.
Power Limited:
22 VDC, 200 mA each max., 200
mA total max, 5 mV ripple
M 1 RS-485 Connection for Remote Annunciators or
interface to Audio Systems. Power Limited to 300 mA.
Terminals are labelled RS485.
M Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads)
Must be connected to a Listed Power Limited Source
of Supply. Terminals are labelled ALARM, TROUBLE,
SUPV.
Common Alarm:
Form C, 1 Amp, 28 VDC
Common Supv:
Common Trouble:
M Micro-controller Based Design.
M Fully Configurable from Front Panel.
M Full Walk-Test function.
Electrical ratings:
M AC Line Voltage:
102 to 132 VAC.
4 Amps. (primary)
M Power Supply ratings:
6 Amps. max. (secondary)
M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
5 Amps. max.
M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 10-24 AH batteries
M Current Consumption:
Standby: 200 mA, Alarm: 350 mA
Expander Chassis (HECH1048)

M Up to 6 Circuit Adders may be added.
M Displays and Disconnect Switches for up to
48 Circuits.
Detection Adder Module (HDM-1008)
M 8 supervised Style B (Class B) or 4 Style D (Class A)
Initiating Circuits; fully configurable. Terminals are
labelled INI. Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID
A.
Power Limited:
22VDC, 3 mA standby, 5mV
Signal Adder Module (HSGM-1004)
M 4 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits;
configurable as strobes or audibles. Terminals are
labelled IND.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered
Max. 1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit
Relay Adder Module (HRM-1008) (resistive loads)
Must be connected to a Listed Power Limited Source
of Supply. Terminals are labelled RLY.
M 8 fully Configurable Form C Relays.
Form C, 1 Amp., 28 VDC (resistive loads)
Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module (HPR-100)
M Supervised City Tie Not Power Limited
24VDC unfiltered, 210 mA max., Trip coil: 14 ohms.
Terminals are labelled City Tie.
M Polarity Reversal Power Limited
Terminals are labelled Polarity Reversal.
24VDC open
12VDC @ 3.5 mA, 8 mA max. (shorted)
Main Fire Alarm Chassis (HMCC1024-12[S])

Same as HMCH1024-6(S) except for ...
M Power Supply ratings:
12 Amps. max. (secondary)
M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
10 Amps. max.
M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 17-40 AH batteries
System Model:
System Type:
Type of Service:
Type of Signalling:
Applicable Standards:
HCP SERIES 1000, Fire Alarm Control Panel

Local, Auxiliary (using HPR-100), Remote Protected Premise Station (using HPR-100).
A, M, WF, SS
Non-Coded
NFPA 70 and 72, UL-864, ULC S-524, ULC S-527
Page 50 of 52
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE)

Use the form below to determine the required Main Chassis and Secondary Power Supply (batteries).
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The main AC branch circuit connection for Fire Alarm Control Unit must provide a dedicated continuous power without provision of any disconnect
devices. Use #12 AWG wire with 600-volt insulation and proper over-current circuit protection that complies with the local codes. Refer to appendix
"C" for specifications.
POWER REQUIREMENTS (ALL CURRENTS ARE IN AMPERES)
Model Number
Description
Qty
STANDBY
TOTAL
STANDBY
ALARM
TOTAL
ALARM
HMCH1024-6(S)
Main Chassis (6 Amp)
0.200
0.350
HMCH1024-12S)
Main Chassis (12 Amp)
0.200
0.350
HECH1048
Expander Chassis
(48 Circuit Displays)
0.020
0.020
HDM-1008
8 Initiating Circuit Module
0.080
0.100
HSGM-1004
4 Indicating Circuit Module
0.035
0.150
HRM-1008
8 Relay Circuit Module
0.025
0.150
DACT-100
DACT/Dialler Module
0.045
0.120
HPR-100
City Tie Module
0.035
0.300
2-Wire Smoke Detectors
' 0.0001
* 0.090
Signal Load (bells, horns, strobes, and etc.)
=
=
Auxiliary Power Supply for Remote Annunciators.
Total currents (Add above currents)
STANDBY
ALARM
(A)
ALARM (B)______ Amps.
Total Current Requirement:

Battery Capacity Requirement:
([STANDBY (A) ______ ]
= 0.090
X [(24 or 60 Hours) ___ ]) + ([ALARM (B) ______ ] X [%Alarm in Hr.] _____) = (C) ______AH
Main Chassis Selection:
Select HMCC1024-6(S) if (B) is less than 6 Amps, HMCC1024-12S) if (B) is less than 12 Amps.
Battery Selection:
Multiply (C) by 1.20 to derate battery.

Batteries 6.5AH, 10AH, 17AH will fit into the HBB-1024.
24AH, 40AH will fit into the HBB-1072.
* Assuming three Initiating Circuits in alarm.

% Use 0.084 for five minutes of alarm or 0.5 for thirty minutes of alarm as a multiplier figure.
' Using the 1400-A 2-wire smoke detector. See Appendix "A", for other available smoke detectors .
Page 51 of 52
=
(B)
WARRANTY
Hochiki America Corp., manufactured equipment is guaranteed to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of original shipment. Hochiki will repair or replace,
at its option, any equipment which it determines to contain defective material or workmanship. Said
equipment must be shipped to Hochiki prepaid. Return freight will be prepaid by Hochiki. We shall not be
responsible to repair or replace equipment which has been repaired by others, abused, improperly installed,
altered or otherwise misused or damaged in any way. Unless previously contracted by Hochiki, Hochiki will
assume no responsibility for determining the defective or operative status at the point of installation, and will
accept no liability beyond the repair or replacement of the product at our factory authorized service
department.
Hochiki America Corp.

7051 Village Drive
Buena Park, CA
USA 90621
Phone: (714) 522-2246
FAX:
(714) 522-2268
Technical Support Phone: 1-800-845-6692
or technical support@hochiki.com
Page 52 of 52
HCP-200 AUXILIARY MODULES

GENERAL
The HCP-200 Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm System
can be configured to meet virtually any requirements.
The following modules have been designed to adapt the

system to suit the particular requirements of a building.
HDM-204
FOUR INITIATING CIRCUIT & TWO INDICATING
CIRCUIT MODULE
The HDM-204 Module provides the HCP-204E Fire Alarm
Control Panel with up to 4 Class B (Style B) or 2 Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits. In addition it provides up
to 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits which are
rated for 1.7 Amps each. Each of the indicating circuits
can be configured for silenceable or non silenceable. In
addition each circuit comes with an individual trouble
indicator. All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable. The HDM-204 consists of a PC board
which mounts at the bottom of the chassis. The PC
board is connected via cables to the board on the main
chassis.
HRM-204
AUXILIARY QUAD RELAY MODULE
The HRM-204 Auxiliary Relay Module provides the HCP200 Series with four configurable auxiliary relays. The
relays can be configured for either relay per zone,
Common Alarm relay(s) or Common Supervisory relay(s).
Each relay is rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp max. The
module is mounted on the top of any detection module,
with hardware provided for the module. Requires one
HCH-429 Accessory Mounting Plate when HRM-204 is
mounted in the HCP-202 or HCP-204.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:152

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0054
12/2004
HRM-208
EIGHT RELAY MODULE
The HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module provides the HCP200 Series with eight configurable auxiliary relays. The
relays can be configured for either relay per zone,
Common Alarm relay(s) or Common Supervisory relay(s).
Each relay is rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp max. The
module is mounted on the top of any detection module,
with hardware provided for the module. Requires one
HCH-429 Accessory Mounting Plate when an HRM-208
is mounted in the HCP-202 or HCP-204.
HPR-100
POLARITY REVERSAL & CITY TIE MODULE
The HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module allows
connection to two different types of monitoring systems.
The City Tie provides an output of 24 VDC at 210 mA
max. The module supervises the City Tie connection
and will provide a system trouble if not connected. A
terminating resistor is supplied with the module. The
Polarity Reversal provides a 24 VDC output for normal
condition and a polarity reverse 24 VDC output for alarm.
The module is also capable of transmitting a system
trouble Zero Volts. This option is jumper selectable.
The output current is limited to 8 mA.
HDACT-100
DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER/
DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter/
Dialer Module allows the HCP-200 Fire Alarm Control
Panels to use one or two phone lines to call a Central
Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or Supervisory
condition. Requiring two supervised telephone lines, the
HDACT-100 can be programmed to use the Security
Industry Association (SIA) Digital Communication
Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact ID protocols. The
HDACT-100 is powered by the HCP-200 Fire Alarm
Control Panels and communicates with them via an RS485 Interface. The HCFG-100 Configuration and
Diagnostics Tool is required to program the HDACT-100.
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-200 Auxiliary Module
HCP-200 SERIES
Microprocessor Based - Fire Alarm Control Panel
INSTALLATION and OPERATION MANUAL
L NOTICE
All information, documentation, and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change
without prior notice by the manufacturer.
2000 by Hochiki America Corporation

Printed May,2000
LT-636HOC Rev.4 (Operating Instruction is NP-779HOC Rev.3)
Page 1 of 43
TABLE of CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 36
1.1 OVERALL FEATURES: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 36
2.0 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 of 36
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 of 36
3.1 MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 36
3.2 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 36
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 36
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 36
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 ZONE ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 RELAY MODULES (Models HRM-204 or HRM-208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 DACT / DIALER MODULE (Model HDACT-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 12 of
Page 12 of
Page 13 of
Page 13 of
Page 14 of
Page 14 of
36
36
36
36
36
36
7.0 FIELD WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 GENERAL FIELD WIRING CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 ZONE ADDER MODULE (HDM-204) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-204 or HRM-208) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.5 DACT / DIALER MODULE (HDACT-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . .
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8 WIRING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 15 of
Page 15 of
Page 16 of
Page 18 of
Page 19 of
Page 20 of
Page 20 of
Page 21 of
Page 22 of
Page 22 of
Page 22 of
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 23 of
Page 23 of
Page 23 of
Page 23 of
36
36
36
36
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.1 INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 CIRCUIT TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 24 of
Page 25 of
Page 26 of
Page 26 of
Page 27 of
36
36
36
36
36
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 28 of 36

11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 36
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 31 of 36
APPENDIX "B" - HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33 of 36
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34 of 36
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 35 of 36
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 36 of 36
Page 2 of 43
TABLE of FIGURES
Fig.1:
HCP-202, 204 Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 36
Fig.2:
HCP-204E Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 9 of 36
Fig.3:
HCP-202, HCP-204 Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 36
Fig.4:
HCP-204E Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 of 36
Fig.5:
Main Fire Alarm Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 36
Fig.6:
HDM-204 Zone Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
Fig.7:
HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
Fig.8:
HDACT-100 Dialler Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
Fig.9:
HPR-100 City Tie Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
Fig.10: General Field Wiring Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 36

Fig.11: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 16 of 36
Fig.11A: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 17 of 36
Fig.12: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 18 of 36
Fig.13: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 36
Fig.14: HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 36
Fig.15: Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 21 of 36
Fig.16: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
Fig.17: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
Fig.18: Indicators and Control Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 24 of 36
Page 3 of 43
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Introduction :
Hochiki's HCP-200 Fire Alarm Control Panels provide 1, 2, 4, or 8 supervised Class B (UL Style B) Initiating Circuits,
or 1, 2, 4 supervised Class A (UL Style D) Initiating Circuits, and 2 or 4 supervised Class A or B (UL Style Z or Y)
Indicating Circuits. All Circuits are supervised for opens and ground faults, and Indicating Circuits for shorts. Optional
Modules include a HDM-204 Zone Adder (required for full capacity in the HCP-204E only), a HDACT-100 Dialer or a
HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module, and HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Modules. The two enclosures are flush
or surface mountable, and can be used for retrofits and on new installations.
1.1 Overall Features:

T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
The small enclosure versions, HCP-202, & HCP-204, have 1, 2, 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits
respectively. The HCP-202 & HCP-204 may be configured as 1 or 2 Class A (Style D) Circuits respectively.
These also have 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with individual trouble indicators.
The large enclosure version, HCP-204E, has 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may be configured as
2 Class A (Style D) Circuits respectively. It also has 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits
with individual trouble indicators. With a HDM-204 Zone Adder, an extra 4 Class B (2 Class A) Initiating Circuits,
and 2 Class A/B Indicating Circuits are added.
Each Initiating Circuit is configurable as a Normal or Verified Alarm. In addition, on a Class B HCP-204 or HCP204E, Initiating Circuit 3 may be a Waterflow Zone (as may Initiating Circuit 7 if a HDM-204 is installed), and
Initiating Circuit 4 may be a Latched or Non-Latched Supervisory Zone (as may Initiating Circuit 8 if a HDM-204
is installed). On a Class A HCP-204E with a HDM-204, Initiating Circuit 3 may be a Waterflow Zone, and
Initiating Circuit 4 may be a Latched or Non-Latched Supervisory Zone.
Indicating Circuits can be configured as Audible or Visual and as silenceable or non-silenceable. Audibles may
be Steady, Temporal Code, California Code, or March Time.
Initiating Circuits may be individually Disconnected by a Slide-Switch.
Configurable Signal Silence Inhibit (disabled or 1 minute), Auto Signal Silence (disabled or 5, 10, 20 minutes),
and One-Man Walk Test.
Subsequent Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble operation
4 wire resettable Smoke Power Supply (200 mA Max.).
Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm and Common Supervisory (disconnectable), and a Common Trouble
relay. If no Supervisory Zones are configured then the Common Supervisory Relay can be used as an extra
Common Alarm Relay.
Interface for an RTI Remote Trouble Indicator.
RS-485 Interface for 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators on HCP-204 & HCP-204E.
The HCP-202, HCP-204 may use one of optional HDACT-100 (Dialer), HPR-100 (City Tie), HRM-204 or HRM208 Relay Modules.
The HCP-204E may use one of optional HDACT-100 (Dialer), HPR-100 (City Tie), and also one of HRM-204 or
HRM-208 Relay Modules.
Slide Switch Controls and LED Common Indicators.
Easy Configuration via DIP Switches.
Extensive transient protection
Page 4 of 43
2.0 GENERAL NOTES
Circuits and Zones:

Circuits
Zone
refers to an actual electrical interface, Initiating (Detection), Indicating (Signal), or Relay.

is a logical concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit.
Often the terms Zone and Circuit are used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Wiring Styles:
Initiating Circuits are configured by default as Class B (Style B). They may be globally (all or none) configured as
Class A (Style D) as described in the Configuration Section. This operation uses odd and even pairs of two-wire Class
B (Style B) circuits to make one four-wire Class A (Style D) circuit, thus cutting in half the number of available Initiating
Circuits.
Indicating Circuits may be individually wired as Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y) without affecting the number
of circuits available (see Module wiring instructions).
Page 5 of 43
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Model: HCP-202,4 Fire Alarm Control Panel
Model: HPR-100
Model: HCP-204E Fire Alarm Control Panel
Model: HDACT-100 Dialer Module
Model: HDM-204
Model: HRM-204 & HRM-208 4 & 8 Relay Module
Zone Adder Module
Page 6 of 43
City Tie Module
3.1 MODELS
Model: HCP-202
Small enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with two Class B (Style B) or one Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 2.4 amperes
total) with individual trouble indicators. Common Alarm & Trouble Relays. Interface for Remote Trouble
Indicator. Resettable Four Wire Smoke Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100, HPR-100,
HRM-204, or HRM-208 installed. Can be used with 4 amp-hour or 6.5 amp-hour batteries (2 required).
Model: HCP-204
Small enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with four Class B (Style B) or two Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 2.4 amperes
Indicator and/or 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators. Resettable Four Wire Smoke
Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100, HPR-100, HRM-204, or HRM-208 installed. Can
be used with 4 amp-hour or 6.5 amp-hour batteries (2 required).
Model: HCP-204E
Large enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with four Class B (Style B) or two Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 5 amperes
Indicator and/or 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators. Resettable Four Wire Smoke
Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100 or HPR-100, and one HDM-204 installed. May also
have one of HRM-204 or HRM-208 installed. Can be used with 4 amp-hour, 6.5 amp-hour, or 10 amphour batteries (2 required).
Model: HDM-204
Zone Adder Module for the HCP-204E. Brings the total capacity to eight Class B (Style B) or four Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, and 4 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (up to 1.7
amperes each, 5 amperes total).
Model: HRM-208
Relay Adder Module for the HCP-204 or HCP-204E. Adds eight configurable Form-C Relays rated 1A,
28 VDC.
Model: HRM-204
Relay Adder Module for the HCP-204 or HCP-204E. Adds four configurable Form-C Relays rated 1A, 28
VDC.
Model: HDACT-100 Digital Communicator / Dialler Module.

Model: HPR-100
Model: HCH-429
City Tie / Reverse Polarity Module.

Accessory Mounting Plate for the HCP-202, or HCP-204 if one of HRM-204, HRM-208, HPR-100, or
HDACT-100 Modules are to be used.
The HCP-202, HCP-204, and HCP-204E models have red enclosures.
3.2 ACCESSORIES
Model: HRAM-208
Model: HRTI-1
8 Zone Remote Annunciator

Remote Trouble Indicator
(ULC and UL Approved)

(ULC and UL Approved)
Page 7 of 43
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS

Install the enclosure as shown below for the HCP-202, or HCP-204 ...
Fig.1: HCP-202, 204 Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
3
3 -8"
-5"
16
DOOR
BACKBOX
DOOR
MATERIAL: 18GA (0.048") THICK

COLD ROLLED STEEL
FINISH: PAINTED
BACKBOX
WALL
WALL
SURFACE
(SIDE VIEW)
FLUSH
(SIDE VIEW)
BACKBOX
5
1-8"
3
13 -4 "
DOOR
1
10 -2"
1"
5
1-8"
3
1-4"
1
14 -8"
-7"
32 DIA.HOLE
1-1/8" & 7/8"

KNOCKOUT
8"
3
12 -4"
7
3 -8"
#6 x 5/16" SCREW
1
15 -8"
Page 8 of 43
1"
3 -8
Fig.2: HCP-204E Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
Page 9 of 43
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS

The HCP-200 Series come pre-assembled with all components and boards, except for Adder Modules. Module installation
locations are shown below.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth Ground
Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from the Main Chassis to the ground screw on the Backbox.
Fig.3: HCP-202, HCP-204 Module Mounting Locations
NOTES:
1. RELAY MODULE MAY BE MODEL HRM-204 OR HRM-208.
2. ONLY ONE OF HPR-100 OR HDACT-100 MAY BE INSTALLED.
HDACT-100)
HPR-100)
Page 10 of 43
Fig.4: HCP-204E Module Mounting Locations
Page 11 of 43
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS
6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE

Class A / B Selection: On the HCP-202, HCP-204 and HCP-204E only, JW1 & JW2 are connected from 1 to 2 for Initiating Circuit Class
B (Style B) operation, and from 2 to 3 for Class A (Style D) operation. Only JW2 is present on the HCP-202.
Note that the Class A/B selection affects all Initiating Circuits, and must be used with the correct
Configuration DIP Switch Setting.
Zone Adder Module: On an HCP-204E only, remove the jumper on JW4 if a HDM-204 Zone Adder is installed. The Zone Adder
Module is plugged into P6 & P7.
Relay Module:
Remove the jumper on JW3 if an HRM-204 or RM-208 Relay Module is installed. The Relay Module is plugged
into P1.
Digital Communicator:
Remove the jumper on JW6 if a HDACT-100 Digital Communicator is installed. The Digital Communicator
is plugged into P8.
City Tie:
Remove the jumper on JW6 if a PR-100 City Tie is installed. The City Tie is plugged into P8.
Battery:
Connected to P2(+ve) & P3(-ve) via the factory installed cables.
Transformer:
Factory wired to P4 & P5, do not disconnect.
JW5
There should be no jumper here; do not use.
SW9,11,13
Configuration DIP Switches.
Battery Fuse F1:
Fig.5:
Main Fire Alarm Module
Page 12 of 43
6.2 ZONE ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-204)

Fig.6:
HDM-204 Zone Adder Module
Class A / B Selection: JW2 & JW3

are connected from 1 to 2 for
Initiating Circuit Class B (Style B)
operation, and from 2 to 3 for Class A
(Style D) operation. Note that the
Class A/B selection affects all
Initiating Circuits, and must be
used
with
the
correct
Configuration
DIP
Switch
Setting.
P1 & P2: Connections to P7 & P6
respectively on the Main
Fire Alarm Board.
SW5,6
Config DIP Switches.
6.3 RELAY MODULES (Models HRM-204 or HRM-208)

Fig.7:
P1
HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Adder Module
Connect to P1 on the Main

Fire Alarm Board.
By the factory setting, the 4 or 8

relays are controlled by Initiating
Circuits 1 to 8 respectively. This is
configured by selecting ...
JW1
JW2
JW8
Initiating Circuit #1 controls

Relay #1.
Relay #2.
|
|
Relay #8.
Alternately, each relay may be set as

a Common Alarm or Common
Supervisory Relay by removing the
jumper from JW1 to JW1A, etc.
These jumpers have two positions to
select Alarm or Supervisory each.
JW1A
JW2A
JW8A
Alarm or Supv. control for

Relay #1.
Alarm or Supv. control for
Relay #2.
|
|
Alarm or Supv. control for Relay #8.
Finally, there are jumpers JW1.2, JW2.3, up to JW7.8 that allow a relay to have the same control as an adjacent relay. For example, starting
with the factory default setting, moving the jumper from JW2 to JW1.2 will make both Relays 1 & 2 operate with Initiating Circuit #1.
Page 13 of 43
Page 14 of 43
6.4 DACT / DIALER MODULE (Model HDACT-100)

Fig.8:
HDACT-100 Dialer Module
P1 Cable to P8 on the Main Fire

Alarm Board.
Module must be removed if a HDACT100 is installed. Note that this module
cannot be installed if a City Tie
Module is used.
Please see the HDACT-100 Manual

for more information.
6.5 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100)

Fig.9:
HPR-100 City Tie Module
P1 Cable to P8 on the Main Fire

Alarm Module.
JW1 Cut this jumper for Trouble
transmission. When this jumper
is cut and a system trouble
occur, the designated terminals
will transmit a "zero volts" or
"open" circuit. Please note that
at normal condition, the terminals
polarity is read exactly as
labelled on the circuit board.

Module must be removed if a City Tie
Module is installed. Note that this
module cannot be installed if a DACT
/ Dialler Module is used.
Page 15 of 43
7.0 FIELD WIRING

7.1 GENERAL FIELD WIRING CONSIDERATIONS
Because most of the Field Wiring on the HCP-200s is to the Main Boards on the swinging DeadFront, it is very
important to properly dress the wires so as not to place stress on either their connection to the boards, or running to
conduit. The Figure below shows the required wiring techniques.
Fig.10: General Field Wiring Considerations
USE AT LEAST
3 WIRE TIES
AS SUPPLIED
THROUGH HOLES
ON DEADFRONT
WIRE TIE
IN 2 PLACES
TO BACK OF
ENCLOSURE
DRESS WIRES NEAR
TOP OF ENCLOSURE
CLEAR OF ADDER
MODULES
Page 16 of 43
7.2 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and Appendix A for compatible devices and Appendix C for specifications.
Caution:
Do not exceed power supply ratings: HCP-202, HCP-204, total current for Indicating Circuits is 2.4 A max.
HCP-204E, total current for Indicating Circuits is 5 A max.
Fig.11: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections
Page 17 of 43
Fig.11A: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued)
Page 18 of 43
7.3 ZONE ADDER MODULE (HDM-204) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and appendix "A" for compatible devices. See appendix "C" for Module specifications.
Fig.12: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module Terminal Connections
Page 19 of 43
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-204 or HRM-208) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

Note that only Relays #1 to #4 are present on the HRM-204.
Fig.13: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Terminal Connections
Page 20 of 43
7.5 DACT / DIALER MODULE (HDACT-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

See the HDACT-100 Manual (LT-639HOC) for connection information.
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
See Appendix for Module specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Note that for use in the USA, the installer MUST add an Atlantic Scientific (Tel. 407-725-8000) Model #24544 Protective Device,
or similar UL-Listed QVRG Secondary Protector, as shown. For use in Canada, the Protective Device is still recommended,
but the HPR-100 may be connected directly to Polarity Reversal and City Tie wiring.
Note: The Terminal Blocks are depluggable for ease of wiring.
The City Tie Interface is Not Power Limited.
Either the HPR-100s City Tie or Reverse Polarity Interface may be used, but not both.
Fig.14: HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections
Page 21 of 43
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS

The power supply is part of the Main Fire Alarm Module and the Chassis. The ratings are:
Model
Model
HCP-202, HCP-204:
120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.0A (Uses 3A in line time delay fuse)

2.75 A maximum
F1: Replace with 10 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
HCP-204E:
120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.5A (Uses a 4.0A circuit breaker)

6 A maximum
F1: Replace with 10 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
CAUTION: Do not exceed power supply ratings.

See Appendix "C" for specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Fig.15: Power Supply Connections
Page 22 of 43
7.8 WIRING TABLES

Fig.16: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS
WIRE GAUGE
(AWG)
ft
22
2990
910
20
4760
1450
18
7560
2300
16
12000
3600
14
19000
5800
12
30400
9200
NOTE : MAXIMUM LOOP RESISTANCE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 100 OHMS
Fig.17: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS

TOTAL
SIGNAL LOAD

18AWG
16AWG
14AWG
12AWG
MAX. LOOP
RESISTANCE
Amperes
ft
ft
ft
ft
Ohms
0.06
2350
716
3750
1143
6000
1829
8500
2591
30
0.12
1180
360
1850
567
3000
915
4250
1296
15
0.30
470
143
750
229
1200
366
1900
579
0.60
235
71
375
114
600
183
850
259
0.90
156
47
250
76
400
122
570
174
1.20
118
36
185
56
300
91
425
129
1.5
1.50
94
29
150
46
240
73
343
105
1.2
1.70
78
24
125
38
200
61
285
87
1.0
RS-485 WIRING:
See the Connection Diagram.
4-WIRE SMOKE WIRING:
The maximum allowable current is 0.15 Amperes. The maximum allowed Voltage
Drop is 1 Volt. Refer to the Indicating Circuit Wiring Table above.
Page 23 of 43
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT
8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON":

1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
To prevent sparking, do not connect the batteries. Connect the batteries after powering the system from the main
AC supply.
Check that all Modules are installed in the proper location with the proper connections.
Check all field (external) wiring for opens, shorts, and ground.
Check that all interconnection cables are secure, and that all connectors are plugged-in properly.
Check all Jumpers and Switches for proper setting.
Check the AC power wiring for proper connection.
Check that the chassis is connected to EARTH GROUND (cold water pipe).
Make sure to close the front cover plate before powering the system from main AC supply.
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
After completing the System Checkout procedures, power-up the panel. The "AC-ON" green LED should illuminate,
the Common Trouble LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound. Press the System Reset button.
Since the batteries are not connected, the "Battery Trouble" LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound
intermittently and the Common Trouble LED should flash.
Connect the batteries while observing correct polarity; the red wire is positive (+) and black wire is negative (-).
All indicators should extinguish except for normal power "AC-ON" green LED.
Configure the Fire Alarm Control Panel as described in the Configuration section.
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING:
Circuit Trouble
Remote Fail
Ground Fault
Battery Trouble
Normally when a Circuit trouble occurs, its designated trouble indicator will be illuminated, as
well as the Common Trouble Indicator and the Buzzer. To correct the fault, check for open
wiring on that particular Circuit loop or if the Circuit Disconnect Switch is on. Please note:
Disconnecting a Circuit will cause a system trouble (off-normal position).
A Remote Trouble will be indicated on the main panel display for any failure reported by, or
failure to communicate with a Remote Annunciator, HDACT-100, or HPR-100.
This panel has a common ground fault detector. To correct the fault, check for any external
wiring touching the chassis or other Earth Ground connection.
Check for the presence of batteries and their conditions. Low voltage (below 20.4V) will cause
a battery trouble. If battery trouble condition persists, replace batteries as soon as possible.
Page 24 of 43
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION
Refer to the following LED Indicators and Control Switch locations ...
Fig.18: Indicators and Control Location
Page 25 of 43
9.1 INDICATORS:
Buzzer:
The Buzzer is activated by any of the following ...
Fire Alarm
Supervisory Alarm
Trouble
Steady
Steady
On and off at a rate of 20 per minute.
If the Buzzer is turned on in response to a Non-Latching Trouble or Supervisory, it will be turned off if the condition causing it goes away
and there is no other reason for it to be on.
AC On LED:
The AC On Indicator is activated steady green while the main AC power is within acceptable levels. It is turned off when the level falls
below the power-fail threshold and the panel is switched to standby (battery) power.
Common Alarm LED:
The Common Alarm Indicator turns on steady red whenever the Panel is in Alarm as a result of an alarm on any Initiating Circuit. Since
all Alarms are latched until the Panel is reset, the Indicator will remain on until reset.
Common Supervisory LED (HCP-204 or HCP-204E only):
The Common Supervisory Indicator turns on steady amber when there is a Supervisory Alarm in the Panel, as the result of any Latching
or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuit. The Indicator is turned off if all Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits are restored and there are no
Latching Supervisory Circuits active. Latching Supervisory Alarms remain active until the Panel is reset.
Common Trouble LED:
The Common Trouble Indicator flashes Amber (at 20 flashes per minute) when there is any Trouble condition being detected on the panel.
It is turned off when all Non-Latching Troubles are cleared.
Remote Trouble LED (HCP-204 or HCP-204E only):
The Remote Failure Indicator is steady Amber if there is trouble detected at a City Tie or Dialer Module, or if there is communication trouble
detected with a Remote Annunciator or if a Remote Annunciator reports a local trouble. It is turned off if these conditions go away.
Fire Drill LED:
The Fire Drill Indicator turns on steady Amber while Fire Drill is active.
Auxiliary Disconnect LED:
The Auxiliary Disconnect Indicator is flashed Amber (20 flashes per minute) when the Auxiliary Disconnect switch is activated. It is turned
off when the switch is activated a second time. When on, it indicates that Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays, and any HRM204 / HRM-208 Relays are not activated. The Trouble Relay is activated. Dialler or City Tie Modules are also inactive if installed, except that
a Trouble condition is transmitted.
Signal Silence LED:
The Signal Silence indicator is flashed Amber (20 flashes per minute) when Indication Circuits are Silenced either by the Signal Silence
switch, or by the Auto Signal Silence Timer. It is turned off when the Signals are re-sounded by a subsequent Alarm.
Battery Trouble LED:
The Battery Trouble Indicator is steady Amber when the Battery is either low (below 20.4 VDC), or disconnected.
Ground Fault LED:
The Ground Fault Indicator is Amber when the Ground Fault Detector detects a Ground Fault on any field wiring. It is turned off when the
Ground Fault is cleared.
Test LED:
Indicates steady Amber when the Fire Alarm Panel is in Walk Test Mode.
Circuit Status LEDs:
These LEDs indicate the Status of Initiating Circuits. They illuminate ...
Alarm :
Alarm Verification or Waterflow Retard in Progress :
Pending Alarm (see Circuit Disconnect Controls) :
Supervisory :
Steady Red
Fast Flashing Red (120 flashes per minute)
Fast Flashing Red (120 flashes per minute)
Steady Amber
Circuit Trouble LEDs:
Page 26 of 43
These LEDs indicate Trouble for Initiating and Indicating Circuits. They illuminate Slow Flashing Amber (20 flashes per minute) for any field
wiring fault, or if the circuit has been Disconnected.
Page 27 of 43
9.2 CONTROLS:
System Reset Switch:
The System Reset momentary switch causes the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and all Circuits, to be reset ...
Resets all Latching Trouble Conditions
Resets the 4-Wire Smoke Supplies
Turns off Signal Silence Indicator
Stops and resets all Timers
Aux Disconnect not affected
Resets all Initiating Circuits

Turns off all Indicating Circuits
Turns off Fire Drill
Processes inputs as new events
Signal Silence Switch:

Activation of the Signal Silence momentary switch when the Panel is in Alarm turns on the Signal Silence Indicator and deactivates any
Silenceable Indicating Circuits. Non-Silenceable Circuits are unaffected. Signals will re-sound upon any subsequent Alarm. This switch
does not function during any configured Signal Silence Inhibit Timer period. It also does not function if the Indicating Circuits are active as
the result of a Fire Drill.
Fire Drill Switch:
The Fire Drill momentary switch activates all non-Disconnected Indicating Circuits, but does not transmit any Alarms via the Dialer, City Tie,
or Common Alarm Relay, nor are any HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relays activated. Fire Drill is cancelled by activating the switch again, or if the
Panel goes into a real Alarm.
Auxiliary Disconnect Switch:
Activating the Auxiliary Disconnect momentary switch activates the Auxiliary Disconnect function. Activating the switch again de-activates
the function. When Auxiliary Disconnect is active, Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays, and any HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relays
are not activated. The Trouble Relay is activated. Dialer or City Tie Modules are also inactive if installed, except that a Trouble condition
is transmitted.
Lamp Test Switch:
Activation of the Lamp Test momentary switch turns all front panel Indicators and the buzzer on.
Buzzer Silence Switch:
Activation of the Buzzer Silence momentary switch while the Buzzer is sounding silences the Buzzer. The Buzzer will resound if there
is a subsequent event. Switch activation will also silence buzzer on all attached annunciators.
Circuit Disconnect Switches:
Activation of these non-momentary switches disconnects the respective Initiating Circuit, and causes a Circuit Trouble for that Initiating
Circuit while active. If the disconnect switch is turned off (to its normal position) while there is an Alarm condition in that circuit, the
respective circuit Status LED will flash at a rate of 120 flashes per minute to indicate a Pending Alarm, for 5 seconds. If the disconnect
switch is not turned back on, an Alarm will be processed normally.
9.3 OPERATION:
All Alarm inputs are treated in a similar manner. Alarm inputs include Non-Verified or Verified Alarms, and Water-flow
Alarms. Any of these Alarm inputs occurring when the Panel is not already in Alarm cause the following:

HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relays are activated as configured, provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
Signals and Strobes are activated
Subsequent Alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:

If Signals have been silenced as a result of the Signal Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
Signals and Strobes are activated
Page 28 of 43
9.4 CIRCUIT TYPES:

Circuits refers to an actual electrical interface, either Initiating (Detection) or Indicating (Signal). Zone is a logical
concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit. Often the terms Zone and Circuit are
used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Initiating (Detection) Circuit Types:
Non-Verified Alarm
Verified Alarm
Water-Flow Alarm
Non-Latching Supervisory =
This is a Normal type of Alarm which may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors, or Heat Detectors
attached. Any activation of these devices will immediately result in an Alarm condition in the Fire Alarm
Control Panel. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to
illuminate Red.
These Alarms are verified by a reset and timing procedure, and may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors,
or Heat Detectors attached. Any activation of Pull-Stations or Heat Detectors will result in an Alarm condition
in the Fire Alarm Control Panel within 4 seconds. Smoke Detectors will be verified for a real Alarm within
60 seconds depending upon the startup time of the Smoke Detectors being used. If 4 seconds is too long
a response time for Pull-Stations, then they should be wired separately on a Non-Verified Alarm Circuit. An
Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red.
=
For Water-flow Sensors (Circuits 3 & 7 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). These alarms are identical to
normal Non-Verified Alarms except that Indicating Circuits are Non-Silenceable. Water-Flow Retard
Operation is enabled if Verified is selected. With Retard active, these circuits are sampled every one
second; if 10 samples are active within any 15 second interval, the Water-Flow Alarm is confirmed and
processed. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED
to illuminate Red. Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device;
maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
For Supervisory Devices (Circuits 4 & 8 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). An activation on these circuits will
cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound
continuously. If the circuit activation is removed, the Supervisory condition will clear (so long as there are
no other Supervisory conditions in the system) and the Circuit Status LED will extinguish.
For Supervisory Devices (Circuits 4 & 8 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). An activation on these circuits will
cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound
continuously. If the circuit activation is removed, the Supervisory condition will NOT clear.
Indicating (Signal) Circuits Types:

Silenceable Audible
Non-Silenceable Audible
Silenceable Visual
Non-Silenceable Visual
For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may be silenced either manually or automatically.
While sounding, these follow the pattern appropriate for the condition; the configured Evacuation Code
(default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm, or the Alert Code during
Two-Stages Alert (First) Stage.
For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may not be silenced either manually or
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm, or the
Alert Code during Two-Stages Alert (First) Stage.
=
For visual devices such as strobes that use no code pattern (they are continuous).
=
Same as previous, but is non-silenceable.
The possible Audible Signal Codes are ...

Continuous:
Temporal Code:
March Code:
California Code:
[On 100% of the time]

[3 of .5 second on, .5 second off, 1.5 second pause]
[.5 second on, .5 second off]
[5 second on, 10 second off]
Page 29 of 43
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Configuration of the HCP-200 Series is accomplished simply by DIP Switch and Jumper Settings. For DIP Switches,
0 = switch off, 1 = Switch on). On the Main Fire Alarm Board ...
Function
DIP Switch
Switch Off
Switch On
Indicating Circuit #1
Audible Device (Bell) Only
Switch 13, #1
Silenceable
Non-Silenceable
Audible or Visual Device
# Remote Annunciators
Switch 13, #2
Silenceable
Non-Silenceable
Switch 13, #3
Audible Device (Bell)
Visual Device (Strobe)
Switch 13, #4
Switch 13, #5
5 off, 4 off = None

5 on, 4 off = Two
5 off, 4 on = One
5 on, 4 on = Three
Manual Signal Silence
Switch 13, #6
Disabled
Enabled
Fire Drill
Switch 13, #7
Disabled
Enabled
Aux. Disconnect
Switch 13, #8
Disabled
Enabled
Initiating Circuit #1
Alarm Only
Switch 11, #1
Normal Alarm
Verified Alarm
Alarm Only
Switch 11, #2
Normal Alarm
Verified Alarm
Switch 11, #3
Normal
Verified Alarm / Retarded

Waterflow
Alarm or Waterflow
Alarm or Supervisory
Application of AC Power Fail
Delay
Signal Code
Auto Signal Silence
Switch 11, #4
Alarm
Waterflow
Switch 11, #5
Normal
Verified Alarm (no effect on Supv.)
Switch 11, #6
Alarm
Supervisory
Switch 11, #7
(No effect on Alarm)
Switch 11, #8
No AC Power Fail Delay
Apply AC Power Fail Delay
Switch 9, #1
Switch 9, #2
Switch 9, #3
Switch 9, #4
2 off, 1 off = Temporal Code

2 on, 1 off = March Time
2 off, 1 on = Continuous
2 on, 1 on = California Code
4 off, 3 off = Disabled

4 on, 3 off = 10 Minutes
4 off, 3 on = 5 Minutes
4 on, 3 on = 20 Minutes
Signal Silence Inhibit
Switch 9, #5
None
1 Minute
Initiating Circuit Style / Class
Switch 9, #6
Class B (Style B)
Class A (Style D)
Aux. Devices
Switch 9, #7
Non-Silenceable
Silenceable
AC Power Fail Delay to

Aux. Devices
Switch 9, #8
24 Hour Standby
Standard
60 Hour Standby
Standard
Notes:
& After any Configuration Switches are changed, it is necessary to perform a System Reset !!
& Only Indicating Circuit 2 may be configured for Visual Devices.
& If Initiating Circuit 3 is configured as Waterflow, the corresponding Verified selection becomes a Retard selection.
&
&
&
&
Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
If Initiating Circuit 4 is configured as Alarm, the corresponding Latching selection has no effect.
If Initiating Circuit 4 is configured as Supervisory, the corresponding Verified selection has no effect.
The selection of Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits is only a matter of how they are wired. See Connection
Info.
If Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits are selected (HCP-202, HCP-204, HCP-204E only), the appropriate Board
Jumpers must also be set. Class B Initiating Circuits 1&2 combine to create Class A Circuit #1, and Class B
Initiating Circuits 3&4 combine to create Class A Circuit #2. DIP Switches for Circuits 3&4 are ignored except for
an HCP-204E with a HDM-204 Adder. LED Indicators for Circuits 3&4 are non-functional except for an HCP-204E
with a HDM-204 Adder.
Page 30 of 43
Page 31 of 43
On the HDM-204 Zone Adder Module ...

Function
DIP Switch
Switch Off
Switch On
Audible Device (Bell) Only
Switch 6, #1
Silenceable
Non-Silenceable
Audible or Visual Device
Switch 6, #2
Silenceable
Non-Silenceable
Switch 6, #3
Audible Device (Bell)
Visual Device (Strobe)
Not Used
Switch 6, #4
-----------------
-----------------
Alarm Only
Switch 5, #1
Normal Alarm
Verified Alarm
Alarm Only
Switch 5, #2
Normal Alarm
Verified Alarm
Switch 5, #3
Normal
Verified Alarm / Retarded

Waterflow
Alarm or Waterflow
Switch 5, #4
Alarm
Waterflow
Switch 5, #5
Normal
Verified Alarm (no effect on Supv.)
Alarm or Supervisory
Switch 5, #6
Alarm
Supervisory
Switch 5, #7
Not Used
Switch 5, #8
-----------------
-----------------
Notes:
& After any Configuration Switches are changed, it is necessary to perform a System Reset !!
& Only Indicating Circuit 4 may be configured for Visual Devices.
& If Initiating Circuit 7 is configured as Waterflow, the corresponding Verified selection becomes a Retard selection.
&
&
&
&
Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
If Initiating Circuit 8 is configured as Alarm, the corresponding Latching selection has no effect.
If Initiating Circuit 8 is configured as Supervisory, the corresponding Verified selection has no effect.
The selection of Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits is only a matter of how they are wired. See Connection
Info.
If Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits are selected the appropriate Board Jumpers must also be set. Class B
Initiating Circuits 5&6 combine to create Class A Circuit #3, and Class B Initiating Circuits 7&8 combine to create
Class A Circuit #4. DIP Switches for Circuits 5 to 8 are ignored, and LED Indicators for Circuits 5 to 8 are nonfunctional.
Page 32 of 43
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION

Walk-Test allows an installer to verify the Initiating Circuit wiring in a system. Walk-Test is entered by pressing and
holding both the Buzzer Silence and Lamp Test Momentary Switches for at least 1 second. Circuits to be tested
are identified using the Circuit Disconnect Slide Switches. Activation of any Initiating Circuit which has been selected
for Walk-Test will cause the Audible Indicating Circuits to activate briefly for a number of short bursts corresponding to
the Circuit number. Any subsequent activations on the same Initiating Circuit will activate the Audible Indicating Circuit
only once. If another Initiating Circuit is activated then the Audible Indicating Circuits will activate for a number of short
bursts corresponding to the Circuit number of the new zone being walk-tested, and so on.
For example, if Initiating Circuit #3 is first activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for three bursts, with additional
activations sounding for one burst, etc. The initial burst interval denoting the count of the Circuit number is one
second on half a second off. The subsequent burst interval denoting additional activations on the same Initiating Circuit
is one half second on then off. After the sounding pattern has been sent on the Indicating Circuits, the Initiating Circuit
is reset and tested again. If it is still active (in alarm) the pattern will be re-sent. Trouble on any Initiating Circuit when
in Walk-Test mode causes all Indicating Circuits to be activated continuously for 5 seconds.
Alarm Verification and Water-flow Alarm Retard Operations are disabled on Circuits being Walk-Tested. All Circuits not
selected for Walk-Test continue to function normally. Walk-Test operation is disabled if the Fire Alarm Control Panel
is in Alarm or goes into Alarm while Walk-Test is active. It will also time-out after 60 minutes of no activity.
Page 33 of 43
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES

UNDERWRITERS LABS CANADA (ULC)
CANADIAN: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE
MAKE MODEL / BASE
MAKE MODEL / BASE
HOCHIKI
EDWARDS
FENWAL
DCD -135/NS6-220
6249C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-001
DCD-135/NS4-220
6250C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-002
DCD-135/HSC-220R
6264C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-003
DCD-190/NS6-220
6266C
PSD-7131 / 70-201000-005
DCD-190/NS4-220
6269C
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-001
DCD-190/HSC-220R
6270C
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-002
SIJ-24/NS6-220
6269C-003
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-003
SIJ-24/NS4-220
6270C-003
PSD-7130 / 70-201000-005
SIJ-24/HSC-220R
PSD-7128 / 70-201000-001
CERBERUS PYROTRONICS
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-24/NS4-220
D1-2
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-003
SLR-24/HSC-220R
D1-3 / DB-3S
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-005
SLR-24/NS6-220
SLR-24H/NS6-220
SLR-24H/NS4-220
PSD-7129 / 70-211002-000
MIRCOM
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24H/HSC-220R
MIR-525
PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-835/NS6-220
MIR-525T
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-003
SLR-835/NS4-220
PSD-7125 / 70-201000-005
SLR-835/HSC-220R
MIRTONE
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-001
SLR-835B-2
73471
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-002
73494
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-003
SYSTEM SENSOR
73575
CPD-7021 / 70-201000-005
1400-A
73495/73486
2400-A
73495/73487
NAPCO
1451-A / B401B
73595/73486
FW-2
1451-A / B406B
73595/73497
2451-A / B401B
73594/73400
SIMPLEX
2451-A / B406B
73405/73400
2098-9110
1451DH / DH400A
73594/73401
2451-A / DH400A
73405/73401
Page 34 of 43

NOTES:
1)
2).
The below listed Smoke Detectors are compatible with Initiating Circuits having Compatibility Identifier "A".
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL /
BASE
COMPATIBILITY
IDENTIFIER
HEAD / BASE
RATED
STANDBY
CURRENT
HOCHIKI
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE
COMPATIBILITY
IDENTIFIER
HEAD / BASE
RATED
STANDBY
CURRENT
2451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.035mA
2451 / DH400
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
2451TH / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
4451HT / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.035mA
4451HT / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.040mA
4451HT / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.040mA
5451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.040mA
5451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
SLR-24/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
5451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
SLR-24/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
SLR-24/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
SENTROL - ESL
SLR-24H/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429C
S10A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-24H/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429CT
S10A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-24H/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
429CST
S11A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS6-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
429CRT
S11A - N/A
0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS4-220
HD-3/HB-3
0.045mA
711U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SLR-835/HSC-220R
HD-3/HB-72
0.045mA
712U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
55uA @ 24VDC
713-5U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
713-6U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
721U / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
721UT / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
722U / 702E, 702U
S10A - S00
0.10 mA
SYSTEM SENSOR
1100
A - N/A
0.12 mA
731U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU
S11A - S00
0.10 mA
1151 / B110LP
A-A
0.12 mA
732U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU
S11A - S00
0.10 mA
1151 / B116LP
A-A
0.12 mA
1400
A - N/A
0.10 mA
DETECTION SYSTEMS INC.
1451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
DS250
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
DS250TH
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451 / B406B
A-A
0.12 mA
DS282
B - N/A
0.10 mA
1451DH / DH400
A-A
0.12 mA
DS282TH
B - N/A
0.10 mA
2100
A - N/A
0.12 mA
2100T
A - N/A
0.12 mA
2151 / B110LP
A-A
0.12 mA
MIRCOM
2151 / B116LP
A-A
0.12 mA
MIR-525U
FDT-1
0.10 mA
2400
A - N/A
0.12 mA
MIR-525TU
FDT-1
0.10 mA
Page 35 of 43
2400TH
A - N/A
0.12 mA
2451 / B401
A-A
0.12 mA
2451 / B401B
A-A
0.12 mA
NAPCO
FW-2
Page 36 of 43
HD-6
55uA @ 24VDC

Mircom
MIR-545U
MIR-545TU
Sentrol - ESL
541C
541CXT
741U with
702U or 702E Base
449AT, 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSTE, 449CSRT, 449CSRH, 449CSST,

449CSSTE, 449CTE, 449CLT, 449CSLT
1424
6424
6424A
DH400ACDCI
DH400ACDCP
DH400ACDCIHT
System Sensor
709-MV-21
709-24V-21
A77-716B

UNITED STATES: SIGNALLING DEVICE CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
System Sensor SpecrAlert
P2415
P2415W
P241575
P241575W
P2475
P2475W
P24110
P24110W
S2415
S2415W
S241575
S241575W
S2475
S2475W
S24110
S24110W
H12/24
H12/24W
MDL
MDLW
AS-2415W-24-FR
AS-241575W-FR
AS-2430W-FR
AS-2475W-FR
AS-24110W-FR
AS-2415C-FW
AS-2430C-FW
AS-2475C-FW
AS-24100C-FW
AH-24-R
AH-24-WP-R
NS-2415W-FR
NS-241575W-FR
NS-2430W-FR
NS-2475W-FR
NS-24110W-FR
NS4-2415W-FR
NS4-241575W-FR
NS4-2430W-FR
NS4-2475W-FR
NS4-24110W-FR
RS-2415W-FR
RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2415W-FR
RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2430W-FR
RSS-2475W-FR
RSS-24110W-FR
RSS-2415C-FW
RSS-2430C-FW
RSS-2475C-FW
RSS-24100C-FW
MT-12/24-ULC
MT-24-LS-VFR-ULC
MT-24-WS-VFR-ULC
AMT-12/24-R-ULC
AMT-24-LS-VFR-ULC
MB-G6-24-R
MB-G10-24-R
SM-12/24-R
ST24-15/75
ST24-30
ST24-60
ST24-75
HS24-15/75
HS24-30
HS24-60
HS24-75
Wheelock
DSM-12/24-R
Gentex
ST24-15
ST24-110
HS24-15
HS24-110
APPENDIX "B" - HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

The HRAM-208 Eight Zone Remote Annunciator mounts in an electrical box. It provides annunciation for the HCP-204 or HCP-
Page 37 of 43
204Es full complement of 8 Initiating circuits.
Page 38 of 43
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES

Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-202)
General: In smaller Enclosure ...
M
2 supervised Style B (Class B) or 1 Style D (Class A)
Initiating Circuits; configurable (Normal or Verified).
[Compatibility ID A]
Power Limited:
26VDC, 3 mA standby, 1.5Vp-p
M
2 Style Y/Z (Class A/B) Indicating Circuits; configurable as
strobes or audibles.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered
1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit (2.4 A Total)
M
Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switch.
M
Optional DACT or City Tie Adder.
M
Optional HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module.
M
Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supply.
Power Limited: 28VDC, 100mA max, 1.5Vp-p ripple
M
Aux Power Supply.
Power Limited: 24VDC, 300mA max, unfiltered
for RTI or Remote Annunciators
M
1 RTI Interface for connection to an RTI Remote Trouble
Indicator.
M
Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads)
Common Alarm:
Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC
Common Trouble: Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC
M
Micro-controller Based Design.
M
DIP Switch Configurable.
M
Walk-Test function.
Electrical ratings:
M
AC Line Voltage: 102 to 132 VAC.
2 Amps (primary, transformer inline fuse)
M
Pwr Supp. ratings: 2.75 Amps. max. (secondary)
M
For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
2.40 Amps. max.
M
Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 4 to 6.5 AH batteries
Fuse on Main Board: 10 Amps.
M
Current Consumption: Standby: 110 mA, Alarm: 220 mA
Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-204)
General: Same as HCP-202, plus ...
M
Initiating Circuits; configurable (Normal or Verified, and for
Style B there may be one Waterflow and one Supervisory).
[Compatibility ID A]
M
Optional HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Module.
M
1 RS-485 Connection for up to 3 HRAM-208 Remote
Annunciators.
M
Common Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble
All are Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC
DACT / Dialler Module (HDACT-100)
M
DACT - Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter
Using Ademco Contact ID and SIA-DCS Protocols.
M
See Hochiki document LT-617HOC for further info.
M
Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module (HPR-100)
M
Supervised City Tie Not Power Limited
24VDC unfiltered, 210 mA max., Trip coil: 14 ohms
M
Polarity Reversal Power Limted
24VDC open, 12VDC @ 3.5 mA, 8 mA max. (shorted)
M
Model: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module
M
Four or Eight Relays: Form C, 1A (resistive), 28 VDC per
contacts
M
Each individual relay can be:
Relay per Zone, Common Alarm, Common Supervisory
M
Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-204E)

General: In larger Enclosure ...
M
Initiating Circuits; configurable. [Compatibility ID A]
Power Limited:
M
2 Style Y/ Z (Class A/B) Indicating Circuits; configurable as
strobes or audibles.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered
1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit (5A Total)
M
One HDM-204 Zone Adder may be added.
M
Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switches.
M
Optional DACT or City Tie Adder.
M
Optional HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module.
M
Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supply.
Power Limited: 28VDC, 100mA max, 1.5Vp-p ripple
M
Aux Power Supply.
Power Limited: 24VDC, 300mA max, unfiltered
for RTI or Remote Annunciators
M
1 RS-485 Connection for up to 3 HRAM-208 Remote
Annunciators.
M
1 RTI Interface for connection to an RTI Remote Trouble
Indicator.
M
Common Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble
All are Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC
M
Micro-controller Based Design.
M
DIP Switch Configurable.
M
Walk-Test function.
Electrical ratings:
M
AC Line Voltage: 102 to 132 VAC.
2.5 Amps (Uses 4A circuit breaker)
M
Pwr Supp. ratings: 6 Amps. max. (secondary)
M
For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
5 Amps. max.
M
Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 10 to 24 AH batteries
Fuse on Main Board: 10 Amps.
M
Zone Adder Module (HDM-204)
M
May be added to HCP-204E.
M
Initiating Circuits; configurable. [Compatibility ID A]
Power Limited:
M
2 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits; configurable
as strobes or audibles.
Power Limited:
24 VDC unfiltered, 1.7A @49C per
Circuit
M
8 Zone Remote Annunciator (HRAM-208)
M
RS-485 Interface, up to 3 per FA-200 Panel.
M
Remote Trouble Indicator (HRTI-1)
M
Trouble LED and Trouble Buzzer
M
.
External Battery Cabinet (BC-160)
M
Up to 24 A-H Batteries for HCP-200 FA Panels.
System Model: SERIES FA-200, Fire Alarm Control Panel

System Type: Local, Auxiliary (using HPR-100), Remote Station
Protected Premises (using HDACT-100 or HPR-100), Central
Station Protected Premises (using HDACT-100).
Type of Service: A, M, WF, SS (SS is only Local or with HDACT-100)
Type of Signalling: Non-Coded
Applicable Standards: NFPA 70 and 72, UL-864, ULC S524,ULC S-527
Page 39 of 43
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE)

Use the form below to determine the required Secondary Power Supply (batteries).
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The main AC branch circuit connection for Fire Alarm Control Unit must provide a dedicated continuous power without provision of any disconnect
devices. Use #12 AWG wire with 600-volt insulation and proper over-current circuit protection that complies with the local codes. Refer to appendix
"C" for specifications.
POWER REQUIREMENTS (ALL CURRENTS ARE IN AMPERES)
Model Number
Description
HCP-202, HCP-204,
HCP-204E
Fire Alarm
Control Panel
HDM-204
Qty
1
STANDBY
TOTAL
STANDBY
ALARM
TOTAL
ALARM
0.110
0.220
Zone Adder
0.045
0.120
HRM-204 / HRM208
Relay Module
0.005
0.160
HPR-100
City Tie Module
0.035
0.300
HDACT-100
DACT / Dialler Module
0.045
0.120
HRAM-208
Remote Annunciator
0.035
0.090
HRTI-1
0.035
0.035
' 0.0001
* 0.090
Signal Load (bells, horns, strobes, and etc.)
=
=
Auxiliary Power Supply for Annunciators, etc.
Total currents (Add above currents)
= 0.090
STANDBY
ALARM
(A)
=
(B)
ALARM (B)______ Amps.
Total Current Requirement:

Battery Capacity Requirement:
([STANDBY (A) ______ ]
X [(24 or 60 Hours) ___ ]) + ([ALARM (B) ______ ] X [%Alarm in Hr.] _____) = (C) ______AH
Total Alarm Current:
Must be 2.75 amperes or less for HCP-202, and HCP-204. Indicating Circuits not to exceed 2.4 amperes.
Must be 6 amperes or less for HCP-204E. Indicating Circuits not to exceed 5 amperes.
Battery Selection:
Multiply (C) by 1.20 to derate battery.

Use 6.5AH Batteries for the HCP-202, HCP-204.
Use 10AH Batteries for the HCP-204E.
The HCP-204E will charge up to 24AH Batteries if they are in an external Battery Cabinet.
* Assuming three Initiating Circuits in alarm.

% Use 0.084 for five minutes of alarm as a multiplier figure.
' Using the 1400-A 2-wire smoke detector. See Appendix "A", for other available smoke detectors .
Examples:
Configuration
HCP-202/4 Basic
HCP-202/4, HDACT-100, HRM-208, HRTI-1
24 Hrs Standby, 5 Min Alarm

4 AH Batteries
6.5 AH Batteries
Page 40 of 43
60 Hrs Standby, 5 Min Alarm

Not Possible
Not Possible
HCP-204E, HDM-204
10 AH Batteries
HCP-204E, HDM-204, HDACT-100, HRM-208, 3 of HRAM-208
10 AH Batteries
Always use the Selection Guide Chart to verify actual Battery Requirements.
Page 41 of 43
12 AH Batteries
24 AH Batteries
WARRANTY
Hochiki America Corporation, manufactured equipment is guaranteed to be free of

defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of original
shipment. HOCHIKI will repair or replace, at its option, any equipment which it determines
to contain defective material or workmanship. Said equipment must be shipped to
HOCHIKI prepaid. Return freight will be prepaid by HOCHIKI. We shall not be
responsible to repair or replace equipment which has been repaired by others, abused,
improperly installed, altered or otherwise misused or damaged in any way. Unless
previously contracted by HOCHIKI, HOCHIKI will assume no responsibility for
determining the defective or operative status at the point of installation, and will accept
no liability beyond the repair or replacement of the product at our factory service
department.
Hochiki America Corp.

7051 Village Drive
Buena Park, CA
USA 90621
Phone:(714) 522-2246
FAX:(714) 522-2268
Technical Support Phone: 1-800-845-6692
or technical support @hochiki.com
Page 42 of 43
Page 43 of 43
EOLR-12/24 VOLT END OF LINE RELAY

APPLICATION
The models EOLR-12 and EOLR-24 are end of line power
supervision relays used with 4-wire type smoke detectors. If the power is interrupted the EOLR will cause
the alarm panel to indicate a "trouble" condition. It may
be energized with either 12 or 24 volts depending upon
model. Both models contain a form "A" contact for opening the detection loop circuit of the panel upon loss of
power. Both models are encapsulated for durability
and are UL listed.
OPERATION
The EOLR is energized in a normal standby condition.
When there is a loss of power the relay contact will
open, causing an open circuit on the detection loop of
the control panel. The control panel will then annunciate a trouble signal indicating a trouble condition.
STANDARD FEATURES
Works with 4-wire type smoke detector
connections.
Available in 12 or 24 volt models.
Encapsulated for durability.
The models EOLR-12 and EOLR-24 are designed specifically for use with the Hochiki HSC-4R and HSC4R12 Four Wire Smoke Detector Bases.
SPECIFICATIONS
Model
HA-EOLR-12 (12V)
HA-EOLR (24V)
Coil Relay Rating
9-16 VDC
18-32 VDC
Contact Relay Rating
1A@ 125 VAC
2A@ 125 VAC
Dimensions
1 1/4 L x 1 1/4 W x /D
1 1/4 L x 1 1/4 W x /D
Connections:
9 Inch Length 18 AWG Stranded Color Coded Wire
WIRING DIAGRAM
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+)
INITIATING
CIRCUIT
(-)
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
RED
+ POWER
BLK
WHT
- POWER
WHT
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
12VDC OR 24VDC
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
(-)
HSC-4R/4R12
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410-137
MEA Report # 284-91-E-Vol.II

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
12/2003
HCP-202 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

DESCRIPTION
Hochikis HCP-202 Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
microprocessor based unit designed for small to medium
commercial, institutional and industrial occupancies.
Fully configurable using DIP switches, it enables the user
to configure the system to meet their specific
requirements.
STANDARD FEATURES
2 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may

2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with
circuit.)
Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as
Silenceable or Non-Silenceable. Audibles may be
Code or March Time
Selectable Alarm Verification on Initiating Circuits
Output for 4-wire resettable regulated smoke
power supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum
Output for RTI or Remote Annunciators of 24VDC,
300 mA max, unfiltered
Built-in Walk Test operation
Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm,
Common Trouble and Common Supervisory. If no
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory
relay becomes a second Alarm relay.
2.75 Amp Power Supply
Easy configuration via DIP switches
The HCP-202 comes standard with 2 Class B (Style B)

Initiating Circuits which may be configured as 1 Class A
(Style D) circuits. In addition it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits which are each
rated at 1.25 amps. The panel also includes a 2.75 Amp
Power Supply which powers the system and supplies a
4-wire resettable regulated smoke power supply of 24
VDC 100mA maximum.
The HCP-202 utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
for programming initiating and indicating circuits as well
as the enabling and disabling of system functions such
as Signal Silence, Fire Drill and Auxiliary Disconnect.
In addition the HCP-202 allows for Alarm Verification on
the Initiating circuits. The Indicating circuits may be
configured as Silenceable or Non-Silenceable with the
audibles configured for Steady, March-Time, Temporal
Code, or California Code.
market and a red exterior for the U.S. and International
for up to 10 AH batteries.
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power
Indicating Current
Standby Power
Charging Capability
Dimensions:
120 volts, 60 Hz, 1 Amps

24VDC unfiltered, 2.5Amps
24VDC Standby Batteries
4 6.5 AH Batteries
12 3/4H x 13 3/4W x 3 1/8D

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:152
Continued on back.
F0032
9/2004
Model
Description

HCP-202
Two Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 2 Class B (Style B) or 1
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and a 2.75 Amp
Power Supply. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal
Module or one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock
door.
HRTI-1
Adder Modules
HDACT-100
HPR-100
Polarity Reversal/City Tie Module
HRM-204
Auxiliary Relay Module comes with 4 configurable relays
HRM-208
(Note: Only one of the above modules can be used with the HCP-202)
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-202
HCP-204 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

DESCRIPTION
Hochikis HCP-204 Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
requirements.
STANDARD FEATURES

be configured as 2 Class A (Style D) circuits
circuit)
Code or March Time
Selectable Alarm Verification on Initiating Circuits
Output for 4-wire resettable regulated smoke
power supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum
300 mA max. unfiltered
relay becomes a second Alarm relay
2.75 Amp Power Supply
The HCP-204 comes standard with 4 Class B (Style B)

(Style D) circuits. In addition, it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating circuits which are each
rated at 1.25 Amps. The panel also includes a 2.75
Amp Power Supply which powers the system and
supplies a 4-wire resettable regulated smoke power
supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum.
The HCP-204 utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
Some predefined Initiating circuits can optionally be
configured as Waterflow or Latching/Non-Latching
Supervisory. In addition the HCP-204 allows for Alarm
Verification on the initiating circuits. The Indicating
circuits may be configured as Silenceable or NonSilenceable with the audibles configured for Steady,
March-Time, Temporal Code, or California Code. The
HCP-204 is equipped with auxiliary relay contacts for
Common Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. If no
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory relay
becomes a second Alarm relay.
market and a red exterior for the U.S. and International
for up to 10 AH batteries.
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power
Indicating Current
Standby Power
Charging Capability
Dimensions
120 volts, 60 Hz, 1 Amps

24VDC unfiltered, 2.5Amps
24VDC Standby Batteries
4 6.5 AH Batteries
12 3/4"H x 13 3/4"W x 3 1/8"D

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:152
Continued on back.
F0031
06/2005
Model
Description

HCP-204
Four Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 4 Class B (Style B) or 2
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and a 2.75 Amp
Power Supply. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal
Module or one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock
door.
HCH-429
Series 200 Accessory Mounting Plate. Used to mount HDACT-100 or HPR-100 or HDM-204 or
HRM-208 on the HCP-204
HRTI-1
Adder Modules
HDACT-100
HPR-100
HRM-204
HRM-208
(Note: Only one of the above modules can be used with the HCP-204)
Remote Annunciator
HRAM-208
Remote Multiplex Annunciator comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 8 Bi-Colored
LEDs
Controls: Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test & System Reset
Indicators: A.C. On, Common Trouble & Signal Silence
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-204
HCP-204E FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

DESCRIPTION
Hochikis HCP-204E Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
requirements.
STANDARD FEATURES

Expandable up to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A
(Style D) Initiating Circuits
individual trouble indicators (1.7 amps max. per
circuit.) Expandable up to 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y)
Indicating Circuits
Code or March Time
300 mA max, unfiltered
relay becomes a second Alarm relay
6 Amp Power Supply
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power
Indicating Current
Standby Power
Charging Capability
Dimensions:
120 volts, 60 Hz, 2 amps

24VDC unfiltered, 5 amps
24VDC standby batteries
10 24 AH batteries
14 7/8H x 14 1/2W x 5D

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The HCP-204E comes standard with 4 Class B (Style B)

(Style D) circuits. In addition it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits which are each
rated at 1.7 amps. The HCP-204E can be expanded up
to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits and 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits
with the addition of an HDM-204 Adder Zone Module.
The panel also includes a 6 amp power supply which
powers the system and supplies a 4-wire resettable
regulated smoke power supply of 24 VDC 100mA
maximum.
The HCP-204E utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
Some predefined Initiating Circuits can optionally be
configured as Waterflow or Latching/Non-Latching
Supervisory. In addition the HCP-204E allows for alarm
verification on the Initiating Circuits. The Indicating
Circuits may be configured as Silenceable or NonSilenceable with audibles configured for Steady, MarchTime, Temporal Code, or California Code.
The HCP-204E is equipped with auxiliary relay contacts
for Common Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. If no
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory relay
becomes a second Alarm relay. The cabinet is available
in a beige color for the Canadian market and a red exterior
for the U.S. and International markets. A Fire Retardant
Lexan Window in hinged door allows for viewing of the
status LEDs. It comes with a durable CAT-30 lock and
key. Space is provided for up to 10 AH batteries.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-410:152
Continued on back.
F0030
10/2005
Model
Description

HCP-204E
Four expandable to Eight Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 4 Class
B (Style B) or 2 Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and
a 6 Amp Power Supply. Expandable up to 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits or 4 Class A (Style
D) and 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator
or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal Module. Also allows for one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary
Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock door.
HRTI-1
Adder Modules
HDM-204
Four Class B (Style B) or Two Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuit and 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y)
Indicating Circuit Module
HDACT-100
HPR-100
HRM-204
HRM-208
Remote Annunciator
HRAM-208
Remote Multiplex Annunciator comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 8 Bi-Colored
LEDs
Controls: Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test & System Reset
Indicators: A.C. On, Common Trouble & Signal Silence
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-204E
HDM-1008 EIGHT INITIATING CIRCUIT MODULE

GENERAL
The HDM-1008 Module provides the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm
Control panels with up to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits which can be configured for
Alarm, Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble circuits.
APPLICATIONS
The HDM-1008 provides up to eight zones of Class B
(Style B) or four Class A (Style D) Initiating circuits. Each
of the circuits can be configured as either Alarm,
Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble zones. Each circuit
can handle both powered devices such as smoke
detectors and non-powered devices such as heat
detectors, pull stations, waterflow devices, tamper
switches, etc.
INSTALLATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Eight Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D)

Initiating Circuits which can be configured as Alarm,
Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble Circuits
Bi-Colored Alarm/Supervisory and Trouble LED
provided for individual annunciation of each zone
Slide-in labels for zone identification
Programmable as Supervisory Circuit for Latching
and Non-Latching
All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable
Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring and
servicing
Extensive transient protection of all circuits
The HDM-1008 consists of a PC board which mounts at

the bottom of the chassis. The PC board is connected
via cables to the board on the main chassis. Space is
provided on the front panel allowing the application of
slide-in labels for initiating zone description. Labels are
provided with each chassis. Removable terminal blocks
are provided for easy connection of field wiring and
servicing.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Voltage
Standby Current
Max. Standby Current
End of Line Resistor
22 VDC
50 mA
3 mA
3.9K ohm 5%, W
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
12/2003
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
INI1+
SUPERVISED INITIATING CIRCUIT #1

(ALARM ZONE)
STYLE B
WIRING
INI1STYLE D
INI1
INI2+

(SUPERVISORY OR WATERFLOW ZONE)
STYLE B
WIRING
INI2INI3+
STYLE D
INI2
INI3-

(ALARM ZONE) SEE STYLE D NOTE
STYLE D
WIRING
INI4+
INI4INI5+
INI5STYLE D
INI3
INI6+
INI6-
STYLE D NOTE: INITIATING CIRCUITS IN A SERIES 1000

MUST BE ALL EITHER STYLE B OR D.
IF STYLE D IS SELECTED, THE
NUMBER OF CIRCUITS IS CUT IN HALF.
INI7+
STYLE D
INI4
INI7INI8+
LEGEND:
INI8SMOKE DETECTOR
SUPERVISORY OR
WATERFLOW
SWITCH (NO)
HEAT DETECTOR
PULL STATION
3.9K 1/2W ELR LISTED S5434
NOTES: ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED, AND MUST USE TYPE
FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER LIMITED CABLE.
INITIATING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SUPERVISED AND RATED
FOR 22 VDC, 3 mA STANDBY, 5 mV RIPPLE, 50 mA MAX.
ALARM. THEY MAY BE CONFIGURED AS REQUIRED. THE
ALARM THRESHOLD IS 21 mA. MAXIMUM LOOP
RESISTANCE IS 100 OHMS, 50 OHMS PER SIDE.
Hochiki America Corporation HDM-1008
Configuration & Diagnostics Tool HCFG-100

APPLICATION
The HCFG Configuration & Diagnostic Tool is required
to program the HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U universal digital alarm communicator. The configuration tool
module is equipped with ribbon cable to connect to
communicator. The 4 line X 20 character LCD Display
with keypad.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Ribbon Cable To Connect To HDACT-100 and
HDACT-100U.
Configures the HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U
4 Line x 20 Character LCD Display With
Keypad.
SPECIFICATIONS
4-line X 20 Character LCD Display and keypad
Configures HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U
communicator/dialer
Equipped with ribbon cable to connect to HDACT
communicator
Keypad in a rugged metal enclosure
The Hochiki Digital Communicators are configured by

connecting the HCFG-100 Configuration Tool to P4 of
the HDACT-100 or HDACT-100U Main Board. Once
connected, if no text appears immediately on the LCD
screen, hit any key on the numberic keypad.
The DACT products support three level of restricted
access to the Configuration Mode which allows for
parameter configuration and control of operation.
Each level is associated with a separate Passcode
(Up to 8-digit numeric code) and may be individually
modified. Once a user gains access to the Configuration Mode, they are presented with a menu of selections according to the level of access granted.
All configurable items have default values assigned by
the "Restore-To-Default" operation. All items must
have a (non-zero value assigned unless specifically
identified as OPTIONAL.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories: Pending
CSFM #: Pending
MEA Report # Pending

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
12/2003
HF-24 ULTRAVIOLET FLAME DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The HF-24 is suited for use wherever there is a need for
automatic detection of fires which can develop quickly
or where contents have great value.
Suggested applications include:
Petroleum Storage
Photographic or Film Storage
Computer Rooms
Print Shops
Museums
The HF-24 is not a substitute for smoke or heat detectors,
but is an added level of protection against fast flaming
fires only.
STANDARD FEATURES
Detects fast flaming fires

Highly reliable, long life UV receptor tube
Low power consumption
HF-24 can be intermixed with other types of
detection on the panel's detection circuitry
Interchangeable with Hochiki America's standard
smoke and heat detector bases.
Size and color similar to other Hochiki America
smoke and heat detectors.
Easily Maintained - cleaning can be accomplished
without disassembling the detector.
Not UL Listed
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage:
Working Voltage:
Normal Current:
Alarm Current:
Response to Ultraviolet:
17.6 - 27.7 VDC

15 - 30 VDC
200A @ 24 VDC
250mA Maximum
1850 - 3000 Angstrom
There is no set area for which the HF-24 Ultraviolet

Detector is able to cover. The reason is that the size of
the fire and the distance from this fire to the detector all
effect how the detector will respond. There is one nonvariable, however, and that is very small fires must have
a duration of at least 7-15 seconds if within 12 feet, 2030 seconds at 25 feet.
OPERATION
The HF-24 uses an ultraviolet detector tube which absorbs
very weak ultraviolet light such as that emitted from a
flame. This is detected as a train of discharge pulses
creating a current. The electronic circuitry in the detector
body translates this action as an alarm signal. There is
a counter circuit which prevents the alarm from occurring
from one-shot ultraviolet light such as lightning or cosmic
flares. Additionally there are circuit refinements which
limit the detection of only wave lengths from 1850 to 3000
angstroms thus ignoring visible and infrared light.
Ambient Temperature:
14 to 122 Fahrenheit (-10 C to +50 C)
Mounting:
Color:
HSC-4R, HSB series,

NS4 series, NS6 series &
HSC-xxx L series bases
Ivory ACS

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
See Reverse Side for

Detection Range Graph
and Wiring Diagram.
Continued on back.
10/2003
DETECTION RANGE
Ceiling
120
#1
2m
Ceiling Height
3m
#2
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
Floor
# 1: Flame from a candle or lighter
# 2: Flame from a wad or newspaper, burning flame
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NS Series and HSC Series Base
HSC SERIES
(+)
NS6 SERIES
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
NS4 SERIES
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
HSB-2 Wire
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
3.9K 1/2W
(-)
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
NEGATIVE
Hochiki America Corporation HF-24
16mA MAX.
OUTPUT
(-)
16mA MAX.
OUTPUT
CURRENT LIMTED AT 24VDC
HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS

HRAM-1032- Main Annunciator Chassis
HRAM-1032
The HRAM-1032 Main Annunciator Chassis is an

expandable module used in the HRA-1000 Series
Remote Annunciators to provide control, indication of
common annunciator functions and up to 32 points of
annunciation. The HRAM-1032 comes standard with Bicolored LEDs which are automatically configured for
either alarm (Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to match the
HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. Each
display point can be identified by the slide-in label that
slides in beside the LED. Equipped with sealed
membrane-like buttons and LED indicators, the HRAM1032 has a Local Buzzer as well as indicators for A.C.
On, Common Trouble, Remote Failure, Aux. Disconnect,
Acknowledge, General Alarm, Signal Silence and Test/
Configuration mode. In addition it has controls for System
Reset, Lamp Test, Fire Drill, Auxiliary Disconnect, Buzzer
Silence, Signal Silence, General Alarm and Acknowledge.
It occupies one slot in the HBB-1000 enclosures.
HRAX-1048
HRAX-1048 - Adder Annunciator Chassis
STANDARD FEATURES
Large capacity of annunciation

Bi-Colored LEDs
Slide-in labels for each display point
Sealed membrane-like buttons and LED indicators
Each annunciation point is automatically selected
for either Alarm (Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to
match the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Panel configuration
LEDs for A.C. On, Common Trouble, Remote Failure,
Aux. Disconnect, Ackowledge, General Alarm, Signal
Silence and Test/Config Mode
Controls for System Reset, Lamp Test, Fire Drill,
Aux. Disconnect, Buzzer Silence, Signal Silence,
General Alarm and Ackowledge
Three sizes of enclosures
SPECIFICATIONS
HBB-1001 Enclosure
HBB-1002 Enclosure
HBB-1003 Enclosure
The HRAX-1048 Adder Annunciator Chassis is used in

the HRA-1000 Series Remote Annunciators to provide
48 additional points of annunciation. The HRAX-1048 is
an expandable annunciator module which can be
connected to an HRAM-1032. A maximum of four HRAX1048 can be connected to the HRAM-1032 Main
Annunciator Chassis. As with the HRAM-1032 Main
Annunciator Chassis, the HRAX-1048 has Bi-colored
LEDs which are automatically configured for either Alarm
(Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to match the HCP-1000
Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. Each display
point can be identified by the slide-in label that slides in
besides the LED. It occupies one slot in the HBB-1000
enclosures.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
9H x 13W x 1D
16H x 13W x 1D
23H x 13W x 1D

CSFM #: 7120-0410:157

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003

BACKBOX
HEIGHT
H (IN.)
MOUNTING
A(IN.)
B(IN.)
BACKBOX
HBB-1001
9.0"
9.95"
7.5"
HBB-1002
16.0"
9.95"
14.5"
HBB-1003
23.0"
9.95"
21.5"
WALL
DOOR
BACKBOX CAN BE MOUNTED

WITH STANDARD 4" X 4"
ELECTRICAL BOXES
12.75"
A
1.2"
#6-32
HEXNUTS
BB-1001 BACKBOX IS SHOWN
ANNUNCIATOR CHASSIS
Model
Modules
HRAM-1032
Description
HRAX-1048
Main Annunciator Chassis comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 32 Bi-Colored
LEDs
Adder Annunciator Chassis comes with 48 Bi-Colored LEDs
Backboxes
HBB-1001
HBB-1002
HBB-1003
Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 1 module)

Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 2 modules)
Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 3 modules)
Hochiki America Corporation HRA-1000 Remote Annunciators
HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

DESCRIPTION
The HRAM-208 Remote Annunciator is a multiplexed
annunciator that provides control, indication of common annunciator functions and 8 zones of LED
annunciation. The HRAM-208 Remote Annunciator
comes standard with 8 Bi-Colored LEDs which are
automatically configured for either Alarm (Red) or
Supervisory (Amber) to match the HCP-200 Series
Fire Alarm Control Panels. The unit mounts in a 4gang electrical box.
The HRAM-208 also comes equipped with common
control switches for Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence,
Lamp Test and System Reset. In addition it has LEDs
for Power On, Common Trouble and Signal Silence. The
HRAM- 208 is equipped with a keyswitch which allows for
the enabling and disabling of Common Control functions.
STANDARD FEATURES
All points are identified by the corresponding label the

slides in beside the LED. Up to three HRAM-208 remote
annunciators can be used with the HCP-204 and HCP204E Fire Alarm Control Panels.
8 Bi-Colored LEDs which are automatically

configured for either Alarm (Red) or Supervisory
(Amber) to match the Series 200 Fire Alarm Control
Panels
Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test and
System Reset switches
LEDs for Power On, Common Trouble and Signal
Silence
Equipped with a keyswitch which allows for enabling
and disabling of the Common Control functions
Each point can be identified by the corresponding
label beside the LED
Mounts in a standard 4-gang electrical box
Up to three HRAM-208 Remote Annunciators can
be used with the HCP-204 and HCP-204E Fire
Alarm Control Panels
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7120-0410:153

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
12/2003
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
24 VDC
OUTPUT
24 VDC
INPUT
RS-485
OUTPUT
24 VDC POWER FROM

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
24 VDC POWER TO
NEXT ANNUNCIATOR
RS-485 FROM FIRE ALARM

(TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR)
RS-485
INPUT
RS-485 TO NEXT ANNUNCIATOR

(TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR)
+
NOTE: ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED AND
MUST USE TYPE FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER
LIMITED CABLE.
Hochiki America Corporation HRAM-208
HSGM-1004 FOUR INDICATING CIRCUIT MODULE

GENERAL
The HSGM-1004 Module provides the HCP-1000 Fire
Alarm Control panels with up to 4 Class A or B (Style Z
or Y) Indicating Circuits.
APPLICATIONS
The HSGM-1004 provides up to four indicating circuits
each rated at 1.7 Amps to signal devices such as strobes,
bells, horns, etc. Each of the indicating circuits can be
configured as non-silenceable (steady) or silenceable.
In addition, each circuit comes with an individual trouble
indicator. All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable.
INSTALLATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Four Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circutis

Each Indicating Circuit is rated at 1.7 Amps
Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as NonSilenceable (Steady) or Silenceable
Outputs resound on subsequent alarm
LEDs (amber) provided for indication of Indicating
Circuit trouble
Programmable to any input circuit
All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable
Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring and
servicing
Extensive transient protection of all circuits
The HSGM-1004 consists of a PC board which mounts

at the bottom of the chassis. The PC board is connected
via cables to the board on the main chassis. Space is
provided on the front panel allowing the application of
slide-in labels for indicating zone description. Labels
are provided with each chassis. Removable terminal
blocks are provided for easy connection of field wiring
and servicing.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Voltage
24 VDC Unfiltered
Standby Current
35 mA
Alarm Current (unloaded)
150 mA
Output Current per Zone - Power Limited 1.7Amps
End of Line Resistor
3.9K ohm 5%, W
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
11/2002
IND1+(Y/Z)
INDICATING
CIRCUIT 1
IND1+(Z)
SUPERVISED INDICATING CIRCUIT #1
STYLE
WIRING
STYLE
WIRING
STYLE
WIRING
STYLE
WIRING
IND1-(Z)
IND1-(Y/Z)
IND2+(Y/Z)
INDICATING
CIRCUIT 2
IND2+(Z)
IND2-(Z)
IND2-(Y/Z)
IND1+(Y/Z)
INDICATING
CIRCUIT 3
IND1+(Z)
IND1-(Z)
IND1-(Y/Z)
IND2+(Y/Z)
INDICATING
CIRCUIT 4
IND2+(Z)
IND2-(Z)
IND2-(Y/Z)
LEGEND:
NOTES:
ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED, AND MUST USE TYPE

FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER LIMITED CABLE.
INDICATING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SUPERVISED AND
RATED FOR 24 VDC UNFILTERED 1.7 AMP MAX. THEY MUST
BE WIRED AS SHOWN IN THE WIRING TABLES.
Hochiki America Corporation HSGM-1004
BELL, HORN, OR STROBE
3.9K 1/2W ELR LISTED S5434
MP/MG NON-CODED MANUAL PULL STATIONS

OPERATION
The stations are operated by a pull on the front cover.
When activated a button switch is released to initiate an
alarm and the cover hangs down providing a highly
visible indication of operation. The station cannot be
reset without a key.
Operation of the optional double action models require
that a hinged outer cover be lifted before the station
can be pulled open to activate the alarm.
APPLICATION
The MP/MG Manual Stations are available in both nonbreak glass and break glass models. A single SPST is
standard, and second SPST switch is optional. Single
or dual action models are available. Surface mounting
is accomplished using mounting boxes with a minimum
of 3/4 depth. Semi-flush of surface mounting is
accomplished using standard back boxes.
Manual station shall be of metal construction. Manual
stations shall be U.L. listed. The station shall be
activated by a pull on the front cover. When activated
cover shall hang down to give visible indication of
activation. A key shall be required to reset the station.
Stations shall be non-break glass or break glass with
red with white letters or brushed aluminum with red
letters.
SPECIFICATIONS
Model
Description
Rating
Wire
Terminations
Dimensions
MP-1
Red front cover with white lettering, a singlepole, single-throw normally open switch, with a
spring latching mechanism.
2.5 Amp
120/250V
#18 Awg
Pigtail - 6" Long
3/8" Stripped Ends
Approximately
5H x 3W x 1D
MG-1
Red front cover with white lettering, a singlepole, single-throw normally open switch, with a
spring latching mechanism, with a break grlass
latch.
2.5 Amp
120/250V
#18 Awg
Pigtail - 6" Long
3/8" Stripped Ends
Approximately
5H x 3W x 1D
MP-2
Red front cover with white lettering, two singlepole, single-throw normally open switch, with a
spring latching mechanism.
2.5 Amp
120/250V
#18 Awg
Pigtail - 6" Long
3/8" Stripped Ends
Approximately
5H x 3W x 1D
MG-2
Red front cover with white lettering, two singlepole, single-throw normally open switch, with a
spring latching mechanism, with a break grlass
latch.
2.5 Amp
120/250V
#18 Awg
Pigtail - 6" Long
3/8" Stripped Ends
Approximately
5H x 3W x 1D
OPTION DESIGNATIONS
A
Anodized Brushed Aluminum with red lettering
T
Terminal Strip
D
Dual Action
Add option letter to the end of model number.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories: 4LO3
CSFM #: 7150-1134:101
11/2002
HPS-CP CALL POINT BREAK GLASS STATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
Contacts
Normally Open
Contact Current Rating 3A @ 120 VAC

Dimensions (WxHxD)
3.5" x 5 1/4" x 3/4"
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki America Models HPS-CP series pull stations
are available in two models:
HPS-CP call point/break glass
HPS-CP/S call point/break glass (Spanish)
HPS-CP
e
ag
Im
e
bl
ila
va
tA
No
The Hochiki HPS-CP series is very dependable break

glass station intended for simple yet failsafe operation.
The actuating switch is a heavy duty plunger type, with
a Glass plate covering (2.5" x 2.5") which is a
Factrolite single strength (obscured) type. Design of
this station is such that it seems to inhibit the "false
alarm" factor that is so prevalent in public schools and
places of public assembly. The steel rod attached to
the station is not necessary to break the glass. A
slight blow of the hand, coin, key, pencil, etc. is
sufficient to break the glass and initiate the alarm.
The HPS-CP is intended for mounting in a standard
electrical outlet box.
WIRING DIAGRAM
TOP REAR VIEW
HPS-CP/S
STANDARD FEATURES
Actuating switch, a heavy duty plunger type
Glass plate (2.5" x 2.5"), a Factrolite single
strength (obscured) type.
Steel rod attached
Mounts in a standard electrical outlet box
Available in English & Spanish
UL listed
Made in USA
Specifications subject to change without notice

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
L1
IN
L2
CIRCUIT
L2 OUT
L1
PRODUCT LISTING
Underwriter Laboratories: S6512
CSFM #: 7150-0410:164
F0059
8/2004
Hochiki America Corporation HPS-CP
HPS-SA-EX/WP Explosion Proof Manual Pull Stations

DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki HPS-SA-EX/WP Explosion Proof Manual
Pull Station is a single action, UL listed fire alarm
initiating device. With a UL rating of class I group B
(hydrogen) C&D, class II groups E,F,G, class III and an
outdoor rating of type 4X this station offers unmatched
placement flexibility. The 2 sets of Form "C" (NO/C/
NC) contacts are rated for 10 Amps at 120/240 VAC.
The HPS-SA-EX/WP has an easily identifiable pull
down lever and contains an integral break glass rod
carrier.
STANDARD FEATURES
Compatible with all Hochiki Control Panels
Rugged die-cast housing
Rated class I group B (hydrogen) C&D, class II
groups E,F,G, class III, 4X outdoor
Weather Proof
Corrosion-resistant construction
Latching alarm levers
Screw Terminals 12-22 AWG
Key-locked reset
Optional glass break rod
DPDT Contacts
SPECIFICATIONS
Contacts
DPDT Form "C" (NO/C/NC)
The unit is a high quality manual fire alarm box constructed entirely of a high strength metal die-cast alloy
with a low profile and rounded edges to fit most design
applications. All components are prepainted or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion. Non-corroding
screw terminals are provided for wire connections to
the HPS-SA-EX/WP.
The HPS-SA-EX/WP is manufactured in conformance
with the standards set forth in the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
The HPS-SA-EX/WP has a white pull down lever in its
center. Pulling down the lever latches it into place.
The HPS-SA-EX/WP's normally open contact switch is
shorted causing an alarm on the fire initiating loop.
The pull down lever can not be reset unless the correct
key is inserted into the manual fire alarm box lock and
the unit is opened. The latching lever can then be
restored to its normal position.
When the HPS-SA-EX/WP is being reset and has a
glass break rod installed, all debris must be removed
prior to installing another rod to ensure the unit will
close and lock securely.
Contact Current Rating 10 Amps @ 120/240 VAC

Dimensions (HxWxD)
4.75 in. x 3.125 in. x

3.375 in. (12.1 cm x 7.9
cm x 8.6 cm)
PRODUCT LISTING
Underwriter Laboratories: E154860
CSFM #: 7151-0410:163

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0034
08/2004
HPS-SAH-WP Weather Proof Manual Pull Stations

DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki HPS-SAH-WP Weatherproof Manual Pull
Station is a UL Listed fire alarm initiating device
suitable for applications requiring outdoor mounting of
the manual fire alarm pull station. The HPS-SAH-WP
is appropriate for applications where the manual pull
station may be subject to wet conditions.
The HPS-SAH-WP consists of a die-cast aluminum
back box, Neoprene sealing gasket and a special
manual fire alarm box. The unit is a high quality pull
station constructed entirely of nontoxic materials with
a low profile and rounded edges to fit most design
requirements. All components are pre-painted, or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.
STANDARD FEATURES
Weatherproof Manual Pull Station

10 A, 120 VAC contacts
Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
Neoprene sealing gasket
Corrosion-resistant construction
Hex reset
Latching pull-down lever
Screw terminal connections
The latching pull-down lever on the HPS-SAH-WP

requires a hex key to reset it. This allows only
authorized personnel to reset the manual pull station
so that the origin of the alarm can be determined
easily.
The HPS-SAH-WP has one set of Normally Open
contacts rated for 10A @ 120 VAC, making the device
suitable for installations involving large current loads.
The HPS-SAH-WP conforms with the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA).
Manual Station
SPECIFICATIONS
Contact Current Rating 10A @ 120 VAC
To Fire Alarm
Control/Communicator
zone or point
1
N/O
Switch
PRODUCT LISTING
Underwriter Laboratories: S2984
CSFM #: 7150-0410:162
Wire Connections

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0035
8/2004
Series HPS-SAH, HPS-SAK, HPS-DAH, HPS-DAH/S, HPS-DAK, HPS-DAK/S

Manual Non-Coded Pull Station
STANDARD FEATURES
Metal Construction
Enclosed switch with glass rod (included)
10 Amps @ 120 VAC
Available in: Single Action, Dual Action and
Dual Action in Spanish (HPS-DAH/S)
UL, FM, CSFM Listed
Made in USA
HPS-SAH
HPS-SAK
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki Americas Models HPS series pull stations
are available in six models:
HPS-DAH
HPS-DAH/S
HPS-SAH single action

HPS-SAK single action with key lock
HPS-DAH dual action
HPS-DAH/S dual action (Spanish)
HPS-DAK dual action with key lock
HPS-DAK/S dual action with key lock (Spanish)
Each model is constructed of a solid die cast housing

and comes in glossy red. The back switch plate is
plated steel. The electrical switch is rated for 10 Amps
@ 120 VDC normally open contact rating. All models
are connected via terminal block connections.
PRODUCT LISTING
CSFM #: 7150-0410:162
HPS-DAK
HPS-DAK/S
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0033
10/2005
Engineering Specifications:
The Audible alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model H24W or equivalent device. The horn shall be listed under UL 464
standard for Audible Signaling Appliance and shall be approved for fire protective service. The sound output shall be field selectable.
The Horn shall provide two different field selectable tones a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Select-AHorn Horn shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The Horn shall be
capable of WALL mounting to a universal backbox. The H24W shall be installed as per plans and specifications.
H24W Horn
Select -A- Horn
TM
Series
Select-A-Horn dB Output & Current Draw Table:
Description:
PC3
Pattern
AMSECOs Select-A-Horn Series is designed to comply

with NFPA/ANSI audible emergency evacuations signal
and UL 464 audible signaling appliances. The Horn
provides two different field selectable tones, and a High /
Low output setting that can be accomplished with the use of
mini jumpers located on back of the unit. The horn is clearly
labeled with FIRE lettering and is polarized for connecting to
supervised fire alarm circuits.
The Select-A-Horn series is available in red or white
housing 24VDC models. The horn signals are listed for
indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971
Standard.
NON-TEMP
TE
FIR
E MAR
SH
ST
LL
TE
STI N
OF CA L IFO
NI
ST
A
LI
Horn
ULC
RV I C
MEA
TEMPORAL
Horn Selectable Sound Output:
Low
High
Electro
Mechanical
Low
High
Low
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and UL

464 Audible Signal Appliance.
* UL listed for Wall mount.
* Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG.
* Universal mounting plate included with each unit.
* 24 volts DC with two field selectable settings
* Polarized with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
* Horn field selectable tones:
3000 Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical
Temporal or Non-temporal
High or Low dBA output
* All models mount to 4 square, single gang, double gang,
or octagon back box.
* Available in red or white housing.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync
Module.
The H24W Horn series is recommended for use in areas

such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments,
office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other
application where effective audible warning is required by
Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction.
Low
High
3000 Hz
Features:
Application:
High
Electro
Mechanical
3000 Hz
Horn with Universal Mounting Plate
UL
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
P
C
3
P
C
2
P
C
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
Average Current
( mA )
DC
0
1
0
1
0
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
27
15
27
15
35
22
35
22
52
39
52
39
36
23
36
23
45
30
45
30
64
39
64
39
85
75
85
75
87
78
88
78
88
81
88
81
27
15
27
35
22
35
52
39
52
36
23
36
45
30
45
64
39
64
81
71
80
83
75
83
84
77
84
15
22
39
23
30
39
71
75
77
**Sound output varies with tone and options selected.
Wired Without Audible Silence Feature:
Wired for Audible Silence Feature:
Sync Module
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit_
Sync Module
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN_
To Next Device or
End-Of Line-Resistor
OUT
_
F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
Circuit
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
+ _
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN
To Next Device or
OUT
_
*The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC.
Dimensions:
Inches (mm)
5 (127)
3-3/8 (85.7)
1-13/16 (46)
1-17/32 (39)
5 (127)
To Next Device or
+ _
Temporal
- Non-Temporal
Electro Mech - 3000 Hz
High
- Low
WARNING:
Conductor Size (AWG), Length and capacity should be taken into consideration
prior to design and installation of these products, particularly in retrofit
installations.
3-9/32 (83.5)
Control
Panel
3-3/8 (85.7)
Jumper
PC3 PC2 PC1
3-9/32 (83.5)
Select- A -Horn Wiring:
Mounting Options:
Mounting to a single gang box.
Mounting to a 4 square back box.
Mounting to a double gang box.
Surface mount.
Ordering Information:
Model
Number
H24WR
H24WW
Input
Voltage
( VDC )
24
24
Sync w/
SMS1-3A
Module
Universal
Mounting
Wall
Mount
Ceiling
Mount
Color
Red
Color
White

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion:H24W-HORN
Horn
4BX-1
Surface Mount
back box
Universal Mounting Plate

Horn
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
2 backbox
Horn
Horn
4SP-M
Mounting Plate
HP-24 / HP-24T
Piezo Alert Mini Horn
Description:
AMSECOs Series mini horns are designed for alarm signaling
in individual rooms, apartments, hotels, offices, etc. where
dependable high performance alarm signaling is required.The
mini horns produce a high sound output with a minimum
current draw of just 15mA at 24VDC.
The mini horn is clearly labeled with FIRE lettering and is
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits.
The mini horn is available with terminals or 4-wires, in red or
white housing 24VDC models.
L
LL
ST
A
OF C A L IFO
R
TE
FIR
E MA R
SH
ST
APPROVED
RVI C
MEA
A DA
Features:
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards
and UL 464 Audible Signal Appliance.
* 4-wires for easy field wiring.
* Polarized with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
* Mounts to a single gang box.
The Audible alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO
model HP-24 or equivalent device. The horn shall be listed
under UL 464 standard for Audible Signaling Appliance and
shall be approved for fire protective service. The sound output
shall be 82 dB at 10 ft. The signaling mini Horn shall operate on
24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave
rectified, unfiltered supply. The Horn shall be capable of WALL
mounting to a single gang box. The HP-24 shall be installed as
per plans and specifications.
Dimensions:
FM
A
NI
UL ULC
The HP-24 mini horn series is recommended for use in areas

such as; meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments, office
buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other application where
effective audible warning is required by Federal, State, or local
authority having jurisdiction.
TI
IS N
Application:
Mini Horn Wiring:
Control
Panel
_ +
Inches (mm)
To Next Device or
End-of Line-Resistor
_ +
FIRE 0.26 (6.5) 0.26 (6.5)

6.7
(170)
3.29 (83.5)
WARNING: Conductor Size (AWG), Length and capacity should be

taken into consideration prior to design and installation of these
products, particularly in retrofit installations.
Mounting:
FIR
0.16 (4)
1.42
(36)
2.73
(69.2)
1.42
(36)
Single gang box.
Specifications:
Model
Number
Rated
Voltage
( VDC )
Wiring
Type
Operating
Range
(VDC)
UL
dB @ 10ft.
( dBA )
Average
Current
( Amps)
Plate
Color
HP-24R
24
4-wire
19.2 ~ 26.4
82
97
0.015
Red
HP-24W
24
4-wire
19.2 ~ 26.4
82
97
0.015
White
HP-24TR
24
Terminal
HP-24TW
24
Terminal
19.2 ~ 26.4
82
97
0.015
Red
19.2 ~ 26.4
82
97
0.015
White
Indoor
dB @ 10ft
( dBA)
Temperature
Operating
Range
-4F ~ 140 F
(-20C ~ 60C)

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Mounting: using SPC-1 retrofit plate

Double gang
back box
Single gang
back box
Octagon
back box
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela
output shall be 177 intensity output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The Horn shall
provide two different field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall
operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be
designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is
required, the horn/strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy chain) or other source of AMSECO sync
protocol. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mounting to a 4 x 4x 1-1/2 back box. Signaling devices shall be
installed in all sleeping and non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
4 square
back box
SH24C-177
SPC-1
SPC-1
SPC-1
Horn /Strobe
Ceiling and Wall Mount Combination
Description:
ELECTRO
MECHANICAL
Input Maximum Average

Voltage
Load
Current
(VDC)
(Amps)
(mA)
Mounting
Back Box
Color
SMS1-3A
24
4"x4"x1-1/2"
Red
SMD10-3A
24
4"x4"x1-1/2"
Red
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-177
FI
45
0
45
90
45
3000 Hz
20 X 20
30 X 30
40 X 40
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
30
20
10
FI
15 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
95 cd.
NA
15 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
240 cd.
305 cd.
375 cd.
455 cd.
540 cd.
635 cd.
95 cd.
95 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
240 cd.
240 cd.
305 cd.
375 cd.
H+H
OUT
Four Strobes
per Room
NA
NA
15 cd.
30 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
60 cd.
95 cd.
95 cd.
135 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
FI
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
+ _
F.A.C.P.
=0
P
C
3
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
P
C
2
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
33V
235
220
235
220
235
220
235
220
16V
511
497
511
497
511
497
511
497
Average Current
P
C
1 16V
1 34
0 17
1 34
0 17
1 34
0 17
1 34
0 17
24V
379
366
379
366
379
366
379
366
33V
312
301
312
301
312
301
312
301
( mA )
DC
16V
86
76
87
77
80
*1
73
82
*2
74
24V
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
33V
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
24V
44
25
44
25
44
25
44
25
Sound Output
( dBA@DC)
FWR
33V
49
34
49
34
49
34
49
34
DC
Current ( mA )
FI
Strobe Signal
Circuit
To Next Device or
Strobe
Horn
16V
33
19
33
19
33
19
33
19
24V
40
27
40
27
40
27
40
27
33V
45
34
45
34
45
34
45
34
16V
86
76
87
77
80
*1
73
82
*2
74
24V
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
33V
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
Average
Strobe only
@ 177cd.
Peak
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
SMD10-3A
_
H+H
FI
INPUT
_ OUTPUT
_
16V
390
596
460
24V
255
438
476
FWR
33V
191
386
508
16V
483
859
788
24V
344
816
828
33V
272
708
716
To Next Device
or End-Of LineResistor
+ _
Dimensions:
Inches (mm)
+
_
To Next Device or
+
Horn
Signal
Circuit
24V
294
275
294
275
294
275
294
275
Strobe Only Current Draw Table:
In-Rush
Strobe
Signal
Circuit
419
402
419
402
419
402
419
402
Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
Private Modes only).
To Next Device or
End-Of LineResistor
Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances

Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping)
20X 20
30X 30
40X 40
50X 50
60X 60
70X 70
80X 80
90X 90
100X 100
110X 110
120X 120
130X 130
IN
+ _
Signals Wired for Independent Operation:
Maximum One Strobe

Two Strobes
Room
per Room
per Room
Size
SMD10-3A
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
To Next Device
FI
ST
A
45
FI R E
Maximum Room Size (ft.)
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
3-3/8 (85.7)
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
FI
The Sync module is designed to provide a synchronized temporal

pattern (code 3) tone, and synchronize the strobe flashes when used
with AMSECOs 177cd Strobe, and Horn/Strobe as well as the ability
to silence the horn while maintaining the strobe flashes. The SMD103A has the capability of connecting two style Y (class B) circuits or
one style Z (class A) circuit, and is rated for 3 amperes per circuit.
The SMD10-3A can be interconnected so that more than two alarm
zones can be synchronized when connected using the SYNC
terminals. (Daisy chain connection). The Max number of
interconnected SMD10-3A modules is twenty (20). All input are
polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of
circuit wiring, when used with a Fire Alarm Control Panel (F.A.C.P.).
Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances

Minimum Light Output by Room Size.
FI
Using the Sync Modules:
FI
LL
A
90
TEMPORAL
Sync Module
The total current draw from all devices connected to the sync module should not exceed
3.0A, and should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
06/2003
3000 Hz
Horn
only
Compound
FI R E
PC1
Volume
NON-TEMP.
FI R E
Red
White
PC2
Tone
ELECTRO
MECHANICAL
90
FI R E
60
60
0
Compound
Horn/Strobe Combination Wiring:
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
Sound Output
( dBA@DC)
FWR
FI R E
FI
Model
Number
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C )

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
FI R E
Selectable
Selectable
RBX-1
Ceiling/Wall
Ceiling/Wall
Housing
Color
PC3
Pattern
90
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
Flash
Rate
(Times/min.)
FI
177
177
Horn
Sound
Output
=1
24
24
Mounting
Type
ELECTRO
MECHANICAL
TEMPORAL
3000 Hz
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
DC
Horn Only Current Draw Table:
45
SH24C-177R
SH24C-177W
Sync
Module
RBX-1
90
Model
Number
Strobe
Output
(Candela)
RBX-1
Temporal
- Non-Temporal
High
- Low
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
RBX-1
For a synchronization system, the maximum number of strobe lights

that can be connected to a listed Fire Alarm Control Panel 3Amp
Loop circuit is as follows:
14 (30cd, 16~33VDC) or 10 (30cd, 16~33V FWR)
13 (75cd, 16~33VDC) or 8 (75cd, 16~33V FWR)
11 (110cd, 16~33VDC) or 7 (110cd, 16~33V FWR)
The maximum wire impedance between any adjacent strobe light is
5.6 ohms.
PC3 PC2 PC1
90
Wiring Terminals:
45
* 177 candela output.

* ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant.
* UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971.
* Designed for use in sleeping and non-sleeping areas.
* Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG.
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using
filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz).
* All models mount to 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 back box.
* 24 volt strobe models 177 candela intensity.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A
(daisy chain) Sync Module.
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional).
* The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back
boxes (optional).
ELECTRO
MECHANICAL
NON-TEMP.
3000 Hz
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
( mA )
FI
SPC-1
FI R E
Features:
SPC-1
90
SPC-1
FI
MEA
FI
Horn
&
Strobe
@
177cd.
Average Current
P P P
PC1
C C C
Volume 3 2 1 16V
PC2
Tone
Compound
Compound
SH
PC3
Pattern
=0
E MAR
RV I C
90
90
=1
FIR
NG
90
4 square
back box
STI N
A
OF C L IFOR
TE
Octagon
back box
I
EIL
WA
LL
LI
ULC
ST
UL
Double gang
back box
Single gang
back box
Horn/Strobe 177cd.
A
The SH24C-177 Ceiling Horn/Strobe Series is recommended

for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other
application where effective audible and visual warning are
required by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction.
Surface Mount: using RBX-1 back box skirt and SPC-1 retrofit plate
NI
Application:
Light Output Dispersion:
AMSECOs Ceiling and Wall mount Horn/Strobe is designed to

comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling devices
for the hearing impaired. The SH24C-177 Horn/Strobe features
a 177 candela intensity output. The Horn provides two different
field selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be
achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of the unit.
The round housing design offers a low profile appearance and is
clearly labeled with FIRE lettering to be view from all angles.
These appliances are polarized for connecting to supervised fire
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and
provides a candela intensity field selector switch for maximum
performance.
The Ceiling mount Horn/Strobe series is available in red and
white housing 24V DC models. The SH24C-177 can be
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync
Module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual
appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are
designed for sleeping and non-sleeping areas and are listed for
indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
Horn/Strobe Current Draw Table:
+
_
WARNING:
* The Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted circuits in which
the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
* The applied voltage must be within its rated input voltage range.
* Fuse ratings on signaling circuits must handle peak currents from all devices connected to those circuits.
1-13/32 (35)
6-7/8 (174)
2-25/32 (70)
3-3/8 (85.7)
NA: Not allowable
Double gang
back box
Single gang
back box
Octagon
back box
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24C-3075110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be
listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
candela output shall be field selectable, having three (3) settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both
ceiling and wall mount applications. The Horn shall provide two different field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound
output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered
supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum
voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the horn/strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy
chain) or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount to a variety of back
boxes using the AMSECO SPC-1 retrofit back plate.
Signaling devices shall be installed in all non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
4 square
back box
SPC-1
Ceiling and Wall Mount

-ACombination
SPC-1
SPC-1
Description:
90
60 cd.
95 cd.
95 cd.
135 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
NA: Not allowable
90
FI
45
90
45
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
To Next Device
SMD10-3A
_
H+H
IN
OUT
FI
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
FI
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
F.A.C.P.
Strobe
Signal
Circuit
Strobe Signal
Circuit
To Next Device or
Strobe
Horn
P
C
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
Average Current (mA)

16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
160
138
129
110
129
110
129
110
129
110
170
151
170
151
170
151
170
151
207
188
207
188
207
188
207
188
116
101
116
101
116
101
116
101
148
133
148
133
148
133
148
133
173
158
173
158
173
158
173
158
203
189
203
189
203
189
203
189
276
262
276
262
276
262
276
262
348
334
348
334
348
334
348
334
171
158
171
158
171
158
171
158
221
208
221
208
221
208
221
208
270
257
270
257
270
257
270
257
153
142
153
142
153
142
153
142
195
184
195
184
195
184
195
184
232
221
232
221
232
221
232
221
86
76
87
77
80
73
82
74
86
76
87
77
80
73
82
74
86
76
87
77
80
73
82
74
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
160
138
160
138
160
138
218
201
218
201
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
218
201
218
201
273
256
273
256
273
256
273
256
0
1
0
1
0
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
DC
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
3-3/8 (85.7)
Horn
Signal
Circuit
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
SMD10-3A
H+H
FI
INPUT
_ OUTPUT
_
To Next Device
*1
*2
*1
*2
*1
*2
33V
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
P P
C C
3 2
1 1
1 1
1 0
1 0
0 1
0 1
0 0
0 0
P
C
1
@ 30cd
+
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
DC
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
34
17
34
17
34
17
34
17
44
25
44
25
44
25
44
25
49
34
49
34
49
34
49
34
33
19
33
19
33
19
33
19
40
27
40
27
40
27
40
27
45
34
45
34
45
34
45
34
86
76
87
77
80
88
80
88
81
84
76
84
77
88
83
88
83
84
79
84
79
*1
*2
73
82
74
+
_
-
+
_
=0
+ _
Strobe
Only
@ 75cd
WARNING:
* The Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted circuits in which
the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
3-3/8 (85.7)
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
=1
@ 110cd
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
FWR
DC
Current (mA)
TEMPORAL
Sync Module
FI
To Next Device or
2-25/32 (70)
Electro
Mechanical
3000 Hz
inches (mm)
6-7/8 (174)
3000 Hz
Horn
Only
FI
40 X 40
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
NON-TEMP
FI
30 X 30
PC3
Pattern
Electro
Mechanical

20 X 20
To Next Device or
End-Of LineResistor
+ _
+ _
1-13/32 (35)
06/2003
NA
NA
15 cd.
30 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
Four Strobes
per Room

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
90
Maximum One Strobe Two Strobes

Room
per Room
per Room
Size
240 cd.
135 cd.
80X 80
305 cd.
185 cd.
90X 90
240 cd.
100X 100 375 cd.
110X 110 455 cd.
240 cd.
305 cd.
120X 120 540 cd.
375 cd.
130X 130 635 cd.
Four Strobes
per Room
FI
Maximum One Strobe Two Strobes

Room
per Room
per Room
Size
15 cd.
20X 20
NA
30X 30
30 cd.
15 cd.
60 cd.
30 cd.
40X 40
95 cd.
60 cd.
50X 50
135 cd.
95 cd.
60X 60
70X 70
185 cd.
95 cd.
FI R E
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C
P P
C C
3 2
Horn Only Current Draw and Sound Output Table:
Sync Module
FI R E
Red
White
3000 Hz
Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping)
FI R E
60
60
Horn
3000 Hz
&
Strobe
Electro
@
Mechanical
110cd TEMPORAL
FI R E
Selectable
Selectable
Ceiling/Wall
Ceiling/Wall
FI R E
FI
FI
FI R E
FI R E
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
=0
30, 75, 110

30, 75, 110
90
24
24
Electro
Mechanical
FI
Housing
Color
Flash
Rate
(Times/min.)
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
NON-TEMP
90
Horn
Sound
Output
3000 Hz
Compound
Mounting
Type
FI
45
45
Sync
Module
RBX-1
SH24C-3075110R
SH24C-3075110W
Strobe
Candela
(Selectable)
FI
Electro
Mechanical
RBX-1
Compound
Dimensions:
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
30
20
10
90
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)
Temporal
- Non-Temporal
High
- Low
TEMPORAL
Electro
Mechanical
RBX-1
3000 Hz
RBX-1
Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Vis ible Appliances

PC3 PC2 PC1
FI
Compound
Compound
SPC-1
45
SPC-1
Features:
Wiring Terminals:
Model
Number
G
IN
IL
C
90
SPC-1
* Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd or 110 candela output.

* Designed for use in non-sleeping areas.
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
3000Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1 Hz).
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional).
boxes (optional).
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
Electro
Mechanical
Horn
3000 Hz
&
Strobe
Electro
@
Mechanical
75cd TEMPORAL
90
MEA
NON-TEMP
NON-TEMP
4 square
back box
The SH24C-3075110 Ceiling Horn/Strobe Series is

recommended for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools,
corridors, apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and
any other application where effective audible and visual warning
are required by Federal, State, or local authority having
jurisdiction.
ULC
Horn
&
Strobe
@
30cd
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
Octagon
back box
Application:
UL
Double gang
back box
Single gang
back box
Horn/Strobe with Selectable 30cd, 75cd or 110cd.
PC3
Pattern
3000 Hz
Surface Mount: using RBX-1 back box skirt and SPC-1 retrofit plate
AMSECOs Ceiling and Wall mount is

-Adesigned to comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA)
and meet UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency
signaling devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24C-3075110
-Afeatures a unique candela intensity field
selector switch for alternating the candela to 30cd, 75cd or 110cd
intensity output. The Horn provides two different field selectable
tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be achieved with
the use of mini jumpers located on back of the unit. The round
housing design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly
labeled with FIRE lettering to be view from all angles. These
appliances are polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm
circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and
provides a candela intensity field selector switch for maximum
performance. The Ceiling/Wall mount Select -A-HornStrobe
series is available in red and white housing 24V DC models. The
SH24C-3075110 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A
(daisy ch ain) Sync Module to comply with NFPA
recommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy when
installing 2 or more visual appliances within the field of view. The
strobe signals are designed for non-sleeping areas and are listed
for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
45
SH24C-3075110
=1
90
Mounting: using SPC-1 retrofit plate
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
126
225
90
218
298
131
222
342
168
288
398
72
175
167
338
104
212
374
129
208
430
421
402
248
562
540
320
680
644
136
355
418
186
464
478
235
572
580
113
341
458
155
454
498
192
532
548
254
189
304
306
244
418
386
Mounting Options:
Patented
SH24W-153075
Strobe with Universal mounting

plate and single gang box.

plate and 4 square back box.

plate and double gang box.

plate and surface mount back box.
Select -A- Horn /Strobe Combination

Description:
AMSECOs Select-A-Horn/Strobe Series is designed to
comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet
UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling
devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24W series SelectA-Horn/Strobe features a unique candela intensity field
selector switch for alternating the candela output 15cd to 30cd
(75cd on axis). The Horn provides two different field
selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be
achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of the
unit. The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical FIRE
lettering and is polarized for connecting to supervised fire
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube
and provides a candela intensity field selector switch for
maximum performance.
The Select-A-Horn/Strobe series is available in red and white
housing 24V DC models. The SH24W-153075 can be
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A Sync Module to comply
with NFPA recommendations concerning photosensitive
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within the
field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor use, wall
mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
F
I
R
E
L
ST
A
O F C A L I FO
R
ST
APPROVED
Horn/Strobe
Inches (mm)
3 3/8(85.7)
2 1/4(56.9)
5 (127)
MEA
LL
TE
TE
Horn/Strobe
4BX-1
Surface Mount
back box
1 13/16(46)
FIR
E MA R
SH
FM
4SP-M
Mounting
Plate
F
I
R
E
TI
IS N
A
NI
ULC
UL
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
Dimensions:
RVI C
3 9/32(83.5)
3 3/8(85.7)
Dimensions:
Inch (mm)
4.33 (110)
3.374 (85.7)
0.2 (5)
3.374 (85.7)
15
Using the Sync Module:

The Sync module is designed to provide a synchronized temporal pattern
(code3) tone, and synchronize the strobe flashes when used with AMSECOs
line of Select-A-Strobe and Select-A-Horn/Strobe series as well as the ability
to silence the horn while maintaining the strobe flashes.
The SMD10-3A has the capability of connecting two style Y (class B) circuits or
one style Z (class A) circuit and is rated for 3 amperes per circuit.
The SMD10-3A can be interconnected so that more than two alarm zones can
be synchronized when connected using the SYNC terminals (daisy chain
connection).The maximum number of interconnected SMD10-3A modules is
twenty (20). All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse
polarity supervision of circuit wiring, when used with Fire Alarm Control Panel
(F.A.C.P).
4.33 (110)
Strobe Selectable Candela Output:
5 (127)
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA

Accessibility Guidelines.
* UL listed for wall mounting.
* 24V DC strobe with two field selectable settings 15cd or 30cd.
* All models mount to 4 square, single gang, double gang, or
octagonal back box.
* 24 volt strobe models 15 or 30 candela intensity.
* Tamper-proof candela selector switch.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A Sync Module.
3 9/32(83.5)
Features:
The SH24W-153075 Horn/Strobe Series is recommended

for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any
other application where effective audible and visual warning
jurisdiction.
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included
Application:
cd
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
back box
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
back box
2 back box
30
cd
Model
Number
15
Input Maximum Average

Voltage
Load
Current
(VDC)
(Amps)
(mA)
24
SMD10-3A
PC3 PC2 PC1
Mounting
Back Box
Color
4"x4"x1-1/2"
Red
The total current draw from all devices connected to the SMD10-3A should not exceed 3.0A.
The SMD10-3A should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
30
Electrical Back box

4x4x1-1/2
SMD10-3A Current Draw Table:
Temporal
- Non-Temporal
High
- Low
Tamper Proof
Mounting:
Average
Voltage
Peak
In-Rush
Model
Number
SH24W-153075R
Selectable
Strobe Output
(Candela)
15 or 30
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
24
SH24W-153075W
24
15 or 30
Horn
Sound
Output
Mounting
Type
Sync
Module
SMD10-3A
Wall Only
SMD10-3A
Selectable
Wall Only
Housing
Color
Wiring
Type
Terminals
Selectable
Terminals
Red
White
DC
FWR
DC
FWR
DC
FWR
16V
7mA
7mA
30mA
55mA
40mA
57mA
24V
9mA
9mA
32mA
62mA
52mA
75mA
33V
11mA
11mA
34mA
68mA
74mA
99mA
The SMD10-3A module is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating
range of 32 F ~ 120 F ( 0 C ~ 49 C ).
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C )
SMD10-3A

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24W-153075 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be
listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 15cd or 30cd output. The Horn shall provide two different field
selectable tones and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a
non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal
flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting to a
universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80 above the highest floor point or 6 below ceiling; (whichever is lowest)
and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
Light Output Distribution / Horizontal and Vertical Dispersion:

UL Required Minimum Light Output (cd)
Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical
Degrees
@15cd
@30cd
@15cd @30cd
0
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
5 ~ 25
13.50
27.00
13.50
27.00
30
11.25
22.50
13.50
27.00
45
35
11.25
22.50
9.75
19.50
40
11.25
22.50
6.90
13.80
Compound 45
45
11.25
22.50
5.10
10.20
50
8.25
16.50
4.05
8.10
55
6.75
13.50
3.30
6.60
60
6.00
12.00
2.70
5.40
65
5.25
10.50
2.40
4.50
70
5.25
10.50
2.25
4.50
75
4.50
9.00
1.95
3.90
80
4.50
9.00
1.80
3.60
85 ~ 90
3.75
7.50
1.80
3.60
Compound 45
3.60
7.20
WALL
90
90
90
3000 Hz
TEMPORAL
Electro
Mechanical
Electro
Mechanical
Horn NON-TEMP
3000 Hz
&
Strobe
Electro
@
Mechanical
30cd TEMPORAL
3000 Hz
90
Compound 45
=1
=0
P P
C C
3 2
P
C
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0

16V
24V
112
109
98
91
111
85
98
91
111
85
130
123
143
117
130
123
143
117
118
106
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
112
109
118
106
158
155
164
152
0
1
0
1
0
158
155
164
152
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
DC
33V
96
83
108
83
96
83
108
83
133
108
146
108
133
108
146
108
16V
24V
33V
145
142
153
139
145
142
153
139
207
204
215
201
207
204
215
201
115
110
128
105
115
110
128
105
157
152
170
147
157
152
170
147
142
95
119
89
142
95
119
89
168
121
145
115
168
121
145
115
*1
*2
*1
*2
16V
24V
85
75
85
75
81
71
80
71
85
75
85
75
81
71
80
71
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
33V
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
Horn Only Current Draw and Sound Output Table:

F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit_
SMD10-3A
H+ H
IN
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
OUT
_
PC3
Pattern
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
Electro
Mechanical
+ _
NON-TEMP
3000 Hz
Horn
Only
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
NON-TEMP
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
Electro
Mechanical
45
Horn
&
Strobe
@
15cd
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
WALL
90
PC3
Pattern
3000 Hz
45
Sound Output Dispersion (dB)

-6 dB
-3 dB
-2 dB
-2 dB
-1 dB
-1 dB
0 dB
0 dB
-1 dB
-3 dB
-2 dB
-5 dB
-6 dB
-6 dB
Control
Panel
Degrees
+90
+60
+30
0
-30
-60
-90
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-153075
Electro
Mechanical
TEMPORAL
3000 Hz
+ _
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
=1
=0
P P
C C
3 2
1 1
1 1
1 0
1 0
0 1
0 1
0 0
0 0
P
C
1

16V
24V
33V
28
25
34
22
28
25
34
22
41
34
54
28
41
34
54
28
57
42
70
36
57
42
70
36
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
DC
16V
24V
33V
30
27
38
24
30
27
38
24
41
36
54
31
41
36
54
31
91
44
68
38
91
44
68
38
*1
*2
16V
24V
33V
85
75
85
75
81
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
71
80
71

F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
Circuit
F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
Circuit
F
I
R
E
+
To Next Device or
Strobe
Horn
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
SMD10-3A
_
H+H
IN_
F
I
R
E
OUT
_
To Next Device or
Strobe
Only
@ 30cd
@ 75cd
FWR
DC
Current (mA)
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
16V
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
89
127
64
103
103
96
134
135
50
125
87
119
75
119
223
269
269
187
377
377
94
229
229
136
306
306
81
210
210
107
269
269
127
135
170
170
Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping)
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
Maximum One Strobe

Two Strobes
Room
per Room
per Room
Size
To Next Device or
WARNING:
* Strobes must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted
Circuits in which the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
20X 20
30X 30
40X 40
50X 50
60X 60
70X 70
15 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
95 cd.
NA
15 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
95 cd.
95 cd.
Four Strobes
per Room
NA
NA
15 cd.
30 cd.
30 cd.
60 cd.
Maximum
Room
Size
80X 80
90X 90
100X 100
110X 110
120X 120
130X 130
One Strobe Two Strobes

per Room
per Room
240 cd.
305 cd.
375 cd.
455 cd.
540 cd.
635 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
240 cd.
240 cd.
305 cd.
375 cd.
Four Strobes
per Room
60 cd.
95 cd.
95 cd.
135 cd.
135 cd.
185 cd.
NA: Not allowable
Combination
Description:
LL
ST
A
MEA
A DA
Features:
* 24V DC strobe with field selectable settings 75cd or 110cd.
* All models mount to 4 square, single gang, double gang, or.
octagonal back box.
* 24 volt strobe models 75 or 110 candela intensity.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync Module.
NON-TEMP
Compound 45
3000 Hz
@
110cd
90
Electro
Mechanical
TEMPORAL
45
3000 Hz
Compound 45
WALL
Electro
Mechanical
90
NON-TEMP
Sound Output Dispersion (dB)

-6 dB
-3 dB
-2 dB
-2 dB
-1 dB
-1 dB
0 dB
0 dB
-1 dB
-3 dB
-2 dB
-5 dB
-6 dB
-6 dB
Degrees
+90
+60
+30
0
-30
-60
-90
90
Electro
Mechanical
3000 Hz
0
1
0
1
0
148
212
200
212
200
212
200
212
200
27
15
27
15
27
15
27
15
144
157
144
157
144
157
144
35
22
35
22
35
22
35
22
24V
33V
16V
24V
33V
115
102
115
102
115
102
115
102
141
128
141
128
141
128
141
128
52
39
52
39
52
39
52
39
212
199
212
199
212
199
212
199
277
264
159
144
159
144
159
144
159
144
205
145
120
145
120
145
120
145
120
173
148
173
148
173
148
173
148
64
39
64
39
64
39
64
39
85
75
85
75
81
71
80
71
85
75
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
87
78
88
78
83
75
83
75
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
88
81
88
81
84
77
84
77
190
205
190
205
190
205
190
45
30
45
30
45
30
45
30
277
264
277
264
277
264
36
23
36
23
36
23
36
23
85
75
81
71
80
71
85
75
85
75
81
71
80
71
SMS1-3A
Sync Module
When used with the SH24W Horn/Strobe Series the SMS1-3A
provides synchronized temporal pattern and a synchronized
strobe flash while using a single pair of wires on a single class
"A" circuit.
SMS1-3A Sync Module
UL
I STI N
L F CALI
ULC
FM
APPROVED
Model Number
SMS1-3A
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
24
Maximum
Load
(Amps)
3
Average
Current
(mA)
9
Mounting
Back Box
Color
4"x4"x1-1/2"
Red
TE
TE
FIR
FO
R
E MA R
SH
RVI C
MEA
* The total current draw from all devices connected to the SMS1-3A should not exceed 3.0A.
**The SMS1-3A should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
SMS1-3A Current Draw Table:

Voltage
Average
Peak
In-Rush
90
DC
FWR
DC
FWR
DC
FWR
20V
8mA
8mA
31mA
57mA
44mA
62mA
24V
9mA
9mA
32mA
62mA
52mA
75mA
30V
10mA
10mA
33mA
66mA
70mA
94mA

F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit_
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
3000 Hz
TEMPORAL

Control
Panel
Horn
Only
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
160
148
160
16V
SH
45
Electro
Mechanical
160
148
125
112
125
112
125
112
125
112
157
33V
E MAR
RV I C
90
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
160
148
24V
ST
F IR
3000 Hz
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
16V
Sound Output
( dBA @ DC )
FWR
IA
WALL
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0

DC
APPROVED
TEMPORAL
45
Electro
Mechanical
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
P
C
1
FM
ST
Strobe Selectable Candela Output:
ULC
FO
The SH24W-75110 Horn/Strobe Series is recommended for

use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
other application where effective audible and visual warning
jurisdiction.
UL
STI N
LI F CA LI
O
TE
NI
Application:
Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included

Degrees
@75cd
@110cd @75cd @110cd
0
75.00
110.00
75.00
110.00
5 ~ 25
67.50
99.00
67.50
99.00
30
56.25
82.50
67.50
99.00
35
56.25
82.50
48.75
71.50
40
56.25
82.50
34.50
50.60
45
56.25
82.50
25.50
37.40
50
41.25
60.50
20.25
29.70
55
33.75
49.50
16.50
24.20
60
30.00
44.00
13.50
19.80
65
26.25
38.50
12.00
17.60
70
26.25
38.50
11.25
16.50
75
22.50
33.00
9.75
14.30
80
22.50
33.00
9.00
13.20
85 ~ 90
18.75
27.50
9.00
13.20
Compound 45
18.00
26.40
3000 Hz
@
75cd
AMSECOs Select-A-Horn/Strobe Series is designed to

comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and
meet UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency
signaling devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24W
series Select-A-Horn/Strobe features a unique candela
intensity field selector switch for alternating the candela
output 75cd to 110cd. The Horn provides two different field
selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can
be achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of
the unit. The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical
FIRE lettering and is polarized for connecting to
supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a
xenon flashtube and provides a candela intensity field
selector switch for maximum performance.
The Select-A-Horn/Strobe series is available in red and
white housing 24V DC models. The SH24W-75110 can be
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A Sync Module to
comply with NFPA recommendations concerning
listed for indoor use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
NON-TEMP
Electro
Mechanical
P P
C C
3 2
ST
A
TM
PC1
Volume
PC2
Tone
LL
Select -A- Horn /Strobe
PC3
Pattern
Patented
SH24W-75110
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24W-75110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall
be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service.
The candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 75cd or 110cd output. The Horn shall provide two different
field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on
24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of
WALL mounting to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80 above the highest floor point or 6 below
ceiling; (whichever is lowest) and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN_
OUT
_

24 volt models
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
+ _
+ _
16V
Peak Current (mA)

24 volt models
33V
24V
16V
Candela DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR
In-Rush Current (mA)

24 volt models
33V
24V
16V
24V
33V
75
138 186
134
75 111
75
163 362 137 286 112 248
75
163 362 137 286 121 248
110
190 251 129 180
98 139
110
203 442 163 366 131 307
110
203 442 163 366 131 307
97
The SMS1-3A module is listed for indoor use with a temperature

operating range of 32 F ~ 120 F ( 0 C ~ 49 C ).
The SH24W-75110 series horn/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 F ~ 120 F ( 0 C ~ 49 C ).
PC3 PC2 PC1
F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
Circuit
11
0
To Next Device or
Strobe
Horn
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN
OUT
_
F
I
R
E
To Next Device or
3.374
(85.7)
0.2
(5)
Sync
Module
Mounting
Type
Horn
Sound
Output
Wiring
Type
Housing
Color
Horn/Strobe with Universal mounting

To Next Device or



3.374
(85.7)
Selectable
Strobe Output
(Candela)
4.33
(110)
Electrical Back box
Mounting Options:
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
Circuit
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
Circuit
Inch (mm)
+ _
Temporal
- Non-Temporal
High
- Low
Tamper Proof
Model
Number
F
I
R
E
1 13/16(46)
4.33
(110)
75
Dimensions:
3 3/8(85.7)
2 1/4(56.9)
5(127)
3 9/32(83.5)
Mounting:
Inches (mm)
3 9/32(83.5)
11
0cd
Dimensions:
3 3/8(85.7)
F
I
R
E
5(127)
75
cd
4x4X1-1/2
SMS1-3A
SH24W-75110R
24
75 or 110
SMS1-3A
Wall Only
Selectable
Terminals
Red
SH24W-75110W
24
75 or 110
SMS1-3A
Wall Only
Selectable
Terminals
White
WARNING:
* Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted
circuits in which the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
2 backbox
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
F
I
R
E
Horn/Strobe
4SP-M
Mounting
Plate
4BX-1
Surface Mount
back box

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for
signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177cd. The strobe shall be
UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or fullwave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied
minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of
AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount ing to a 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 back box. Signaling devices shall be installed
in all sleeping and non/sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
SL24C-177
Ceiling and Wall Mount Strobe
Description:
90
G
IL
IN
E
90
FI R E
FI
45
45
FI
45
90
90
LL
45
90
45
Compound
90
Sync Module
H+H
IN
OUT
90
Compound

SMD10-3A
FI
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
FI
To Next Device or
End-Of LineResistor
+ _
FI R E
* ADA/NFPA/ANSI Compliant.
* 24V DC strobe with 177cd output.
Filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
* Munts to 4 square, back box.
* 24 volt strobe models.
* Designed for sleeping and non/sleeping areas.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A or
SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync Module.
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional)
boxes (optional).
45
Features:
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)

20 X 20
30 X 30
40 X 40
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
30
20
10
Mounting:
*The SPC-1 Universal Retrofit Plate is designed for mounting to a variety of back boxes.
*Surface mount installations, use the RBX-1 Back Box Skirt.
Single gang
back box
Double gang
back box
Octagon
back box
4 square
back box
Wiring Terminals:
FI R E
+ _
FI
MEA
SH
FI
90
FI R E
E MAR
RV I C
FI R E
ST
A
FI R
90
FI
R
STI N
OF CA L IFOR
TE
FI
Compound
R
FI
To Next Device
Control
Panel
FI
LI
Strobe Wiring:
ULC
ST
The SL24C-177 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for use

in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools,
any other application where effective visual warning is required
by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction.
Strobe 177cd.
UL
WA
LL
90
Compound
A
NI
Application:
AMSECOs Ceiling and Wall mount strobe is designed to comply

with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL
for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-177 strobe round housing
design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly labeled with
FIRE lettering to be view from all angles. These appliances are
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The
strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a 177
candela intensity output for maximum performance.
The Ceiling mount strobe series is available in red and white
housing 24V DC models.
The SL24C-177 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A
Sync Module to comply with NFPA recommendations
concerning photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more
visual appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, for sleeping and
non/sleeping areas under UL 1971 Standard.
SPC-1
4 square
back box
SPC-1
SPC-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
Current Draw Table:

DC
Current (mA)
Average
@ 177cd
Peak
In-Rush
16V
378
584
460
24V
245
428
476
FWR
33V
185
380
508
16V 24V
468 332
844 804
788 828
33V
264
700
716
Dimensions:
Inches (mm)
Model
Number
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
Strobe
Output
(Candela)
Sync
Module
Mounting
Type
Flash
Rate
(Times/min.)
Operating
Voltage Range
(VDC)
Housing
Color
SL24C-177R
SL24C-177W
24
24
177
177
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
Ceiling / Wall
Ceiling / Wall
60
60
16 ~ 33
16 ~ 33
Red
White
The strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C )
3-3/8 (85.7)
6-7/8 (174)
1-13/32 (35)
2-25/32 (70)
3-3/8 (85.7)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24C-177
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-3075110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela
output shall be field selectable, having three (3) settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both
ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or fullwave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with
continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO
SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy chain) or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL
mount to a variety of back boxes using the AMSECO SPC-1 retrofit back plate.
Signaling devices shall be installed in all non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
SL24C-3075110
Select -A- Strobe
Description:
AMSECOs Ceiling and Wall mount Select-A-Strobe is designed
to comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet
UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-3075110 SelectA-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector
switch for alternating the candela 30cd, 75cd or 110cd intensity
output. The round housing design offers a low profile
appearance and is clearly labeled with FIRE lettering to be
view from all angles. These appliances are polarized for
connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is
designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a candela
intensity field selector switch for maximum performance. The
Ceiling/Wall mount Select-A-Strobe series is available in red
and white housing 24V DC models. The SL24C-3075110 can be
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync
Module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning
designed for non-sleeping areas and are listed for indoor use,
ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
90
FI
To Next Device
Strobe Selectable Candela:
45
FI R E
FI
FI
90
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Strobe
@ 75cd
45
90
Compound
FWR
DC
Current (mA)
@ 30cd
90
Compound
45
LL
ST
A
45
90
90
Strobe Current Draw Table:
@ 110cd
FI
90
Strobe Wiring:
E
45
FI
45
FI R E
MEA
FI R E
SH
* Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd or 110 candela output.

* Designed for use in non-sleeping areas.
boxes (optional).
E MAR
RV I C
Features:
Control
Panel
FI
R
FI R
ST
FI
R
STI N
OF CA L IFOR
TE
A
NI
90
LI
ULC
FI
UL
Compound
IL
IN
WA
LL
90
Compound
Strobe with Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd, 110cd
Application:
The SL24C-3075110 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for
use in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools,
90
16V
121
24V
87
33V
70
16V
168
24V
131
33V
110
221
254
183
298
306
236
410
386
215
298
127
218
342
162
282
398
165
338
101
209
374
125
204
430
414
402
240
554
540
310
670
644
350
418
180
458
478
227
564
580
338
458
151
450
498
186
526
548
Mounting:
Single gang
back box
FI R E
+ _
Double gang
back box
Octagon
back box
4 square
back box
SPC-1
SPC-1

30
cd
30
d
0c
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)
11
cd
75
Tamper
proof cap
20 X 20
30 X 30
40 X 40
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
30
20
10
30, 75, 110

30, 75, 110
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
Mounting
Type
Flash
Operating
Rate
Voltage Range
(Times/min.)
(VDC)
Ceiling / Wall
Ceiling / Wall
60
60
16 ~ 33
16 ~ 33
Housing
Color
Red
White
Dimensions:
Inches (mm)
Sync Module
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
SMD10-3A
_
H+H
IN
OUT
FI
24
24
RBX-1
FI
To Next Device or
End-Of LineResistor
+ _
FI R E
Sync
Module
Strobe
Selectable
(Candela)
SL24C-3075110R
SL24C-3075110W

Input
Voltage
(VDC)
RBX-1
Model
Number
RBX-1
RBX-1
0
11
75
4 square
back box
3-3/8 (85.7)
W
IT
C
SPC-1

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24C-3075110
6-7/8 (174)
1-13/32 (35)
2-25/32 (70)
3-3/8 (85.7)
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24W-153075 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 15cd or 30cd output. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24V
DC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
produce one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting
to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80 above the highest floor point or 6 below ceiling; whichever
is lowest and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
Patented
SL24W-153075
Selectable 15cd or 30cd.
Select -A- Strobe TM Series
Description:
LL
ST
A
APPROVED
F CA L IFO
F IR
Compound 45
E MAR
SH
ER
VI C
MEA
90
A DA

* 24V DC strobe with two field selectable settings 15cd or 30cd.
* All models mount to 4 square, single gang, double gang,
or octagonal back box.
* 24 volt strobe models 15 or 30 candela Intensity.
90
45
Features:
90
Compound 45

Degrees
@15cd
@30cd
@15cd @30cd
0
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
5 ~ 25
13.50
27.00
13.50
27.00
30
11.25
22.50
13.50
27.00
35
11.25
22.50
9.75
19.50
40
11.25
22.50
6.90
13.80
45
11.25
22.50
5.10
10.20
50
8.25
16.50
4.05
8.10
55
6.75
13.50
3.30
6.60
60
6.00
12.00
2.70
5.40
65
5.25
10.50
2.40
4.50
70
5.25
10.50
2.25
4.50
75
4.50
9.00
1.95
3.90
80
4.50
9.00
1.80
3.60
85 ~ 90
3.75
7.50
1.80
3.60
Compound 45
3.60
7.20
15cd
30cd
Strobe Wiring:
16V
Average
Peak
In-Rush
24V
60
99
100
91
129
135
84
122
122
129
164
164
Average
Peak
In-Rush
inches (mm)
33V
16V
24V
118
264
264
178
368
368
47
84
119
71
115
223
33V
89
224
224
128
298
298
76
205
205
102
264
264
Using the SMS1-3A Sync Module:
2-1/4 (56.9)
5 (127)
FWR
DC
Current (mA)
Dimensions:
Selectable Candela Output:
3-3/8 (85.7)
F
I
R
E
+ _
15
3-9/32 (83.5)
30
cd
To Next Device or
3-9/32 (83.5)
Control
Panel
5 (127)
cd
3-3/8 (85.7)
1-13/16 (46)
15
F
I
R
E
WALL
90
45
I STI N
O
TE
FM
ULC
ST
UL
Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included

A
The SL24W-153075 Strobe series is recommended for use

in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
other application where effective visual warning is required
WALL
90
NI
Application:
45
AMSECOs Select-A-Strobe Series is designed to comply

Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24W series SelectA-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector
switch for alternating the candela output 15cd to 30cd (75cd
on axis). The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical
FIRE lettering and is polarized for connecting to
supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a
xenon flashtube and provides a candela intensity field
selector switch for maximum performance.
The Select-A-Strobe Series is available in red and white
housing 24VDC models. The SL24W-153075 can be
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A sync module to comply
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within
the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor
use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit_
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN_
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
OUT
_
+ _
30
Conductor size (AWG), length and capacity should be taken into
consideration prior to design and installation.
Tamper Proof
Mounting Options:



Model
Number
SL24W-153075R
SL24W-153075W
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
24
24
Selectable
Output
(Candela)
Sync
Module
Compatible
Mounting
Type
Universal
Mounting
Plate
Flash
Per/Min.
15 or 30
SMS1-3A
Wall
Included
60
15 or 30
SMS1-3A
Wall
Included
Housing
Color
2 backbox
60
Red
F
I
R
E
White
F
I
R
E
Strobe
Strobe
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
backbox
F
I
R
E

Strobe
F
I
R
E

Strobe
4BX-1
Surface Mount
back box
4SP-M
Mounting Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24W-153075
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24W-75110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 75cd or 110cd output. The signaling Strobe shall operate on
24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
produce a one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting
to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80 above the highest floor point or 6 below ceiling; whichever
is lowest and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
Patented
SL24W-75110
Selectable 75cd or 110cd.
Select -A- Strobe Series
Description:
LL
ST
A
F CA L IFO
APPROVED
45
I STI N
O
TE
F IR
E MAR
SH
FM
ULC
ST
UL
R V IC
MEA
Compound 45
90
A DA

* 24V DC strobe with field selectable settings 75cd or 110cd.
* All models mount to 4 square, single gang, double gang, or
octagonal back box.
* 24 volt strobe models 75 or 110 candela Intensity.
90
45
Features:
90
Compound 45

Degrees
@75cd
@110cd @75cd @110cd
0
75.00
110.00
75.00
110.00
5 ~ 25
67.50
99.00
67.50
99.00
30
56.25
82.50
67.50
99.00
35
56.25
82.50
48.75
71.50
40
56.25
82.50
34.50
50.60
45
56.25
82.50
25.50
37.40
50
41.25
60.50
20.25
29.70
55
33.75
49.50
16.50
24.20
60
30.00
44.00
13.50
19.80
65
26.25
38.50
12.00
17.60
70
26.25
38.50
11.25
16.50
75
22.50
33.00
9.75
14.30
80
22.50
33.00
9.00
13.20
85 ~ 90
18.75
27.50
9.00
13.20
Compound 45
18.00
26.40
16V
75cd
Average
Peak
In-Rush
110cd
Average
Peak
132
157
157
181
194
In-Rush
194
Strobe Wiring:
24V
92
132
132
122
156
156
inches (mm)
33V
16V
24V
33V
71
108
121
94
127
178
354
354
241
432
432
128
280
280
170
356
356
105
242
242
134
302
302
127
Using the SMS1-3A Sync Module:
2-1/4 (56.9)
5 (127)
FWR
DC
Current (mA)
Dimensions:
Selectable Candela Output:
3-3/8 (85.7)
F
I
R
E
+ _
75
3-9/32 (83.5)
11
0cd
To Next Device or
3-9/32 (83.5)
Control
Panel
5 (127)
cd
3-3/8 (85.7)
1-13/16 (46)
75
F
I
R
E
WALL
90
Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included

A
The SL24W-75110 Strobe series is recommended for use in

areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
other application where effective visual warning is required
WALL
90
NI
Application:
45
AMSECOs Select-A-Strobe Series is designed to comply

Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24C series SelectA-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector
switch for alternating the candela output 30cd, 75cd or
110cd. The strobe is polarized for connecting to supervised
fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon
flashtube and provides a candela intensity field selector
switch for maximum performance.
The Select-A-Strobe Series is available in red and white
housing 24VDC models. The SL24W-75110 can be
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A sync module to comply
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within
the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor
use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit_
SMS1-3A
_
H+H
IN_
To Next Device or
F
I
R
E
OUT
_
+ _
11
0
Conductor size (AWG), length and capacity should be taken into consideration
prior to design and installation.
Tamper Proof
Mounting Options:



Model
Number
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
Selectable
Output
(Candela)
Sync
Module
Compatible
Mounting
Type
Universal
Mounting
Plate
Flash
Per/Min.
Housing
Color
SL24W-75110R
24
75 or 110
SMS1-3A
Wall
Included
60
Red
SL24W-75110W
24
75 or 110
SMS1-3A
Wall
Included
60
White
2 back box
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
Strobe
Strobe
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
back box
4 x 4 x 1-1/2
back box
F
I
R
E

Strobe
F
I
R
E

Strobe
4BX-1
Surface Mount
back box
4SP-M
Mounting Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24W-75110
The Fire alarm speaker shall be capable of reproducing alarm tones or voice commands on 25Vrms or 70.7Vrms. Speakers shall
provide incremental tap settings of , , 1, and 2 watts and shall be selected by means of a jumper wire. The speaker shall have a
frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. The speaker shall produce a UL sound pressure level at 10 feet up to 84dB. The speaker shall be
approved for fire alarm signaling use. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired
and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177. The signaling strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a
non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The strobe shall be designed to produce one signal flash per
second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the
AMSECO SMS1-3A, SMD10-3A or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Speaker/Strobe shall be capable of WALL or CEILING
mounting. The Visual signaling devices are to be installed in all sleeping and non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
SSC25-177
SSC70-177
Speaker/Strobe Combination
G
IN
IL
E
90
90
45
90
90
45
90
45
Rated Input Voltage

( V r.m.s./ 1kHz )
2.5
75
Impedance (k ohms)
Sound Pressure Level (dB/10ft)
Frequency Response (Hz)
1.25
78
Low Frequency Cut Off (Hz)

Strobe
L+ L _
@177cd
Average
Peak
In-Rush
70.7V
1
0.62
81
0.31
20
10
84
75
78
400 ~ 4,000
200
32F ~ 120F ( 0C ~ 49C )
16V
378
584
460
DC
24V
245
428
476
SMD10-3A
IN
OUT
+_ +_
33V 16V
185 468
380 844
508 788
FWR
24V
332
804
828
33V
264
700
716
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)
2
2.5
84

20 X 20
30 X 30
40 X 40
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
30
20
10
Surface Mount
Mounting:
TO NEXT DEVICE
or END-OF-LINE
-RESISITOR
4 square
x 2-1/8 deep
back box.
Inches (mm)
Wall or Ceiling Mount
Strobe
Flash Rate
(times/min)
Mounting
Type
Housing
Color
25
25
70.7
70.7
177
177
177
177
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
60
60
60
60
Ceiling & Wall

Ceiling & Wall
Ceiling & Wall
Ceiling & Wall
Red
White
Red
White
The speaker/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C )
FI
Speaker
Selectable Taps
(Watts)
6-7/8 (174)
06/2003
RBX-1
back box
skirt
(Optional)
3-3/8 (85.7)
Sync
Module
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SSC-177
1-49/64 (45)
2-25/32 (70)
1 (25.5)
3-3/8 (85.7)
FI
Strobe
Output
(Candela)
4 square
x 2-1/8 deep
back box.
Speaker
Voltage
(Vrms)

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
1
5
81

Sync Module
H+ H
90
Compound
25V
Input Power (Watts)
Dimensions:
SSC25-177R
SSC25-177W
SSC70-177R
SSC70-177W
45
FI
FI
ST
A
S+ S _
Compound
Speaker specifications:
FI R E
FI
FI R E
Speaker
Application:
Current (mA)
TO NEXT DEVICE
or END-OF-LINE
-RESISITOR
FI
90

R
F.A.C.P &
VOICE / EVAC
45
FI
* ADA / NFPA / ANSI Compliant

* UL Listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL 1971
* 177 candela output
* Speaker field selectable taps 1/4w, 1/2w, 1w, 2 watts
* Available 25Vrms and 70.7Vrms models
* Frequency range 400 Hz ~ 4,000 Hz.
* Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges
using filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz)
* Strobe is polarized and rated at 24VDC
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A (daisyChain) Sync Module
* RBX-1back box skirt for surface mount (Optional)
* Available in red or white housing
The SSC-177 Series is recommended for use in areas such as:

warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments,
office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other application
where effective visual warning is required by Federal, State, or
local authority having jurisdiction.
FI R E
45
Features:
Strobe
_ SSpeaker
_
+
+S
Model
Number
FI R E
LL
FI R E
Pending
FI
MEA
90
SH
FI
E MAR
RV I C
FI R
FI
STI N
OF CA L IFOR
TE
Compound
Compound
25 = 25Vrms
70 = 70.7Vrms
177 = 177cd
R = Red
W = White
ST
SSC25-177R
UL
LI
ULC
A
NI
How to Order:
WA
LL
90
Speaker/Strobe Combination 177cd.

G
AMSECOs ceiling and wall mount fire alarm Speaker/Strobe series

is designed to generate attention grabbing tones and voice
commands for emergency signaling evacuation applications.
These highly efficient low profile speakers are available with field
selectable taps , , 1, 2 watts. The low profile speakers are
available in two input voltage models 25 and 70.7 Vrms and can be
installed on a standard 4 square back box. The strobe features a
177 candela intensity output. The housing is clearly labeled with
FIRE lettering and is polarized for connecting to supervised fire
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flash tube and
provides a high intensity output for maximum performance. The
SSC-177 Speaker/Strobe Series is available in red or white housing
models.
The Strobe can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A sync
module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances
within the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor use,
ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
90
Description:
The Fire alarm speaker shall be capable of reproducing alarm tones or voice commands on 25Vrms or 70.7Vrms. Speakers shall
provide incremental tap settings of , , 1, and 2 watts and shall be selected by means of a jumper wire. The speaker shall have a
frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. The speaker shall produce a UL sound pressure level at 10 feet up to 84dB. The speaker shall be
approved for fire alarm signaling use. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired
and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be field selectable, having three setting 30cd, 75cd and 110cd
output. The signaling strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The
strobe shall be designed to produce one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe
synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of AMSECO sync
protocol. The Speaker/Strobe shall be capable of WALL or CEILING mounting. The Visual signaling devices are to be installed in all
non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
Description:
90
90
E
IL
IN
FI
Features:
45
45
ST
A
90
FI
LL
MEA
SH
Strobe
_ SSpeaker
_
+
+S
Speaker
Strobe
S+ S _
E MA R
RV I C
FI
FIR
FI
FI
STI N
OF C A L IFOR
TE
F.A.C.P &
VOICE / EVAC
Compound
Compound
L+ L _
TO NEXT DEVICE
or END-OF-LINE
-RESISITOR
FI R E
90
Compound
Speaker specifications:
Rated Input Voltage
( V r.m.s./ 1kHz )
45
90
45
2.5
75
Impedance (k ohms)
Sound Pressure Level (dB/10ft)
Frequency Response (Hz)
1.25
78
Low Frequency Cut Off (Hz)

@30cd
H
W
IT
C
S
0
11
0
11
75
30
cd
30
@75cd
cd
d
5c
@110cd
Tamper
proof cap
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Average
Peak
In-Rush
Compound
IN_
16V
121
221
254
183
298
306
236
410
386
DC
24V
87
215
298
127
218
342
162
282
398
33V 16V
70
168
165 414
338 402
101 240
209 554
374 540
125 310
204 670
430 644
FWR
24V
131
350
418
180
458
478
227
564
580
TO NEXT DEVICE
or END-OF-LINE
-RESISITOR
OUT
_
25V
Input Power (Watts)
Current (mA)
Application:
Sync Module
SMD10-3A
_
H+ H
70.7V
1
0.62
81
0.31
20
10
84
75
78
400 ~ 4,000
200
32F ~ 120F ( 0C ~ 49 C )
Strobe Selectable Candela:
The SSC-3075110 Series is recommended for use in areas such

as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, corridors,
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other
application where effective visual warning is required by
Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction.
45
45
90
* ADA / NFPA / ANSI Compliant

* UL Listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL 1971
* Three field selectable settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd
* Speaker field selectable taps 1/4w, 1/2w, 1w and 2 watts
* Available 25Vrms and 70.7Vrms models
* Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG
* Frequency range 400 Hz ~ 4,000 Hz
* Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges
using filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage
* All models mount to 4 square back box
* Strobes are polarized and rated at 24VDC.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A (daisy
chain) Sync Module
* Available in red or white housing
FI R E
25 = 25Vrms
70 = 70.7Vrms
3075110 = 30cd, 75cd or 110cd
R = Red
W = White
LI
UL ULC
ST
SSC25-3075110R
Selectable 30cd, 75cd, 110cd.

A
NI
How to Order:
AMSECOs ceiling and wall mount fire alarm Select-ASpeaker/Strobe are designed to generate attention grabbing
tones and voice commands for emergency signaling evacuation
applications. These highly efficient low profile speakers are
available with field selectable taps , , 1, 2 watts. The low profile
speakers are available in two input voltage models 25 and 70.7
Vrms and can be installed on a standard 4 square back box. The
series is designed with the exclusive Select-A-Strobe. The strobe
features a unique candela intensity field selector switch for
alternating the candela output 30cd, 75cd and 110cd. The strobe
housing is clearly labeled with FIRE lettering and is polarized for
connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is
designed with a xenon flash tube and provides a candela intensity
field selector switch for maximum performance.
The Select-A-Speaker/Strobe Series is available in red or white
housing models. The Strobe can be synchronized by using the
SMD10-3A sync module to comply with NFPA recommendations
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971
Standard.
FI

Select -A- Speaker/Strobe Combination
FI R E
SSC25-3075110
SSC70-3075110
33V
110
338
458
151
450
498
186
526
548
1
5
81
2
2.5
84

Maximum
Ceiling
40 X 40
50 X 50
Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30
30
20
10
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
Surface Mount
Mounting:
4 square
x 2-1/8 deep
back box.
Wall or Ceiling Mount
Dimensions:
Speaker
Selectable Taps
(Watts)
Strobe
Flash Rate
(times/min)
Mounting
Type
Housing
Color
SSC25-3075110R
SSC25-3075110W
SSC70-3075110R
SSC70-3075110W
25
25
70.7
70.7
30, 75, 110

30, 75, 110
30, 75, 110
30, 75, 110
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
, , 1, 2
60
60
60
60
Ceiling & Wall

Ceiling & Wall
Ceiling & Wall
Ceiling & Wall
Red
White
Red
White
4 square
x 2-1/8 deep
back box.
FI
Sync
Module
RBX-1
back box
skirt
(Optional)
3-3/8 (85.7)
Strobe
Selectable
(Candela)
FI
Speaker
Voltage
(Vrms)
Model
Number
Inches (mm)
The speaker/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 F ~ 120F (0C ~ 49C )
FI R E

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
6-7/8 (174)
06/2003
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SSC-3075110
1-49/64 (45)
2-25/32 (70)
1 (25.5)
3-3/8 (85.7)
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for
signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177cd. The strobe shall be
UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or fullwave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied
minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of
AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount ing to a 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 back box. Signaling devices shall be installed
in all sleeping and non/sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
SL24C-177
Ceiling and Wall Mount Strobe
Description:
90
EI
LI
N
G
90
90
45
45
FI
FI
FIRE
45
90
90
LL
45

Sync Module
SMD10-3A
H+H
IN
OUT
90
90
Compound

FI
FI
F.A.C.P.
Signal
Circuit
45
Compound
45
To Next Device or
End-Of LineResistor
+ _
FIRE
* ADA/NFPA/ANSI Compliant.
* 24V DC strobe with 177cd output.
Filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
* Munts to 4 square, back box.
* 24 volt strobe models.
* Designed for sleeping and non/sleeping areas.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A or
SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync Module.
boxes (optional).
90
Features:
Maximum
Ceiling
Height (ft.)

20 X 20
30 X 30
40 X 40
50 X 50
75cd.
30cd.
30cd.
75cd.
75cd.
30cd.
177cd.
110cd.
75cd.
177cd.
177cd.
110cd.
30
20
10
Mounting:
Single gang
back box
Double gang
back box
Octagon
back box
4 square
back box
Wiring Terminals:
FIRE
+ _
FI
MEA
SH
ST
A
FIRE
E M AR
RV IC
FIRE
FI R
FI
90
S TI N
OF CAL IFOR
TE
FI
FI
Compound
To Next Device
Control
Panel
FI
LI
Strobe Wiring:
ULC
ST
The SL24C-177 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for use

in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools,
FI
Strobe 177cd.
UL
WA
LL
90
Compound
R
A
NI
Application:
AMSECOs Ceiling and Wall mount strobe is designed to comply

for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-177 strobe round housing
design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly labeled with
FIRE lettering to be view from all angles. These appliances are
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The
strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a 177
candela intensity output for maximum performance.
The Ceiling mount strobe series is available in red and white
housing 24V DC models.
The SL24C-177 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A
Sync Module to comply with NFPA recommendations
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, for sleeping and
non/sleeping areas under UL 1971 Standard.
SPC-1
4 square
back box
SPC-1
SPC-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
RBX-1
Current Draw Table:

DC
Current (mA)
16V
378
584
460
Average
@ 177cd
Peak
In-Rush
24V
245
428
476
FWR
33V
185
380
508
16V 24V
468 332
844 804
788 828
33V
264
700
716
Dimensions: Inches (mm)
Input
Voltage
(VDC)
Strobe
Output
(Candela)
Sync
Module
Mounting
Type
SL24C-177R
SL24C-177W
24
24
177
177
SMD10-3A
SMD10-3A
Ceiling / Wall
Ceiling / Wall
Flash
Operating
Housing
Rate
Voltage Range
Color
(Times/min.)
(VDC)
60
60
16 ~ 33
16 ~ 33
3-3/8 (85.7)
Model
Number
Red
White
6-7/8 (174)
1-13/32 (35)
2-25/32 (70)
3-3/8 (85.7)

Phone: 714/522-2246
Fax: 714/522-2268
06/2003
Hochiki America CorporatrionSL24C-177
Conventional Detector Bases

NS6 AND NS4 SERIES BASE
N S Series B ases
Alarm C urrent
ID
NS6-224 OR NS4-224
43mA (70mA @ 33.0V MAX)
HB-5
NS6-220 OR NS4-220
93mA (136mA @ 33.0V MAX)
HB-3
NS6-221 OR NS4-221
46mA (77mA @ 33.0V MAX)
HB-4
NS6-100* OR NS4-100*
150mA @ 15.0 - 33.0V MAX
HB-55
Models HSC-224R, HSC-220R and the HSC-221R are designed

specifically for use with the HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24,
SLR-24V, SLR-24H, SLR-835, SLR-835H or DCD-135/190. The
HSC-(X)R series is a 6" base with two sets of Form "C" relay
contacts.
Models HSC-224R, HSC-220R and the HSC-221R are also
approved for use with HOCHIKI previous Conventional Models
SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the DFE 135/190.
* Requi res external current li mi ti ng to 150mA maxi mum.
HSC- (X)R RELAY BASE &

HSC- 4R 4 WIRE BASE
2 Wire Auxilliary
R elay B ases
Alarm C urrent
ID
HSC -224R
43mA (58mA @ 30.0V MAX)
HB-73
HSC -220R
88mA (98mA @ 26.5V MAX)
HB-72
HSC -221R
49mA (62mA @ 30.0V MAX)
HB-71
4 Wire B ase
Alarm C urrent
ID
HSC -4R
43mA (58mA @ 30.0V MAX)
N/A
HSC -4R12
47mA (75mA @ 18.0V MAX)
N/A
HSC- (X) L LATCHING LED BASE
2 Wire Latching
The NS6 and NS4 Series is designed specifically for use with
HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24 Ionization Smoke Detector,
SLR-24V Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SLR-24H Photoelectric with
Heat Smoke Detector, SLR-835 Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SLR835H Photelectric Smoke Detector w/heat, or DCD-135/190 Fixed
Temperature/Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector. The Base is an electronics
free 6" base featuring a plastic tamper-lock lug. Each base is
equipped with a resistor. Refer to the chart (left) for additional
specifications. The NS4 base is a 4" version of the NS6 base.
Alarm C urrent
ID
HSC -224L
35-42mA @ 24V (54mA MAX)
HB-62
HSC -220L
67-80mA @ 24V
(88.5mA @ 26.5VD C MAX)
HB-64
HSC -221L
37-45mA @ 24V (57mA MAX)
HB-63
The HSC-4R is designed specifically for 24 volt 4 wire applications

using HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24, SLR-24V, SLR-24H,
SLR-835, SLR-835H or DCD-135/190. The 6" diameter base is current
limited. Relay contact place a direct short occurs across the loop
when the detector is actuated.
Model HSC-4R is also approved for use with previous HOCHIKI
Conventional Models SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the DFE 135/
190.
The HSC-4R12 is designed specifically for 12 volt 4 wire applications
using HOCHIKI Conventional Models SLR-835, SLR-835H. The 6"
diameter base is current limited. Relay contact place a direct short
occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated.
Model HSC-4R12 is also approved for use with previous HOCHIKI
Conventional Models SLK-835, SLR-835, and SLR-835H.
The HSC-L Base Series is designed specifically for use with the
HOCHIKI Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors Models
DFE-135/ 190.
The HSC-L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting
resistor, latching annunciator output and a latching circuit so the
alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been reset.
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover all specifications or
anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact your local distributor or Hochiki America Corporation.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0014
04/2004
Conventional Detector Bases

NS4 AND NS6 SERIES BASE
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
only. Not all annunciators
have in line resistance.
NEGATIVE
NS4 SERIES
NS6 SERIES

NOTE: - WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4

AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL
- BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
ARE WHITE IN COLOR
HSC-(X)R RELAY BASE

2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
GRY
BLU
GRN
YEL
ORN
PUR
HSC- (X) R SERIES
PIGTAIL AUXILLIARY
CONTACTS
TWO FORM "C"
RELAYS SHOWN WITH

POWER OFF.
HSC-4R FOUR WIRE BASE

4-WIRE OPERATION
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
INITIATING
CIRCUIT
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
12VDC OR 24VDC
H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
H1,H2 - TERMINAL
PIGTAIL AUXILLIARY CONTACTS
ONE FORM "C"
HSC-4R OR HSC-4R12
HSC- (X) L LATCHING LED BASE

2-WIRE OPERATION
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
NEGATIVE
HSC-(X) L SERIES
Pig Tail Lead
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
NS6 SERIES
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover all specifications or anticipate all
requirements. For additional information contact your local distributor or Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation Conventional Detector Bases
SBC - CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE

DESCRIPTION
Shown without detector
Shown with detector
STANDARD FEATURES
Wide operating voltage
Selectable Evacuation Codes: continuous or temporal
Three different configurations: individual, group, and
global modes
High sound pressure level (85 dB at 10 ft)
Can be configured to satisfy a wide variety of
applications
Available with or without relay, 2 and 4 wire
configurations, and bone or white color
The Models SBC Conventional Sounder Base Series

are designed specifically for use with HOCHIKI NS
conventional style smoke detectors Models SIJ-24
Ionization Smoke Detector, SLR-24V Photoelectric
Smoke Detector and SLR-835 Wide Operating Voltage
Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. The SBC Series will
provide an audible evacuation signal (continuous or
temporal Code) upon detector alarm. Easily configured
to 12 or 24-volt applications through use of a dipswitch,
the bases can also be configured to activate in individual, group, or global modes. The relay base model
SBC-2R contains two sets of Form C Relay Contacts
rated at 1 Amps @ 28VDC or 0.5 Amps @ 120VAC.
All models come in 6 diameter size and are available
in both bone and white colored plastic.
SPECIFICATIONS
Model
SBC-2, 2W
Operating Voltage Range
8.7-30VDC
Max. Alarm Current

Rated Voltage
Contact Rating of Relay
Alarm Contact Rating
Max. Humidity
Sound Pressure Level at 10ft
Dimensions
Weight
Compatible Detectors
26mA@8.7VDC
35mA@12VDC
65mA@24VDC
GROUP/
GLOBAL MODE
12mA@8.7VDC
18mA@12VDC
45mA@24VDC
SBC-2R, 2RW
19-30VDC
53mA@19VDC
65mA@24VDC
30mA@19VDC
40mA@24VDC
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901234123456789011234567890123412345678901
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901
1A@28VDC
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901
OR
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901234
12345678901
12345678901234
0.5A@120VAC
12345678901234123456789011234567890123412345678901
12345678901
12345678901234
1234567890123412345678901
1234567890112345678901234
1234567890123412345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
93%RH(non-condensing) 1234567890193%RH(non-condensing)12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
85 dB
12345678901
12345678901
85 dB
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
32F (0C) to
32F (0C) to
12345678901
12345678901
100F (38C)
12345678901 100F (38C)
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
5.94 x 1.34
5.94 x 1.34
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
12345678901
0.365 lb
0.455 lb
12345678901
12345678901
SLR-24V, SIJ-24, SLR- 12345678901 SLR-24V, SIJ-24, SLR- 12345678901
12345678901
835/-835W/-835H/12345678901 835/-835W/-835H/- 12345678901
12345678901
12345678901 835HW
12345678901
835HW
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:160

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
SBC-4/24, 4/24W
SBC-4/12, 4/12W
GROUP/
GLOBAL MODE
10-18VDC
18-30VDC
75mA@12VDC
65mA@24VDC
24VDC
12VDC
2A@30VDC OR 0.5A@120VAC
2A@30VDC OR 0.5A@120VAC
93%RH(non-condensing)
85 dB
32F( 0C ) to 100F (38C)
5.94 x 1.34
0.455 lb
SLR-835/-835W
SLR-24V, SLR835H/-835HW
Note: W at the end of model designation indicates

white colored plastic.
Continued on back.
F0012
11/2005
GROUP SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM (2 WIRE) SBC-2 AND 2R

NEXT DEVICE
EOL
RESISTOR
INITIATING
LOOP
UL
LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
NEXT DEVICE
TOP VIEW
OR
CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE 12V/24V WITHOUT RELAY (2 WIRE) SBC-2
P57
1
20
EOL
RELAY
+12
+12
-12
-12
NEXT
NEXT
J2
J2
J4
J4
S1
8
G
AL
05
8
J3
S1
CO
8
G
AL
J3
VLT
GRY
BRN
05
8
CO
ON
GRN
YEL
ORG
RED
BLK
WHT
BRN
VLT
GRY
GRN
YEL
ORG
RED
BLK
WHT
ON
12V/24V
AUX
20
P57
BOTTOM VIEW
CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE 24V WITH RELAY (2 WIRE) SBC-2R
1
20
P 57
20
P57
1
NC
NO
COM
+ 12
J2
J2
24V ONLY
AUX
NC
NO
COM
+ 12
NEXT
J4
J4
NEXT
S1
J3
8S
CO
DS
05
7
6
AL
05
S
GD
4
3
CO
AL
2
1
1
ON
GRY
VLT
BRN
GRN
YEL
ORG
RED
BLK
WHT
ON
GRY
VLT
BRN
GRN
YEL
ORG
RED
BLK
WHT
S1
J3
8S
EOL
RELAY
- 12
- 12
NOTES: FOR ADDITIONAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM SBC-2, AND SBC-2R INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION HA-06-085.
INDIVIDUAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM (4 WIRE) SBC-4

NEXT DEVICE
UL LISTED
12V/24V
EOL
RELAY
POWER
SUPPLY
12V: SBC-4/12
24V: SBC-4/24
NEXT DEVICE
TOP VIEW
P5
03
7203
P572
J2
NEXT
J4
NEXT
J3
J3
ON
4
3
2
1
1
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
GRN
YEL
ORG
RED
BLK
WHT
S1
S1
RE D
BLK
RE
D
BLK
GRN
YEL
ORG
RE
D
BLK
WH
T
ON
J4
RED
BLACK
NC
NO
COM
+ 12
- 12
J2
UL
LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
NC
NO
COM
+ 12
- 12
INITIATING
LOOP
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
EOL
RESISTOR
BOTTOM VIEW
NOTES: FOR ADDITIONAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM SBC-4 INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTION HA-06-086.
Hochiki America Corporation Conventional Sounder Base
DH-98 CONVENTIONAL DUCT DETECTOR

STANDARD FEATURES
Detects and limits the spread of smoke throughout
Duct housing is available with either a conventional

photoelectric or ionization detector.
SPECIFICATIONS
Duct Detector Model #
Operating Voltage
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
DH-98-HVI
DH-98-HVP
115V AC,
24V AC/DC
115V AC,
24V AC/DC
230V AC,
24V AC/DC
230V AC,
24V AC/DC
Detector Head Model
SIJ-24DH
SLR-24DH
SIJ-24DH
SLR-24DH
Detector Head Type
Conventional
Ionization
Conventional
Photoelectric
Conventional
Ionization
Conventional
Photoelectric
Power Requirements
Standby
8mA
8mA
230 VAC
115 VAC
14mA
14mA
24 VAC
20mA
20mA
20mA
20mA
24 VDC
13mA
13mA
13mA
13mA
15mA
15mA
115 VAC
28mA
28mA
24 VAC
95mA
95mA
95mA
95mA
24 VDC
60mA
60mA
60mA
60mA
Alarm Contacts
1 form "C" and

1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
115 V.A.C.
1 form "C" and

1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
115 V.A.C.
1 form "C" and

1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
115 V.A.C.
1 form "C" and

1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
115 V.A.C.
Detection Loop
1 Form A (1A)
1 Form A (1A) 1 Form A (1A) 1 Form A (1A)
Power Requirements
Alarm
230 VAC
Trouble Contacts
Sensitivity Test Method
1 Form "C"
1 Form "C"
1 Form "C"
1 Form "C"
Dual Reed
Switch Test
Self Diagnostic
Test
Dual Reed
Switch Test
Self Diagnostic
Test
Remote Indication Capability

(Refer to DH-98 Accessories
Data Sheet for Specifications)
Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm,

Horn/Piezo,
Horn/Piezo,
Horn/Piezo,
Horn/Piezo,
Test
Test
Test
Test
Air Velocity
300 to 4000 ft./min
Ambient Temperature
32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Humidity
10% to 85% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)
Housing Material
18 G.A. steel backbox, clear plastic cover
Finish
Grey Paint
Dimensions
9 1/8"L X 7 1/4"W X 2 1/4"H
Maximum Net Weight
3 lbs.
Sampling Tubes
2.5 ft., 5 ft. or 10 ft.
Radioactive Element
DH-98-I and DH-98-HVI Only: Americum 241 0.5 Mirco-Curie

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
building HVAC ducts

Ability to interconnect (all relays operate wth a single
alarm) up to 30 units using the same independent
power supply
Compatible with building automation and fire
alarm systems
Installs quickly and easily
Interchangeable Plug-In photoelectric or
ionization heads
No screens or filters to clean
Cover provides magnet window and
placement guide for operational testing without
disassembly
Rugged gray steel back box with clear cover
Accessories - Remote power, remote alarm
indication capability and remote, horn/piezo
capability
Meets UL 268A Requirements
DESCRIPTION
The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Duct Smoke Detector
provides early detection of smoke and products of
combustion present in air moving through HVAC ducts in
Commercial, Industrial and Residential applications. The
DH-98 is designed to prevent the recirculation of smoke in
areas by the air handling systems, fans and blowers.
Complete systems may be shut down in the event of smoke
detection. The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98-I and the DH98-P operate on 115 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC and the
DH-98-HVI and the DH-98-HVP operate on 230 VAC, 24
VAC and 24 VDC.
The DH-98 is designed and built to meet all local
requirements, as well as the NFPA regulations regarding
duct smoke detectors. Output terminals are provided for
remote accessories such as a horn, strobe, remote status
indicators and reset key switches or push buttons.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 3240-0410:155
FM #: 3005751
Continued on back.
F0038
10/2005
continued
Air sampling is accomplished by two tubes which protrude into the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard length (7.5")
is supplied in the installation kit with the smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been determined the air intake
sampling tubes must be ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three standard lengths 2.5 ft., 5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut
to size to fit the duct. Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the use of a template and 4 sheet metal
screws, which are provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the clear cover which is secured by 4
capture screws.
The compact DH-98 contains 3 sets of alarm contacts, 1 set of form C contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form A
contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form A contacts rated at 1 amp. There is also 1 set of form C 10 amp trouble
contacts for monitoring detector head removal, and the failure of the input supply voltage.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators provided on the front of the DH-98 duct unit, signal the operating status of the
device. A manual test/reset switch is located along side the visual indicators. This switch can be defeated by cutting
a jumper on the PCB.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to 4000 feet per minute.
The detectors shall have the ability to interconnect up to 30 units using the same independent power supply.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be performed
without removal of detector cover. Visual indication of alarm and power must be provided on detector front. A manual
reset switch shall be located on front of the device. Detector heads shall not require additional filters or screens which
must be maintained. The housing shall contain a detector base which will accept photoelectric or ionization detector
heads. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum of # 6 screw. Terminals shall be provided for
remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/horn and remote key switch. All wiring must comply with local codes and
regulations.
See
Power
Connections
ALARM
CONTACTS
10.0A @ 115VAC
ALARM
CONTACTS
1A @ 24VDC
*TROUBLE
CONTACTS
10.0A @ 115VAC
REMOTE
ACCESSORIES
WIRING DIAGRAMS
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
19
20
24 VDC 60 Hz INPUT
24 VAC 60 Hz INPUT
17
*Trouble contacts are shown in non-energized

condition. Trouble contacts monitor power
connected and head removed.
DH-98 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
16
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
24 V.A.C. OPERATION
24 V.D.C. OPERATION
115 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX.
230 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX.
DH-98-I
DH-98-P
DH-98-HVI
DH-98-HVP
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAMS

DUCT UNIT #1
INPUT
POWER
Input Power Source

Will Be Either
24V, 115V or 230V
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 Conventional
DUCT UNIT #2
DUCT UNIT #3
P
P
16
16
16
18
18
18
NSRT / NSTT
SMOKE DETECTOR REMOVAL TOOL / TESTER
STANDARD FEATURES
NSRT
Combination removal tool/outer cover removal tool
for AIE, ALG, SIJ, and SLR-24/-835 series sensors/
detectors.
Choose either a Hand held or 15 stainless steel
extension pole with easy grip black handle.
NSTT
NSRT HEAD
NSRT-A100 WITH 15' POLE

(COMPLETE)
Tests Hochiki America SIJ-24 and SLR-24/-835

series smoke detector with a reed switch.
Choose either a Hand held or 15 stainless steel
No combustion material needed.
No meter, batteries, or screwdriver required.
Meets outlined requirements in the NFPA72,
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance, Chapter 10.
SPECIFICATIONS
Detector Tester/Removal Tool
Dimensions
NSRT HEAD: 4.0" D x 2.0" H
NSTT HEAD: 4.0" D x 1.5" H
Material
Highly durable PVC
molded plastic
Color
Black - provides visible contrast
Alignment
NSRT HEAD:
One side for arrow labels for
easy visibility, one side for
removal from base.
NSTT HEAD:
One side for sensitivity testing.
NSTT HEAD
Extension Pole
Dimensions
Material
NSTT-A100 WITH 15' POLE
(COMPLETE)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Pole extends to 15'

Stainless steel with easy grip
black handle

F044
02/2005
APPLICATION
NSRT-A100
The Hochiki America NSRT-A100 will enable the user to easily remove and replace the ALG, AIE, SLR, and SIJ series
sensors/ detectors from their mounting bases. Also, the NSRT-A100 is designed to remove the outer covers of the
ALG, AIE and SLR series sensors/detectors
NSTT-A100
The SIJ-24 and SLR-24/-835 series detectors, manufactured with magnetically activated dual reed switches for sensitivity
testing, can be sensitivity tested with the NSTT-A100. This meets the requirements of a UL listed calibrated test
without the use of combustion materials.
The NSTT-A100 is in compliance with the test requirements outlined in the NFPA 72 Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,
Chapter 7.
Hochiki America Corporation NSRT-A100/NSTT-A100
DCP-R2M - DUAL RELAY MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Contacts
2 Independenly Controlled Form C
Contact Rating
1A @ 30 VDC / 0.5A @ 125 VAC
Standby Current
150 A Max.
Alarm Current
150 A Max.
Dimensions
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Ambient Temperature
32 F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
Humidity
90% RH, Non-Condensing
Mounting
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
Provides two independently configurable Form C
contacts per address
Contacts are rated 1.0 Amps @ 30 VDC or 0.5 Amp
@ 125 VAC
Up to127 devices can be used on each SLC loop
Visible Bi-colored LED is software controlled and
can be programmed to blink red or green when
polled. The LED can be latched on when activated
Programming is highly flexible providing 16 priority
states plus zoning capability
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report # 284-91-E Vol. IV

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The Dual Relay Module (R2M), has been designed to

provide flexibile and quick response to emergency
conditions. The R2M allows independent control of
two form C contacts for a variety of normally open and
normally closed contact applications such as fan
operation, elevator recall, door closure, and auxiliary
notification.
Each R2M module provides independent control of two
Form C contacts while utilizing one SLC (Signaling
Line Circuit) address. The R2M module has a highly
configurable programming algorithm that allows the
user to setup groups of devices (zoning) for simultaneous operation of multiple R2M modules. Each
module has 16 priority states that are programmed.
The operating parameters are maintained by the
module and do not require individual communication
with the control panel during the emergency condition
to operate. The control panel broadcasts the control
command on the SLC loop and the R2M modules do
the rest based on their custom configuration. Since
mechanically latching relays are used within the R2M
module, a separate 24VDC power source is not
required.
Continued on back.
F0058
11/2005
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki DCP-R2M addressable relay
module. The modules shall be UL listed compatible with Hochiki Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) supporting
control panel loops. The relay module must provide two Form C dry contacts rated at 1A @ 30 VDC or 0.5A @ 125
VAC. The relay module must be suitable for mounting in a standard 4" square electrical box. The relay module
must provide a bi-colored LED for indication of status.
Back side of a R2M
WIRING DIAGRAM
DCP-R2M
NO1
S, SC WIRING SERIAL NO. XXXXXXXXX

POWER LIMITED
OUT TO NEXT MODULE
COM1
TB1
U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
FIRE CONTROL
PANEL
SC -
NC1
NON
POWER
LIMITED
S +
(FORM "C" CONTACTS)

(NON-SUPERVISED)
NO2
CROSS OUT
TYPE NOT
USED
SET 2
COM2
S5694
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9769
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-R2M
SET 1
POWER
LIMITED
NC2
SCI - SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATOR

OPERATION
* Class A Configuration Wiring:
The DCP-SCI short circuit isolator should be located
between any devices on the SLC loop. In the event of
a short on the SLC loop, the two adjacent isolators
(closest isolators to the left and right of the shorted
section) will activate and their respective LED indicators will be turned on. All devices between the active
short circuit isolators will be dead. This will prevent
entire loop failure. Upon removal of the short condition, the DCP-SCIs will automatically restore, the
entire loop to the normal operating state.
STANDARD FEATURES
Can be placed at any location on SLC loop.

Checks the line for short circuit at power up. If the
line is normal, the relay will be returned on. If a
line short is detected, the relay remains open.
Indication of short circuit by a yellow LED
SPECIFICATIONS
Absolute Maximum Applied Voltage: S, SC: 41 VDC

Supply Voltage Norminal:
S, SC: 33 VDC
Normal Current Consumption:
270 A (Typical)
Active Current Consumption:
10 mA (Typical)
(Short Circuit Condition)
Dimensions:
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Weight:
1.4 oz
Visual Indicator (Yellow Status LED):
- No indication in normal condition.
- On steady in active (short) condition.
Maximum Quantity Per Loop:
127
Operation Temperature Range:
0C (32F)~ 49C (120F) Non-condensing
Allowable Ambient Humidity: 90% Non-condensing

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
* Class B Configuration Wiring:

The DCP-SCI short circuit isolator should be located
between any devices on the SLC loop. In the event of
a short on SLC loop, an isolator closest to the shorted
section will activate and the LED will be turned on. All
the devices beyond the shorted section will be
disabled. Upon removal of the short condition, the
DCP-SCI will automatically restore the entire loop to
the normal operating state.
For the best performance of DCP-SCI short circuit,
use class A configuration.
WIRING:
Note: All wiring must conform to local codes, ordinances and regulations.
1. Install module wiring in accordance with job drawings and appropriate wiring diagram.
2. Secure the module to an approved electrical box
(supplied by installer).
MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS: 4" SQ Electrical box.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
Continued on back.
10/2003
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki DCP-SCI short circuit isolator. The
modules shall be UL listed compatible with Hochiki Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) supporting control panel
loops. The isolator module must be suitable for mounting in a standard 4" square electrical box. The isolator
module must provide a yellow LED for indication of status.
Back side of a DCP-SCI
TB1
UL LISTED
COMPATIBLE
CONTROL
PANEL
(IN) S
(IN) SC
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
DCP-SCI
S5694
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATOR

TB1
(IN) S
(IN) SC
(OUT) S
GROUP OF VARIOUS DCP MODULES
(OUT) SC
GROUP OF VARIOUS DCP SENSORS
OPTIONAL RETURN LINE

(NOT REQUIRED)
(IN) S
(IN) SC
(OUT) S
(OUT) SC
TB1
-++ +
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
DCP-SCI
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
S5694
WIRING DIAGRAM
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
DCP-SCI
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
S5694
LISTED

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM EXAMPLE, CONNECTED
TO A COMPATIBLE LISTED CONTROL PANEL
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-SCI

ANY COMBINATION OF MODULES
AND/OR SENSORS MAY BE PLACED
BETWEEN ISOLATORS
FN-300ULX Data Sheet

Rev. FN-300ULX- J20E
Overview
This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a 12VDC
or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-300ULX
12VDC or 24VDC @ 2.5 amp.
Specifications
Enclosure Dimensions
Input 115VAC / 60Hz, 1.45 amp.

12VDC or 24VDC selectable output.
Class 2 Rated power limited output.
Input fuse rated @ 3.5 amp/250V.
Filtered and electronically regulated output.
Short circuit and thermal overload protection.
AC fail supervision (form "C" contacts).
Low battery supervision (form "C" contacts).
Battery presence supervision (form C contacts).
Built-in charger for sealed lead acid
or gel type batteries.
Automatic switch over to stand-by battery when
AC fails.
Maximum charge current .7 amp.
Zero voltage drop when switched over to
battery backup.
AC input and DC output LED indicators.
Accommodates up to two (2) 12VDC/7AH batteries.
Power supply, enclosure, cam lock and battery leads.
13H x 13.5W x 3.25D

1.40
4.85
4.85
1.40
3.25
1.20
12.50
0.75
11.00
1.20
0.5275
1.40
1.40
5.10
5.10
11.125
13.00
5.10
6.50
1.40 1.3475
3.25
3.25
11.00
1.25
10.00
1.25
1.25
3.25
Agency Approvals
UL 294
UL Listed for Access Control

System Units.
UL 603 UL Listed Standard for Power
Supplies for Use with BurglarAlarm Systems.
UL 1069 UL Listed Hospital Signaling and
Nurse Call Equipment.
UL 1481 UL Listed Standard for Safety for
Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
MEA - NYC Department of

Buildings Approved.
CSFM - California State Fire
Marshal Approved.
02/2005

Rev. DSFN-400ULX - J24E
Overview
This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
12VDC or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-400ULX
12VDC @ 4 amp or 24VDC @ 3 amp supply current.
Specifications

Single Class 2 Rated power limited output.
AC fails.
battery backup.
13H x 13.5W x 3.25D

1.40
4.85
4.85
1.40
3.25
1.20
12.50
0.75
11.00
1.20
0.5275
1.40
1.40
5.10
5.10
11.125
13.00
5.10
6.50
1.40 1.3475
3.25
3.25
11.00
1.25
10.00
1.25
1.25
3.25
Agency Approvals
UL 294

System Units.
UL 603 UL Listed Standard for Power
Supplies for Use with BurglarAlarm Systems.
UL 1069 UL Listed Hospital Signaling and
Nurse Call Equipment.

Buildings Approved.
Marshal Approved.
FM - Factory Mutual Approved.
02/2005

Overview
This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
12VDC or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-600ULX
12VDC or 24VDC @ 6 amp supply current.
Specifications

Single Class 2 Rated power limited output.
Automatic switch over to stand-by
battery when AC fails.
Zero voltage drop when switched
over to battery backup.
13H x 13.5W x 3.25D

1.40
4.85
4.85
1.40
3.25
1.20
12.50
0.75
11.00
1.20
0.5275
1.40
1.40
5.10
5.10
11.125
13.00
5.10
6.50
1.40 1.3475
3.25
3.25
11.00
1.25
10.00
1.25
1.25
3.25
Agency Approvals
UL 294

System Units.
Fire Protective Signaling Systems

Marshal Approved.
FM - Factory Mutual Approved.

Buildings Approved.
02/2005

Overview
These power supply/chargers convert a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
24VDC regulating output.
FN-1024ULX
Access Control applications:
24VDC @ 10 amp.
Fire Alarm applications:
24VDC @ 8 amp supply current w/10 amp during alarm.
Specifications

24VDC output.
Single non-power limited output.
Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or
gel type batteries.
AC fails.
Maximum charge current 3.6 amp.
battery backup.
15.5H x 12W x 4.5D

12"
2.25"
4.56"
3.68"
1.22"
1.22"
4.5"
.875"
1.22"
1.3"
9.97"
1"
1"
2"
2"
8"
13.25"
13.53"
3.25"
2.2"
1.25"
1"
15.5"
1.22"
2.25"
3.68"
4.56"
Agency Approvals
UL 294

System Units.

Buildings Approved.
Marshal Approved.
02/2005
FN-642-ULADA, FN-842-ULADA, FN-1042-ULADA

Data Sheet
Rev. FN-642/842/1042-ULADA- J24E
Overview
The FN-642-ULADA, FN-842-ULADA and FN-1042-ULADA are extremely
cost effective voltage regulated remote NAC Power Extenders. They may be
connected to any 12 or 24 volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Primary
applications include Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) expansion
(supports ADA requirements) and will provide auxiliary power to support
system accessories.
FN-642-ULADA
24VDC or 12VDC
rated @ 6.5 amp max.
Four (4) Class A or
four (4) Class B outputs.
FN-842-ULADA
24VDC or 12VDC
rated @ 8 amp max.
Four (4) Class A or
FN-1042-ULADA
24VDC rated
@ 10 amp max.
Four (4) Class A or
Specifications
Two (2) Class A or two (2) Class B FACP inputs.
Two (2) NC dry contact trigger inputs.
Four (4) Class A or four (4) Class B indicating
circuits.
Two (2) Class B outputs may be paralleled for more
power on an indicating circuit.
One (1) Aux. Power Output @ 1 amp supply current
(w/battery back up).
One (1) Aux. Power Output @ 1 amp supply current
(w/o battery back up).
Signal Circuit Trouble Memory - facilitates quickly
locating intermittent system trouble and eliminates
costly and unnecessary service calls. LEDs indicate a
prior fault (short, open, ground) has occurred on one
or more signaling circuit outputs.
2 wire Horn/Strobe Sync mode allows audible
notification appliances (Horns) to be silenced while
visual notification appliances (Strobes) continue
to operate.
Horn/Strobe sync protocols include: Gentex,

System Sensor, Faraday, Amseco.
Temporal Code 3 Mode.
Steady Mode.
Input to Output Follower Mode (maintains
synchronization of notification appliance circuits).
March Time.
Compatible with 24VDC or 12VDC fire panels.
Ground fault detection.
Input 115VAC.
AC fail, battery presence & low battery monitoring.
Power supply, logic board, red enclosure, cam lock,
transformer & battery leads.
Continued on back.
02/2005
Agency Approvals
18"H x 14.5"W x 4.625"D
UL 864
UL Listed Control Units and

Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems.
14.5"
4.5"
1.25"
4.5"
1.5"
1.25"
6.5"
4.0"
1.5"
1.25"
1.0"
1.5"
1.5"
NYC Department of Buildings Approved.
4.0"
18"
18"
18"
10"
California State Fire Marshal Approved.
10.0"
1.0"
1.0"
Factory Mutual Approved.
1.0"
1.5"
4.5"
4.5"
4.5"
1.25"
2.75"
7.25"
14.5"
2.75"
Features:
True Multiplex 6 Channel Distributed Audio
Integrated Fire Phone, Area of Rescue
and Fan & Damper Control capability
Modular System - components added as needed
Integrated 2 Channel Digital Message Repeater
Live Microphone Page to any zone
Fast RS-485 Communication Protocol
Fully Supervised
Easy Installation and Operation
Natural Sound Voice Recordings
Built in Alarm and Alert Signals
Up to 4 Minute Message Capacity
Works with 12VDC or 24VDC Fire Alarm Panel
Works with Analog/Addressable and
Microprocessor based Fire Alarm Panels.
3 Minute Message Restart on Microphone Key
Made in the USA.
VoiceNET
High Rise Voice
Evacuation System
SYSTEM
RESET
PAGE
ALL-CALL
FAULT
SILENCE
PAGING
CONTROL
277-96-E
6911-1446:103
Description:
LISTED
#S5661
The Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise Evacuation

System operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP) in a building to provide
automatic response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki VoiceNET includes all necessary
features to provide an effective voice evacuation
system. The Hochiki VoiceNET can be custom
configured to satisfy the needs of any high rise
application.
System Configuration:
Fire department authorities can easily take

command of evacuation or relocation procedures
and emergencies. Building management and fire
brigades can monitor and control emergency
response even before the professionals arrive
Basic System Includes:
The VoiceNET system includes capacity for 6

channels of simultaneous audio. This provides for
evacuation, stay-in-place, or other public address
announcements and automatic messages.
Distributed Panel (FNV-DP)

4 Output Zones (may be configured for 8)
Dual Channel Audio Interface
Dual Channel Amplification
Optional
Integrated Fire Phone
Area-of-Rescue
Fire Fighter Phones or Warden Stations may be

included as required. Area-of-Rescue stations can
reassure handicapped occupants that help is on
the way.
Master Panel (FNV-MP)

Master Mic Control
16 switch control points
Dual Channel DMR
High speed communication loop
Number of distributed panels to be

Determined by building specifications
Maximum System Configuration

Up to 256 Distributed Panels (FNV-DP)
And up to 2028 monitor and control points
7051 Village Drive, Suite 100
Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
714.522.2246
www.hochiki.com
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel
Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
#18 AWG
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
Hochiki VoiceNET
True-Multiplex
System
Capabilities
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
TB1
TB2
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB3
#22 AWG Twisted Pair

Fire Phone
FNV-25/50/100
FNV-25/50/100
Fire
Fire
Phone
Phone
NetComm Loop:
-Twisted Pair, Category 5
-4,000 Feet between panels
-50,000 Feet Total System Loop
-Data and 6 Audio Channels Simultaneously
-High Speed RS-485 Communications
-Style 4 or Style 7 Field Selectable
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel
Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Head End Control
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
FNV-MP
Master Panel
F
I
R
E
PAGING
CONTROL
F
I
R
E
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB1
TB2
TB3
Fire Phone
FNV-25/50/100
FIRE PHONE CONTROL
FNV-25/50/100
Fire
Fire
Phone
Phone
Hochiki VoiceNET
High Rise Multiplex
11 Floor Typical Riser Diagram
S
11th Floor
S
P
10th Floor
AR
S
P
CM
9th Floor
FNV-DP
AR
S
P
8th Floor
AR
S
P
7th Floor
AR
S
P
6th Floor
AR
S
P
5th Floor
CM
FNV-DP
S
P
4th Floor
AR
AR
S
P
3rd Floor
AR
S
P
RS 485
DATA LOOP
2nd Floor
AR
S
P
FNV-MP
1st Floor
FNV-DP
S
P
Basement
AR
S
P
Speaker, Speaker/Strobe
Fire Fighter Phone Jack
AR
Area of Rescue Station

Engineering Specifications
Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise
The voice evacuation system shall be Hochiki Series VoiceNET FNV High Rise or approved
equal.
The VoiceNET FNV system shall include one Master Panel and one or more Distributed
Panels. The system shall be microprocessor based, and shall be compatible for use with
contact closures from the Fire Alarm Control Panel, (FACP). The system shall have a highspeed communication bus and have the capacity for 6 channels of audio and data on a single
pair of wires. The field wiring for the communication bus may be configured for either Style "4"
or Style "7" supervision. The system shall have the capacity for Fire Fighters Phone, Area-ofRescue communication and also have the capacity for Fan & Damper control with monitored
feedback. The system shall have a minimum capacity of 2028 monitor and control points.
The Master Panel shall contain an integral microphone, dual channel digital message repeater,
(DMR) and digital tone generator, 120 VAC power supply, and battery charger. The system
shall be modular in design, and shall be expandable such that additional system control points
may be configured. The system shall include integral self-diagnostic routines that shall
continually monitor system status, and shall indicate the precise type of trouble conditions
should they occur in the system. A trouble condition within the system shall cause a trouble
indication to be transmitted to the FACP.
Distributed panels shall provide a minimum of 4 Class "B" speaker circuits, expandable to
sixteen total. Alternately, panel may be configured for 4 Class "A" speaker circuits, up to 8 total.
Panel may be configured for 1 to 8 amplifiers. Panel must provide up to 6 simultaneous audio
channels, up to 8 Fire Phone circuits, up to 4 Area of Refuge circuits and up to two
Control/Monitor loops. Amplifiers will contain their own power supplies, battery chargers and
provide auxiliary power for other components. Speaker circuits shall be supervised for short
and open circuit conditions, and shall be able to withstand transient or continuous short-circuit
conditions without damage to the system.
System may be configured for General Alarm All Call operation, Alarm by Zone or
Floor Above / Floor Below as required. Contact closures shall allow immediate broadcast of an
alarm signal and evacuation message to the appropriate area. Non-Alarm areas may receive
alert tones and messages as required or activated by the FACP.
The alarm signal/evacuation message shall be broadcast until the FACP is reset, or until
emergency personnel interrupt the broadcast with a manual page.
To prevent unauthorized tampering, the voice evacuation system shall disable the microphone
if the microphone is keyed continuously for 3 minutes or more. Systems that do not have this
feature shall not be acceptable.
Specifications are subject to change without notice. Specifications

are provided for information only and no responsibility is assumed
by Hochiki America, Inc. for their use.
Features:
Fully Supervised
Made in the USA.
FNV-MP
High Rise Voice Evacuation System
Master Panel
SYSTEM
RESET
PAGE
ALL-CALL
FAULT
SILENCE
PAGING
CONTROL
Description:
The Hochiki FNV High Rise Evacuation System
operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm Control
Panel (FACP) in a building to provide automatic
response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki FNV includes all necessary features
to provide an effective voice evacuation system.
The Hochiki FNV can be custom configured to
satisfy the needs of any high rise application.
The FNV system includes capacity for 6 channels
of simultaneous audio. This provides for
the way. Smoke control, stair pressurization, and
HVAC shutdown can be completely automatic,
unless controlled manually by management or fire
authorities.
Master Mic Control
16 Switch Control points
Dual Channel DMR
High Speed communication loop
Optional
Integrated Master Fire Phone
Area-of-Rescue
Fan and Damper system control
Up to 1000 monitor and control points
LISTED
714.522.2246
www.hochiki.com
FNV MP64/P
Master Panel
Ribbon Cable Connection Detail
MMC
20 Pin Ribbon
1
2
3
J1
TB1
MFP
SLC
2
SLC
1
P2
TB1
TB2
P3
P5
P4
P5
P2
DCC
ASC
34 Pin Ribbon
P1
P2
SLC
4
SLC
3
LED1 LED2 LED3
10 Pin Ribbon
P1
34 Pin Ribbon
34 Pin Ribbon
1 2 3
TB2
TB3
TB4
TB5
P3
SSC
1
2
TB3
M
F
I
PWR-2A
TB1
TB2
I/O
Card
TB1
1 2 3
IOI
Components mounted to
back plate inside of cabinet.
Components mounted on hinged front panel.
Connectors shown are on the back of the
components.
In the Master Panel system components are mounted to a removable back plate. The door and front panel are
removable. This enables field wiring to be installed cleanly.
Connections to the User Interface components ( Switch/LED banks, Mic/System control and Master Fire Phone)
is accomplished with ribbon cables. The front panel mounts separately on a continuous hinge so once installed
the access for system programming is easily accommodated.
NetComm Loop Wiring (Style 4)

RETURN TO MASTER
IN FROM LAST PANEL
OUT TO FIRST DISTRIBUTED PANEL
IN FROM PREVIOUS PANEL
NetCom Bus
(Supervised)
*A - Optional wiring for
Style 7 supervision
1
2
3
P3
P4
J1
TB1
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TB2
TB3
TB4
DCC
ASC
P5
P4
P1
J1
TB1
TB2
P3
P2
TB6
1 2 3 4
P2
1
2
3
TB5
1 2 3 4
P2
MFP
1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
P5
P3
P1
1 2 3 4
TB1
TB2
LED1
TB7
DCC
P4
P2
MBR
LED1 LED2 LED3
LED1 LED2 LED3
P1
TB3
TB4
TB5
P1
TB9
P3
TB3
TB4
TB5
DISTRIBUTED PANEL
MASTER PANEL
NetComm Loop Wiring (Style 7)
Redundant Communication Bus
Primary Communication Bus
1
2
3
P3
P4
J1
TB1
P5
1 2 3 4
TB3
TB4
DCC
ASC
P4
P5
P1
1
2
3
J1
TB1
TB2
P3
TB5
P2
TB6
1 2 3 4
P2
MFP
1 2 3 4
TB2
1 2 3 4
P2
1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
P3
P1
1 2 3 4
TB1
TB2
LED1
TB7
DCC
P4
P2
MBR
LED1 LED2 LED3
LED1 LED2 LED3
P1
MASTER PANEL
TB3
TB4
TB5
TB9
P3
DISTRIBUTED PANEL
The redundant loop must be run in separate conduit

with minimum spacing from the primary. Check local
code requirements.
P1
TB3
TB4
TB5
Master Panel Configurations:

FNV-MP16
FNV-MP32
FNV-MP48
FNV-MP64
FNV-MP80
FNV-MP96
Master Panel, 16 Switch Control

FNV-MP16/P
FNV-MP32/P
FNV-MP48/P
FNV-MP64/P
FNV-MP80/P
FNV-MP96/P
Master Panel, 16 Switch Control, Master Fire Phone

Panel Options: Cards may be added as job requirements demand

FNV-MFP Master Fire Phone
FNV-SSC Switch Scan Card
added.
FNV-SLC Switch LED Card
FNV-IOI Input Interface Card
Enables system to incorporate 2 way communication.

Included with /P panels.
Included in basic panels, up to 7 additional cards may be
16 Switch LED Bank, up to 8 per FNV-SSC.
One included with basic panel, additional cards give 16 control
Technical Characteristics:
Primary Power: 120 VAC
24 VDC Battery Power
Electrical Ratings:All Circuits @ 24VDC.
Master Panel
DCC
ASC
MFP
SSC
SLC
MMC
IOI
Standby
80 mA
30 mA
10 mA
25 mA
6 mA
45 mA
20 mA
Alarm
80 mA
30 mA
10 mA
25 mA
6 mA
45 mA
20 mA
Communications Bus: RS-485 Standard,

1M Baud data rate, Category 5 cable.
Voltage: 5V peak-to-peak max.
Current: 50mA max.
Impedance: 120 Ohms
(max. imp. between panels)
Frequency: 1.024MHz
Backbox Dim:
Color:
14.5 x 27 x 4 whd
Charcoal Greystandard
Redoptional

Features:
FNV-DP
High Rise Voice Evacuation System
Distributed Panel
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
1
2
3
J1
TB1
TB2
1 2 3 4
TB5
P3
1 2 3 4
P2
TB6
DCC
DCC
1 2 3 4
P4
TB7
8 B
AMI
1
MBK

Fully Supervised
Made in the USA.
MBR
P1
TB8
4 A
TB1
TB1
1
TB2 11
J1
1 TB3
2
3
4
5
YEL
6
7 GRN
8
RED
MESSAGE
GAIN
Description:
J2
FAULT
1 2 3
NORMAL
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ALARM
P2
MIC
GAIN
MESSAGE
GAIN
FNV-25E
J2
FAULT
1 2 3
NORMAL
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ALARM
P2
MIC
GAIN
FNV-25E
SN1
The Hochiki FNV High Rise Evacuation System

operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm Control
Panel (FACP) in a building to provide automatic
response to life safety emergencies.
TB2 11
J1
1 TB3
2
3
4
5
YEL
6
7 GRN
8
RED
SN1
S1
S1
The Hochiki FNV includes all necessary features

to provide an effective voice evacuation system.
The Hochiki FNV can be custom configured to
satisfy the needs of any high rise application.
The FNV system includes capacity for 6 channels
of simultaneous audio. This provides for
the way. Smoke control, stair pressurization, and
HVAC shutdown can be completely automatic,
unless controlled manually by management or fire
authorities.

Dual/Single Channel Amplification
Amplifier Options:
25 / 50 / 100W Dual Channel
25 / 50 / 100 / 200W Single Channel
Optional
4 Circuits expandable to 8 or 12
Area-of-Rescue
Fan and Damper system control
LISTED
714.522.2246
www.hochiki.com
FNV
Distributed Panel
Connection Detail
Speaker Circuits
10K
EOLR
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
SEE FIG. 2 FOR FPI TO MBR CONNECTION DETAIL

SEE FIG. 3 FOR AMI TO AMPLIFIER CONNECTION DETAIL
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
AMI
1 2 3 4
10K
EOLR
FPI
MBK
1 2 3 4
Fire Phone Circuits
P10
P3
P2
P14
P15
P1
DCC
MBR
TB3
1234
P1
TB8
TB9
TB11
Set EOLR
TB1
TB1
1
TB2 11
J1
1 TB3
2
3
4
5
YEL
6
7 GRN
8
RED
MESSAGE
GAIN
J2
FAULT
1 2 3
NORMAL
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ALARM
P2
MIC
GAIN
1 TB3
2
3
4
5
YEL
6
7 GRN
8
RED
MESSAGE
GAIN
J2
FAULT
1 2 3
NORMAL
P2
MIC
GAIN
10 PIN RIBBON
SN1
S1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ALARM
FNV-25E
SN1
S1
TB2 11
J1
FNV-25E
10 PIN RIBBON
FPI to MBR Connection
AMI to Amplifier Connection

To left side
Amplifier
To right side
Amplifier
10 PIN RIBBON
10 PIN RIBBONS
TO MBR J7
MBR J7
This side plugs

into MBR, 2nd
slot on right
FPI
Each AMI card provides audio

channels and control to two
amplifier modules or amplifier
banks. Maximum configuration
is 5 AMI cards in each FNV-DP.
This side plugs

into MBR, 1st
slot on right
AMI
Each FNV-DP panel may
have up to 4 FPI cards for
a max. of 16 phone circuits.
(Additional modules would mount in

separate cabinets)
(Additional FPI cards require

an FNV-FPO for circuit termination)
Eight Class B Speaker Lines

E
O
L
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
E
O
L
F
I
R
E
1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
TB2
1 2 3 4
TB3
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
Eight Class "B" may

also be configured
as 4 A / B circuits
EOLR
E
O
L
EOLR
EOLR
Standard Life Safety Speakers,

Strobes connected and powered separately
1 2 3 4
TB4
Four Class A Speaker Lines
1 2 3 4
TB5
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
1 2 3 4
F
I
R
E
TB6
1 2 3 4
TB7
MBR
Second FNV-MBK card provides

additional speaker circuits
May be configured as several options
EOL
1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
TB8
AMI
MBK#1
MBK#2
TB5
1 2 3 4
TB2
1 2 3 4
TB3
EOL
1 2 3 4
TB4
Distributed Panel Configurations:

FNV-DPS25
FNV-DPS50
FNV-DPS100
Distributed Panel, Single Channel, 25W

FNV-DPS25/P
FNV-DPS50/P
FNV-DPS100/P
Distributed Panel, Single Channel, 25W, Fire Phone

FNV-DP25
FNV-DP50
FNV-DP100
Distributed Panel, Dual Channel, 25W

FNV-DP25/P
FNV-DP50/P
FNV-DP100/P
Distributed Panel, Dual Channel, 25W, Fire Phone

Panel Options: Cards may be added as job requirements demand

FNV-MBK Motherboard Relay Card
Expands MBR output 8 Class B or 4 Class A speaker circuits
FNV-FPI Fire Phone Interface Card

FNV-FPO Fire Phone Output Card
Included in /P panels, up to 3 additional cards may be added

Used with additional FNV-FPIs for termination
FNV-AMI Audio Module Interface Card
Included with basic panel, additional cards give the ability to control
multiple modules or accommodate full 3 channel operation
Technical Characteristics:
Primary Power: 120 VAC
24 VDC Battery Power
Electrical Ratings: All Circuits @ 24VDC.
Distributed Panel
Standby
DCC
55 mA
MBR
10 mA
AMI
10 mA
FPI
13 mA
Alarm
55 mA
55 mA
10 mA
13 mA
Battery Charging: Maximum charging current from

FNV-25/50 is 800mA. Maximum battery size is 17AHr.
FNV-100 Maximum battery size is 24AHr.
Communications Bus: RS-485 Standard,

1M Baud data rate, Category 5 cable.
Voltage: 5V peak-to-peak max.
Current: 50mA max.
Impedance: 120 Ohms
(max. imp. between panels)
Frequency: 1.024MHz
Backbox Dim:
Color:
14.5 x 27 x 4 whd
Charcoal Greystd Redoptional

Description:
VoiceNet
Fire Phone Equipment
Fire Phone accessories give the FNV system two

way communication capability.
Fire Phone jacks are mounted on a single gang plate.
Fixed telephone and warden stations are available in
Surface/Semi-Flush mount cabinet with a Thumb
Turn latch
FNV-FJ
Model Number
FNV-FJ
Description
Telephone Jack
FNV-FH
Brushed Stainless Steel Single Gang

Plate
FNV-FH
Portable Handset
Color - Red
(6 mount in FNV-TC cabinet)
FNV-TC
Telephone Cabinet
Holds 6 FNV-FH Portable Handset
Cabinet: Charcoal Gray - std. -R Red
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount / Key Lock
27 x 14-1/2 x 4 h-w-d)
FNV-FS
Fire Phone Station

Coil cord / Thumb Turn Latch
Cabinet: Red
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount
12-3/4 x 7-1/4 x 3-3/4 h-w-d)
FNV-WS
FNV-TC
(Shown with 6 FNV-FH)
FNV-FS
FNV-WS
Warden Station
Armored cable / Thumb Turn Latch
Cabinet: Red
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount
12-3/4 x 7-1/4 x 3-3/4 h-w-d)
LISTED
714.522.2246
www.hochiki.com
10K 1/2W
EOLR
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR
All Fire Phone

Circuits use
Twisted Pair
#22 AWG min.
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR
To Additional
Fire Phone Circuits
(not shown)
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
Fire Phone
Handset
Jack
1 2 3 4
TB2
TB3
TB5
1 2 3 4
TB6
1 2 3 4
Fire
Phone
Loops
1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
FPO
1 2 3 4
TB7
1 2
TB
(Supervised)
MBR
/
10 Pin Ribbon Cable
FPI
Cards plug into slots
available on MBR
First FPI allows 4 Fire Phone
Circuits off of MBR. Adding 2nd
FPI and an FPO allows 4
additional Fire Phone Circuits
(16 circuits max. in any FNV-DP)

Features:
Fully Supervised
Made in the USA.
VoiceNET
High Rise Voice
Evacuation System
SYSTEM
RESET
PAGE
ALL-CALL
FAULT
SILENCE
PAGING
CONTROL
277-96-E
6911-1446:103
Description:
LISTED
#S5661
The Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise Evacuation

System operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP) in a building to provide
automatic response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki VoiceNET includes all necessary
features to provide an effective voice evacuation
system. The Hochiki VoiceNET can be custom
configured to satisfy the needs of any high rise
application.

The VoiceNET system includes capacity for 6

channels of simultaneous audio. This provides for

Dual Channel Amplification
Optional
Area-of-Rescue

the way.

Master Mic Control
16 switch control points
Dual Channel DMR
High speed communication loop
Number of distributed panels to be

Determined by building specifications

And up to 2028 monitor and control points
714.522.2246
www.hochiki.com
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel
Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
#18 AWG
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
Hochiki VoiceNET
True-Multiplex
System
Capabilities
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
TB1
TB2
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB3
#22 AWG Twisted Pair

Fire Phone
FNV-25/50/100
FNV-25/50/100
Fire
Fire
Phone
Phone
NetComm Loop:
-Twisted Pair, Category 5
-4,000 Feet between panels
-50,000 Feet Total System Loop
-Data and 6 Audio Channels Simultaneously
-High Speed RS-485 Communications
-Style 4 or Style 7 Field Selectable
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel
Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Head End Control
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
FNV-MP
Master Panel
F
I
R
E
PAGING
CONTROL
F
I
R
E
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB1
TB2
TB3
Fire Phone
FNV-25/50/100
FIRE PHONE CONTROL
FNV-25/50/100
Fire
Fire
Phone
Phone
Hochiki VoiceNET
High Rise Multiplex
11 Floor Typical Riser Diagram
S
11th Floor
S
P
10th Floor
AR
S
P
CM
9th Floor
FNV-DP
AR
S
P
8th Floor
AR
S
P
7th Floor
AR
S
P
6th Floor
AR
S
P
5th Floor
CM
FNV-DP
S
P
4th Floor
AR
AR
S
P
3rd Floor
AR
S
P
RS 485
DATA LOOP
2nd Floor
AR
S
P
FNV-MP
1st Floor
FNV-DP
S
P
Basement
AR
S
P
Speaker, Speaker/Strobe
Fire Fighter Phone Jack
AR
Area of Rescue Station

Engineering Specifications
Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise
The voice evacuation system shall be Hochiki Series VoiceNET FNV High Rise or approved
equal.
The VoiceNET FNV system shall include one Master Panel and one or more Distributed
Panels. The system shall be microprocessor based, and shall be compatible for use with
contact closures from the Fire Alarm Control Panel, (FACP). The system shall have a highspeed communication bus and have the capacity for 6 channels of audio and data on a single
pair of wires. The field wiring for the communication bus may be configured for either Style "4"
or Style "7" supervision. The system shall have the capacity for Fire Fighters Phone, Area-ofRescue communication and also have the capacity for Fan & Damper control with monitored
feedback. The system shall have a minimum capacity of 2028 monitor and control points.
The Master Panel shall contain an integral microphone, dual channel digital message repeater,
(DMR) and digital tone generator, 120 VAC power supply, and battery charger. The system
shall be modular in design, and shall be expandable such that additional system control points
may be configured. The system shall include integral self-diagnostic routines that shall
continually monitor system status, and shall indicate the precise type of trouble conditions
should they occur in the system. A trouble condition within the system shall cause a trouble
indication to be transmitted to the FACP.
Distributed panels shall provide a minimum of 4 Class "B" speaker circuits, expandable to
sixteen total. Alternately, panel may be configured for 4 Class "A" speaker circuits, up to 8 total.
Panel may be configured for 1 to 8 amplifiers. Panel must provide up to 6 simultaneous audio
channels, up to 8 Fire Phone circuits, up to 4 Area of Refuge circuits and up to two
Control/Monitor loops. Amplifiers will contain their own power supplies, battery chargers and
provide auxiliary power for other components. Speaker circuits shall be supervised for short
and open circuit conditions, and shall be able to withstand transient or continuous short-circuit
conditions without damage to the system.
System may be configured for General Alarm All Call operation, Alarm by Zone or
Floor Above / Floor Below as required. Contact closures shall allow immediate broadcast of an
alarm signal and evacuation message to the appropriate area. Non-Alarm areas may receive
alert tones and messages as required or activated by the FACP.
The alarm signal/evacuation message shall be broadcast until the FACP is reset, or until
emergency personnel interrupt the broadcast with a manual page.
To prevent unauthorized tampering, the voice evacuation system shall disable the microphone
if the microphone is keyed continuously for 3 minutes or more. Systems that do not have this
feature shall not be acceptable.

SIJ-24 IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The SIJ-24 can be used in all areas where Ionization
Smoke Detectors are required. The responsive yet highly
stabile operation allows the SIJ-24 to fit in a wide range
of uses. The SIJ-24 can be used in areas where early
warning of superheated or flaming combustibles is
expected.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R Style
bases may be used with the SIJ-24. Current compatible
devices are the SLR-24V Photoelectric detector, the SLR24H photoelectric detector with heat sensor and the DCD135/190 heat detectors.
Shown without base.
STANDARD FEATURES
Low profile, 1.8" high (with base)

Low standby current, 40A at 24 VDC
Two built-in power/alarm LEDs for 360 viewing
Non-directional smoke chamber
Vandal resistant security locking feature
Built-in magnetic detector sensitivity test feature.
Meets NFPA 72, Chapter 2 & 7, Inspection, Testing
and Maintenance requirements.
Compatible with SLR-24V photoelectric detectors
Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and SIH
smoke detectors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Radioactive Source
Rated Voltage
Working Voltage
Maximum Voltage
Supervisory Current
Surge Current
Alarm Current
Ambient Temperature
AM-241 0.52Ci
17.7 - 30.0 VDC
15.0 - 33.0 VDC
42 VDC
40A @ 24 VDC
200A max. @ 24 VDC
150mA max. @ 24 VDC
32F to 120F
(0C to 49C)
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS Blend
Sensitivity Test Feature: Magnetically activated
dual reed switch test
Mounting:
Refer to the NS Conventional

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases
which may have been used in previous installations.
Please check individual panel listings for compatible
bases.
OPERATION
The SIJ-24 ionization smoke detector utilizes two bicolored LEDs for status indication purposes. In a normal
standby condition the LEDs flash green approximately
once each second. When the detector senses smoke
and goes into alarm the status LEDs will latch on red.
A single radioactive source of Americium-241 ionizes two
chambers within the detector, a reference chamber, and
the smoke sensing chamber. The air is ionized by this
source and a small DC current flows between the
electrodes of each chamber. Smoke can freely enter
the sensing chamber while the inner chamber is virtually
sealed to smoke. Smoke entering the sensing chamber
causes a reduction in the DC current flow, the voltage
imbalance between the two chambers is proportional to
the smoke density. When the voltage differences become
great enough it causes the detector to go into alarm.
The two chamber design is utilized to compensate for
changes in atmospheric and environmental conditions.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual: 1D5A1.AY
CSFM #: 7271-0410:135

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
01/2003
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SIJ-24 ionization smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm
panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America, SLR-24V photoelectric type smoke detector, SLR-24H
combination photoelectric/heat detector, and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base
shall be appropriate twistlock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R. In the event of partial or complete
retrofit, the SIJ-24 maybe used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK24FH and the SIH-24F) on most HSB and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby
condition the LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector
may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the
detector without the need of generating smoke. The test method shall simulate effects of products of combustion in the
chamber to ensure testing of the detector electronics.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
feature shall be field removable when not required.
SIJ-24 SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

TEST PROCEDURE
1. With detector wired to appropriate initiating circuit or current limited power source and with normal applied
power, place a magnet as shown in Figure 1.
2. Wait at least six seconds. Detector SHOULD NOT alarm and LED should not light.
3. Place magnet on detector as shown in Figure 2 (opposite side).
4. Wait at least six seconds. Detector SHOULD alarm.
5. If detector does alarm when magnet is positioned as in Figure 1 or does not produce an alarm when magnet
is positioned as in Figure 2, detector is not within specified sensitivity limits and may require service. See
Technical Bulletin HA-97 for more information and for additional sensitivity test devices.
WARNING: Conduct testing only under Normal Standby conditions. Abnormal or Low Power conditions may
affect sensitivity. Always reset power prior to testing of next unit.
LED's
Figure 1
Hochiki America Corporation SIJ-24
Figure 2
SLR-24H PHOTOELECTRIC/ HEAT SMOKE DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The SLR-24H can be used in all areas where Photoelectric
Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range smoke
chamber makes the SLR-24H well suited for fires ranging
from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-xxx R Style
bases may be used with the SLR-24H. Current
interchangeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24
ionization detector, SLR-24V photoelectric detector and
the DCD-135/190 heat detectors.
Shown without base.

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases
which may have been used in previous installations.
Please check individual panel listings for compatible
bases.
STANDARD FEATURES

135F latching heat sensor
Heat sensor protected by a built-in guard
Low standby current, 45A at 24VDC
Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LED's
Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement
Automatic Sensitivity window verification function
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 2 & 7,
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source
Heat Sensor
Rated Voltage
Working Voltage
Maximum Voltage
Supervisory Current
Surge Current
Alarm Current
Ambient Temperature
Sensitivity Test Feature
Mounting
GaAlAs Infrared
Emitting Diode
135F
17.7 - 30.0 VDC
15.0 - 33.0 VDC
42 VDC
45A @ 24 VDC
160A max. @ 24 VDC
150mA max. @ 24 VDC
32F to 120F
(0C to 49C)
Bone PC/ABS Blend
Automatic Sensitivity
window verification test
Refer to NS Conventional

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
OPERATION
The SLR-24H photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
bicolored LED's for indication of status. In a normal
standby condition the LED's flash Green every 3
seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
has drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the
LED's will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LED's will
latch on Red.
The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and
silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke
chamber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving
element receives no light from the pulsing LED light
source. In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector
smoke chamber and light is reflected from the smoke
particles to the receiving element. The light received is
converted into an electronic signal.
Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the
reference level are received within a specified period of
time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to
activate the alarm signal. The status LED's light
continuously during the alarm period.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
Factory Mutual: 3006185
Continued on back.
F0015
10/2005
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24H photoelectric
smoke detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire
alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24V photoelectric detector, SIJ-24 ionization type
smoke detector and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate twistlock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-xxx R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24
maybe used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH24) on most HSB and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby
condition the LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash
Red. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the
control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the
detector without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and
continuously to verify that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
feature shall be field removable when not required.
SLR-24H SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-24H Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1.
2.
3.
4.
In normal condition, both LED's flash green.

When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LED's flash red.
In the alarm state both LED's are red continuously.
When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be
cleaned or returned to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+)
INITIATING
CIRCUIT
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
(-)
H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
12VDC OR 24VDC
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
(-)
HSC-4R
HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
(+)
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY

in line resistance.
(-)
NEGATIVE
NS4 SERIES
NS6


SERIES
- BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
ARE WHITE IN COLOR
2-wire relay wiring diagram is also available

Hochiki America Corporation SLR-24H
SLR-24V PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The SLR-24V can be used in all areas where Photoelectric Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range
smoke chamber makes the SLR-24V well suited for fires
ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-xxx R Style
bases may be used with the SLR-24V. Current
interchangeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24
ionization detector, the SLR-24H photoelectric detector
with heat sensor, and the DCD-135/190 heat detectors.
Shown without base.
STANDARD FEATURES
Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs
Built-in magnetic go/no go detector test feature
Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or
replacement
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 2

& 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
Compatible with SIJ-24 ionization detectors
Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and
SIH detectors
Light Source
GaAlAs Infrared
Emitting Diode
Rated Voltage
17.7 - 30.0 VDC
Working Voltage
15.0 - 33.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage
42 VDC
Supervisory Current
45A @ 24 VDC
Surge Current
160A max. @ 24VDC
Alarm Current
150mA max. @ 24 VDC
Air Velocity Range
0-4000 fpm
Ambient Temperature
32F to 120F
(0C to 49C)
Sensitivity Test Feature Automatic Sensitivity
Mounting
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
All NS conventional devices are mechanically

compatible with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA
type bases which may have been used in previous
installations. Please check individual panel listings for
compatible bases.
OPERATION
The SLR-24V photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3 seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity has
drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs
will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs will
latch on Red.
silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving element receives no light from the pulsing LED light source.
In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector smoke
chamber and light is reflected from the smoke particles
to the receiving element. The light received is converted
into an electronic signal.
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference level are received within a specified period of time,
the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate
the alarm signal. The status LEDs light continuously
during the alarm period.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual: 1D5A1.AY
CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
F0017
06/2005
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24V photoelectric smoke detectors.
The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination photoelectric/heat detector, SIJ-24 ionization
type smoke detector and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate twist-lock base
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-xxx R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24V maybe used in conjunction
with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24) on most HSB and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the LEDs
will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector is
actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify that
it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to
minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
SLR-24V SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-24V Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1. In normal condition, both LED's flash green.
2. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LED's flash red.
3. In the alarm state both LED's are red continuously.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be cleaned or returned
to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-24V
SLR-24VN PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR

APPLICATIONS
The SLR-24VN can be used in all areas where Photoelectric Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range
smoke chamber makes the SLR-24VN well suited for
fires ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-R Style
bases may be used with the SLR-24VN. Current interchangeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24 ionization detector, the SLR-24H photoelectric detector with
heat sensor, and the DCD-135/190 heat detectors.
Shown without base.
STANDARD FEATURES
replacement
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,Chapter 2

& 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance.
Compatible with SIJ-24 ionization detectors
Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and
SIH detectors
Light Source
GaAlAs Infrared
Emitting Diode
Rated Voltage
17.7 - 30.0 VDC
Working Voltage
15.0 - 33.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage
42 VDC
Supervisory Current
45A @ 24 VDC
Surge Current
160A max. @ 24VDC
Alarm Current
150mA max. @ 24 VDC
Air Velocity Range
0-4000 fpm
Ambient Temperature
32F to 120F
(0C to 49C)
Sensitivity Test Feature: Automatic Sensitivity
Mounting:
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
All NS conventional devices are mechanically compatible with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type
bases which may have been used in previous installations. Please check individual panel listings for compatible bases.
OPERATION
The SLR-24VN photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3 seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity has
drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs
will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs will
latch on Red.
silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving element receives no light from the pulsing LED light source.
In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector smoke
chamber and light is reflected from the smoke particles
to the receiving element. The light received is converted
into an electronic signal.
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference level are received within a specified period of time,
the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate
the alarm signal. The status LEDs light continuously
during the alarm period.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual:
CSFM #:
Specification subject to change without notice
Made in the USA
10/2002
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24VN photoelectric smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination photoelectric/heat detector, SIJ-24 ionization type smoke detector and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate
twist-lock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24VN maybe
used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24) on most HSB
and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the
LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector
is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify
that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed
to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
SLR-24VN SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-24VN Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1. In normal condition, both LED's flash green.
2. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LED's flash red.
3. In the alarm state both LED's are red continuously.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be cleaned or
returned to the factory for cleaning or calibration. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-24VN
SLR-835/SLR-835H PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
SLR-835
Shown without a base
Shown without a base
SLR-835H
STANDARD FEATURES
Low Profile - Only 1.8" high (2.2" 835H)

135F latching heat sensor (835H only)
Heat sensor protected by a built-in guard (835H only)
Low standby current
Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement
Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and SIH detectors
Automatic Sensitivity window verification function meets
outline requirements in the NFPA 72 Inspection Testing
and Maintenance, Chapter 7
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source:
Operating Voltage:
Working Voaltage:
Wave Form:
Heat Sensor:
Supervisory Current:
Surge Current:
Alarm Current:
Compatibility Identifier:
Color & Case Material:
Sensitivity Test Feature:
Ordering Codes:
Dimensions:
Mounting:
GaAl AS infrared L.E.D.

Nominal: 12 VDC or 24 VDC
8.0-35.0 VDC
Filtered DC 15% Ripple Max
135 F (835H only)
38A AVG @12 VDC
55A AVG @24 VDC
70A AVG @35 VDC
200A Max @24 VDC
150mA Max
32 F - 120 F (0C - 49C)
HD-3
Bone/White PC/ABS Blend
Automatic Sensitivity
window verification Test
White: SLR-835W/SLR-835HW
Bone: SLR-835/SLR-835H
1.8" (2.2" 835H) H x 3.94" W
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America SLR-835/-835H can be used in all
areas where photoelectric smoke detectors are required. It is
suited for fires ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS4 Series, NS6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R Style bases
may be used with the SLR-835/-835H.
OPERATION
The SLR-835/-835H Photoelectric Smoke Detector utilizes
two bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
standby condition the LEDs flash green every 3 seconds.
When the detector senses that its sensitivity has drifted
outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash
Red every 3 seconds. When the detector senses smoke
and goes into alarm the status LEDs will latch on Red.
The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and silicon
photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a
normal standby condition, the receiving element receives
no light from the pulsing LED light source. In the event of a
fire, smoke enters the detector smoke chamber and light is
reflected from the smoke particles to the receiving element.
The light received is converted into an electronic signal.
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference
level are received within a specified period of time, the time
delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm
signal. The status LEDs light continuously during the alarm
period.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
F0024
09/2004
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-835 Photoelectric smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
When the supply power is 24VDC, the base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination
photoelectric/heat detector, SLR-24 photoelectric smoke detector, SIJ-24 ionization type smoke detector and DCD-135/190heat
detector.
The base shall be the appropriate twist-lock base NS4 Series, NS6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-(X)R Series. In the event of partial
or complete retrofit, the SLR-835, SLR-835H may be used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America
detectors ( SLK-835H, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24F) on most HSB and HSC base application.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the
LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector
is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify
that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated on the drawing. The
locking feature shall be field removable when not required.
SLR-835/-835H SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-835/-835H Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1.
2.
3.
4.
In normal condition, both LEDs flash Green.

When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LEDs flash Red.
In the alarm state both LEDs are Red continuously.
When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash Red, the device needs to be cleaned or
returned to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
4-WIRE OPERATION
INITIATING
CIRCUIT
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
24VDC
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
HA-EOLR-24
HSC-4R
HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
PANEL
POWER
SUPPLY
NEGATIVE
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
in line resistance.
NS4 SERIES
NS6 SERIES


BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
ARE WHITE IN COLOR
2-WIRE RELAY OPERATION

UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
TERMINAL BLOCK USED ON
COM
N/C
N/O
HSC-RELAY SERIES
N/O
N/C
COM
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-835
6
5
4
3
2
1
HSC-(XXX)R (2-WIRE)
GRY
BLU
GRN
YEL
ORN
PUR
2 AND 4 WIRE BASE

RELAYS SHOWN WITH
POWER OFF.
SLR-835B DIRECT-WIRE PHOTOELECTRIC

SMOKE DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
Low Profile - Only 2.0" High

2 or 4 Wire Models
Highly Stable Operation, RF/Transient Protection
Non-Directional Smoke Chamber
Vandal Resistant Security Locking Feature
replacement
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,
Inspection,Testing and Maintenance
Shown with Trim Ring
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source
Operating Voltage
Working Voltage
GaAlAs Infrared LED

8.0 - 35.0 VDC
(35.0 VDC Max)
Wave Form
Filtered DC 15% Ripple Max.
Alarm Current
150mA Maximum
Surge Current
200A Maximum (2 wire)
Average Stand-By
38A AVG @12 VDC
Current
55A AVG @24 VDC
70A AVG @35 VDC
Ambient Temperature
32 F - 120 F (0 C - 49 C)
Sensitivity Test Feature Automatic Sensitivity
Window Verification Test
Compatibility Identifier HD-6
Order Codes
2-Wire Detector & Trim Ring
Bone SLR-835B-2
White SLR-835B-2W
Bone SLR-835B-4
White SLR-835B-4W

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America SLR-835B Series can be used in
all areas where Photoelectric Smoke Detectors are required. It is suited for smoldering or flaming fires.
OPERATION
The SLR-835B Series photoelectric smoke detector
utilizes two bicolored LED's for indication of status. In
a normal standby condition the LED's flash Green every
3 seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
LED's will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LED's
will latch on Red.
The unit is comprised of an LED light source and silicon
photo diode receiving element. In a normal standby
condition, the receiving element receives no light from
pulsing light source. In the event of fire, smoke enters
the detector and light is reflected from the smoke
converted to an electronic signal. Signals are processed
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
F0026 11/2005
OPERATION, continued
in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals exceeding the basic level are received within a specific period of
time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status LED lights continuously
during alarm period.
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans HOCHIKI America SLR-835B direct-wire photoelectric
smoke detectors. The detector shall be UL listed compatible (2-wire model) with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The smoke detector shall have green flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the
flashing LEDs will turn red and latch on steady. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The detector shall have a sensitivity window verification feature. If the sensitivity of the detector drifts outside its
approved window the LEDs will flash red to indicate an out of sensitivity condition.
The vandal resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The locking
feature shall be field selectable.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector without the need of generating smoke. The method shall
simulate effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of detector circuits.
Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to minimize false alarm potential.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
2-Wire Wiring Diagram
U.L. Listed
Compatible
Control
Panel
Listed
End-of-Line
Device
Listed
End-of-Line
Device
U.L. Listed
Control
Panel
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*24VDC
Listed
End-of-Line
Relay
12 or 24VDC
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*12VDC
* Use either 12 OR 24VDC . They cannot be used simultaneously.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-835B
SLR-835BH DIRECT-WIRE PHOTOELECTRIC

HEAT SMOKE DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
Low Profile - Only 2.375" High.

2 or 4 Wire Models
135 F Latching Heat Sensor
Highly Stable Operation, RF/Transient Protection
Non-Directional Smoke Chamber
Vandal Resistant Security Locking Feature
replacement
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,
Inspection,Testing and Maintenance.
Shown With Trim Ring
DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source:
Voltage:
Wave Form:
Alarm Current:
Surge Current:
Average Stand-By
Current:
GaAl AS Infrared LED

Working: 8.0 - 35.0 VDC
(35.0 VDC Max)
Filtered DC
15% Ripple Max.
150mA Maximum
200A Maximum (2 wire)
38A AVG @12 VDC
55A AVG @24 VDC
70A AVG @35 VDC
32 F - 120 F (0 C - 49 C)
Sensitivity Test Feature:
Automatic Sensitivity Window Verification Test
Compatibility Identifier: HD-6
Heat Sensor:
135 F
Order Codes:

White: SLR-835BH-2W
Bone: SLR-835BH-2
White: SLR-835BH-4W
Bone: SLR-835BH-4

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The SLR-835BH Series photoelectric smoke detector

utilizes two bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a
normal standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3
seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
LEDs will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs
will latch on Red.
The unit is comprised of an LED light source and silicon
photo diode receiving element. In a normal standby
condition, the receiving element receives no light from
pulsing light source. In the event of fire, smoke enters
the detector and light is reflected from the smoke
converted to an electronic signal. Signals are processed
in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals
exceeding the basic level are received within a specific
period of time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR
switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status LED
lights continuously during alarm period.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7272-690-0410:107
Continued on back.
F0019
6/2004
Signals are processed in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals exceeding the basic level are received
within a specific period of time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status
LED lights continuously during alarm period.
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans HOCHIKI America SLR-835BH baseless photoelectric
smoke detectors. The combination detector head shall be UL listed compatible with an UL listed fire alarm panel.
The smoke detector shall have flashing status LED for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the
flashing LED will latch on steady at full brilliance. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel
reset switch.
The detector shall have a sensitivity window verification feature.
The vandal resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The
locking feature shall be field selectable.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector without the need of generating smoke. The
method shall simulate effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of detector circuits.
Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to minimize false alarm potential.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
U.L. Listed
Compatible
Control
Panel
Listed
End-of-Line
Device
Listed
End-of-Line
Device
U.L. Listed
Control
Panel
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*24VDC
Listed
End-of-Line
Relay
12 or 24VDC
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*12VDC
* Use either 12 OR 24VDC . They cannot be used simultaneously.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-835BH
SOM - SUPERVISED OUTPUT MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Supply Voltage (S-SC):
17-41 VDC
Auxiliary Supply Voltage:
18-30 VDC
Average Current Consumption:

(on S-SC Line)
Normal 220 A
Maximum 300 A
Current Consumption on
Typical 150 A
Auxiliary Power Lines:

Dimensions:
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Mounting:
32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)

Maximum Output Current: 2A@30VDC power limited

Relative Humidity:
90% RH Non-condensing
STANDARD FEATURES
Flexible application.
Quick response to emergency conditions.
Operation parameters are maintained by the
module, and individual communication with the
control system during emergency conditions
is not required.
Contacts are rated 2.0 Amps @ 30VDC.
Programming is highly flexible providing 16
priority states plus zoning capability.
Program status:
LED will flash red or green.
Programmed device output is turned off, silenced,
or programmed to modulate pattern.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
FM#: 3022559

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
DESCRIPTION
The Supervised Output Module (SOM), has been
designed to provide application flexibility and quick
response to emergency conditions. Flexibility is
provided by a wide range of operating modes, including
supporting multi-zone operations, and/or functions, up
to 16 different modulation patterns and multi-state
programming. The operating parameters for the SOM
are maintained by the module and do not require
individual communication with the control system
during emergency conditions to operate. The control
panel simply broadcasts system conditions on the
Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) and the SOMs do the rest
based upon the custom configuration. Each SOM
provides a Class B Individual Circuit rated for 2.0 Amp
@ 30 VDC. Each SOM also requires a 24 Volt power
source in addition to the SLC. Provide software
controlled LED indication: blinks green or red when
polled, or can be latched on.
Continued on back.
F0057
02/2005
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable Supervised Output Module (SOM).
The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with Hochiki FireNET fire alarm control panel. The device address
shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate device status.
The SOM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang
electrical back box. The SOM shall provide a monitor LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a SOM
WIRING DIAGRAM
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
E.O.L.
DEVICE
0400-01046
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT (NAC)

NAC INSTALLATION WIRING SHALL NOT EXCEED
50 OHMS (14-18 AWG.)
OUTPUT TO
COMPATIBLE
U.L. LISTED
DEVICES FOR
FIRE
PROTECTION
SIGNALING
SERVICE
DCP-SOM
OUT TO NEXT MODULE
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

2
TB1
24+
OUT TO
GND
MODULE
NEXT
U.L. LISTED
SC
COMPATIBLE
FIRE CONTROL
PANEL
OUT+
1
ALL WIRING SHOWN ON TB1

IS SUPERVISED AND
INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED
TB2
U.L. LISTED REGULATED,
POWER LIMITED SUPPLY FOR
FIRE PROTECTION
SIGNALING SERVICE FOR
AUDIBLE DEVICES. REFER
TO CONTROL PANEL
MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
OUT S5694
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9758
ALL WIRING SHOWN ON TB2

IS SUPERVISED AND
INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED
WARNING!!!
USE ONLY FPL, FPLR, OR

FPLP WIRING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ARTICLE 760 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
Hochiki America Corporation SOM
DIMM - DUAL INPUT MONITOR MODULE

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage:
17~41 VDC
Average Current Consumption:
600A(Typical)
Alarm Current:
30mA
Dimensons:
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D

32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
Max. Humidity:
Mounting:
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES

Dual input contact monitor
Mounts to 4" square gang box
The Hochiki Dual Monitor Module (DIMM) is designed

for use on the FireNET analog addressable system.
It provides two independent contact monitoring circuits while only utilizing one address on the SLC loop.
Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single SLC
loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
onboard EEPROM. The module can be programmed
to monitor normally open (NO) or normally closed
(NC) contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The
interrupt driven Digital Communication Protocol (DCP)
combines maximum communication reliability and
fast response to emergency conditions. The module
has a single bi-colored LED to indicate device status. It fits into a standard 4" square or double gang
electrical back box.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
F0003
05/2004
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable contact monitoring modules
Hochiki DIMM. The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki FireNET fire alarm control panel.
The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate
device status.
Back Side of a DIMM

WIRING DIAGRAM
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K
PART NUMBER
0400-01000
DCP-DIMM
TB2
OUT TO NEXT MODULE
Dual Input Monitor Module

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
TB1
Input A
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K

PART NUMBER
0400-01000

DEVICES MAY BE USED .
SC
U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
FIRE CONTROL
PANEL
Input B

S5694
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K
PART NUMBER
0400-01000
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AU-6031
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K

PART NUMBER
0400-01000
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE
THAN ONE N/C CONTACT
TO AN INPUT!
Hochiki America Corporation DIMM
SPB-24N PROJECTED BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam
Smoke Detector consists of an emitter and receiver.
The projected beam smoke detector should be placed
so that smoke generated by a fire will likely rise into the
path of the beam. The receiver is constantly monitoring
and measuring the intensity of the beam transmitted
by the emitter. Should the smoke from a fire cause a
decrease in the signal strength of a magnitude that
exceeds the programmed obscuration setting, an alarm
signal is generated.
STANDARD FEATURES
Microprocessor based for reliability
Simple setup & alignment with signal strength LED's
Provides 60 feet on center linear protection at a
range of 32.8 feet to 328 feet

Automatic compensation for signal drift or dirty lens
Three field adjustable sensitivity settings
Form A alarm and Form B trouble contacts
Calibrated filters available to verify sensitivity
Color-coded emitter and receiver labels for easy
recognition
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage
Working Voltage
Supervisory Current
Alarm Current
Trouble Current
Ambient Temperature
Range
Sensitivity Test Feature
Dimensions
Mounting
The SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector can

provide vital fire detection in applications where other
types of detectors may not be able to respond quickly,
or at all, to a fire condition. Examples of some applications where projected beam smoke detectors have been
successfully used include:
atriums, gymnasiums, theatres, museums,
factories, tunnels, churches, stables,
anechoic chambers
and high air velocity areas. The HOCHIKI America SPB24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector may also be used
in conjunction with more traditional spot type smoke
detection devices to provide an even more comprehensive detection system.
For more information on how to install the HOCHIKI
America SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector
consult the SPB-24N Installation Instruction Guide and
the applicable NFPAStandards for additional guidance.
OPERATION
24VDC
19VDC - 33VDC
250A @ 24VDC
20mA @ 24VDC
20mA @ 24VDC
32 F - 122 F
Manufacturers test filters
5.5" Tall
3.2" Wide
4.0" Deep
Wall mount or
Single Gang Box

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The near infrared pulsed beam generated by the emitter

is sensed by the photodiode of the receiver, where it is
converted into an electrical signal. This signal is then
amplified and applied, via an analog to digital converter,
to a microprocessor. The normal state signal (the initial
beam data) once stored in the microprocessor is used
as reference for comparison with subsequent beam
signals.
When there is a difference between actual beam strength
and stored reference data that exceeds the programmed
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual: OD8A1.AY
CSFM #: 7260-0410:141
Continued on back.
F0009
11/2005
OPERATION,
continued
alarm obscuration reference level, a fire signal is produced. A trouble signal is generated if the beam is more than 90%
obstructed (as opposed to partially obscured by smoke).
The microprocessor also provides compensation for a change in received signal value, with time, caused by contamination
of the optics. Since such a change with time appears as a slow change in the beam signal, the microcomputer
compensates in such a manner that the signal moves closer to the reference data at a rate approximately +1% per
hour. When this compensating capability reaches a limit, the microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
A calibrated test filter is available upon request to test and verify the sensitivity setting of the projected beam smoke
detectors.
The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam
Smoke Detector. The detector shall have a range of 32.8 feet to 328 feet. The projected beam smoke detector shall be
field adjustable to one of the three obscuration settings of 25%, 50% or 70% per span. These settings shall be capable
of being verified with calibrated filters. Side to side spacing shall be a maximum of 60 feet on center.
The projected beam smoke detector shall posses circuitry that automatically compensates for normal ambient changes
in the intensity of the emitted beam strength. The microprocessor shall provide compensation for a change in received
signal value, with time, caused by contamination of the optics. Since such a change with time appears as a slow
change in the beam signal, the microcomputer compensates in such a manner that the signal moves closer to the
reference data at a rate of approximately +1% per hour. When this compensating capability reaches a limit, the
microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
The projected beam smoke detector(s) shall also signal a trouble condition if the beam has a blockage of 90% or more
than 20 seconds and automatically resets to normal when blockage is removed.
The projected beam smoke detector(s) shall be UL listed for these applications. Voltage and RF transient protection
shall be integral to the internal circuitry of the projected beam smoke detector so as to minimize false alarm potential.
To facilitate easy installation and setup, the projected beam smoke detectors shall employ signal strength indicating
LED's. Alignment shall be facilitated by turning an alignment adjustment wheel and monitoring the relative signal
strength based upon which LEDs are illuminated.
The detectors shall also illuminate a red LED, which is visible externally, when an alarm condition is indicated.
The projected beam smoke detector shall provide a Form "A" dry contact for alarm and Form "B" dry contact for trouble.
INSTALLATION
The HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector shall be installed in accordance with the Installation
Instruction Guide provided with every unit. Refer to the applicable NFPA Standards for additional guidance on spacing,
irregular ceiling surfaces and other design considerations.
FOUR WIRE CONNECTION TO THE CONTROL PANEL

Emitter
E2
E1
Emitter
E2
E1
EOL-24
24V +
24V Zone +
Zone -
24V
0V
F1
F2
T1
24V
0V
F1
F2
T2
24V
0V
F1
F2
T1
24V
0V
F1
F2
T2
Control
Panel
NOTE: EOLR-24 required

for power supervision.
NOTE:
Hochiki America Corporation SPB-24N
End of Line
Resistor
End of line relay and trouble contacts are closed

when power is applied.
SRA-24 REFLECTIVE BEAM DETECTOR

APPLICATION
Hochiki's Reflective Beam Detector is designed for
smoke detection in large spaces such as halls, warehouse, museums, theatres etc., where conventional
point detection is impractical or more costly. The unit
is not suitable for applications where strong or reflected
sunlight is present, in these instances the SPB-24N
should be considered. The unit detects smoke linearly
over the protected range enabling early detection before the fire spreads. Compact design, good looks and
flush mounting installation makes this unit ideal for fitting in areas where architectural considerations are
important.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
Detector spacing from 25ft-100ft.
Pulsed beam to reduce overall consumption and
improve the noise rejection characteristics.
Small flat reflector.
Automatic drift compensation.
Fire detection sensitivity can be set to 20% or
30% obscuration.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage
Stand-by Current
Max Current In Alarm
Operating Range
Sensitivity
Compensation
Reflector mounting
angle
Operating Temp. Range
Storage Temp. Range
Maximum Humidity
Size: SRA-24
Reflector
Weight: SRA-24
Reflector
15-33Vdc
350A at 24Vdc
50mA at 24Vdc
25ft - 100ft
20% or 30%
1% per Hr. 50%
10%
32F to +100F
-22F to +158F
95%RH - Non condensing
(at 104F)
Ivory ABS
6" x 4.8" x 3.1"
7.5" x 7.5" x.1"
1.9 lbs (Including termination module)
1.6 oz.
The Photoelectric reflective beam detector consists of

the SRA-24 unit and a reflector, which face each other
at a distance of between 25ft and 100ft.
In the event of fire the smoke generated will decrease
the amount of near infrared light energy on the
SRA-24, this decrease is electronically interpreted to
identify the occurrence of fire. An important feature of
the detector is that it monitors the protected space
linearly. This enables the detector to identify a fire
before it spreads, even when the smoke is scattered
over a large area.
The fire detection sensitivity is factory set at 20%
beam obscuration and it can be changed to 30% with
a sensitivity switch.
The status of the unit is indicated by three LEDs
which are viewed through a unique lens that allows
good visibility from any viewing angle, particularly from
beneath the unit. The LEDs indicate, Normal, Setup,
Fault and Fire Condition, so the user can verify which
unit is in alarm.
The unit indicates a fault on the zone under the
following conditions:
Compensation limit exceeded

Total obscuration of beam
Beam detector unit removed from zone
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual:
CSFM #: 7260-0410:158

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
12/2003
The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, HOCHIKI America SRA-24 Reflective
Beam Detector. The detector shall have a range of 25 feet to 100 feet. The beam smoke detector shall be
field adjustable to one of the two obscuration settings of 20%, or 30% per span. These settings shall be
capable of being verified with calibrated filters. Side to side spacing shall be a maximum of 60 feet on
center.
The reflective beam detector shall posses circuitry that automatically compensates for normal ambient
changes in the intensity of the emitted beam strength. The microprocessor shall provide compensation for
a change in received signal value, with time, caused by contamination of the optics. Since such a change
with time appears as a slow change in the beam signal, the microcomputer compensates in such a manner
that the signal moves closer to the reference data at a rate of approximately +1% per hour. When this
compensating capability reaches a limit, the microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
The reflective beam detector(s) shall also signal a trouble condition if the beam has a blockage of 90% for
more than 20 seconds and automatically resets to normal when blockage is removed.
The reflective beam detector(s) shall be UL listed for these applications. Voltage and RF transient protection shall be integral to the internal circuitry of the reflective beam detector so as to minimize false alarm
potential.
To facilitate easy installation and setup, the reflective beam detectors shall employ signal strength indicating LED's. Alignment shall be facilitated by turning an alignment adjustment screws and monitoring the
relative signal strength based upon which LEDs are illuminated.
The detectors shall also illuminate a red LED, which is visible externally, when an alarm condition is indicated.
The reflective beam detector shall provide a Form "A" dry contact for alarm and Form "B" dry contact for
trouble.
INSTALLATION
The HOCHIKI America SRA-24 Reflective Beam Detector shall be installed in accordance with the Installation Instruction Guide provided with every unit. Refer to the applicable NFPA Standards for additional
guidance on spacing, irregular ceiling surfaces and other design considerations.
TYPICAL WIRING
Reflector
Reflector
End of Line Relay
24V
24V
Zone
Zone
+
+
-
24V
0V
F1
F2
T1
Control
Panel
24V
0V
F1
F2
T2
24V
0V
F1
F2
T1
24V
0V
F1
F2
T2
End of Line
Resistor
NOTE: End of line relay and trouble contacts are closed when power is applied.
Hochiki America Corporation SRA-24
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
FOR SRA-24
PHOTOELECTRIC
REFLECTIVE BEAM
DETECTOR
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 1 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
Contents
Contents ............................................................................................................1
1. Overview .......................................................................................................3
1.1. General Description ......................................................................3
1.2. Detection principle........................................................................3
2. Installing The Detector .................................................................................4
2.1. Sighting .........................................................................................4
2.2. Installation.....................................................................................5
2.3. Opening the detector cover ...........................................................5
2.4. Field wiring ...................................................................................6
2.5. Reflector - Installation Procedure .................................................7
2.6. Adjustment & Calibration procedure............................................8
2.7 Testing the SRA-24........................................................................9
3. Maintenance..................................................................................................10
3.1. General ..........................................................................................10
3.2. Visual check..................................................................................10
3.3. Operation checks...........................................................................10
3.4. Precautions for insulation resistance checking .............................10
3.5. Re-initialization after cleaning or re-adjustment ..........................10
4. Summary OfTthe SRA-24's Functions...........................................................11
4.1. Alarm signal output and indicator lamp........................................11
4.2. Fault signal output and indicator lamp..........................................11
4.3. Indication of normal operation......................................................11
4.4. Total obscuration of the beam.......................................................11
4.5. Automatic compensation for change of SRA-24's signal
strength 11
5. Specification..................................................................................................12
6. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................13
6.1. Monitor LED fails to flash............................................................13
6.2. Fire signal continues after reset ....................................................13
6.3. Fault signal cannot be reset.......................13
6.4. Beam detector generates a fire but panel does not register the
condition.. 13
6.5. Beam detector generates a fault but panel does not register the
condition.. 13
7. Installation Guide Lines ...............................................................................14
7.1. General installation conditions .....................................................14
7.2. Installation in Saw-tooth type ceilings..........................................15
7.3. Installation in circular type ceilings..............................................15
7.4. Installation in sloped ceilings........................................................16
7.5. Installation in a monitor roof ........................................................16
7.6. Installation in corridors or aisles...................................................17
7.7. Installation precautions .................................................................18
7.8. Smoke patterns appropriate to the consideration of beam detector
installation 19
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 2 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
1. Overview
1.1. General Description
The Photoelectric reflective beam detector consists of the SRA-24 unit and a reflector, which face
each other at a distance of between 25ft and 100ft.
In the event of fire the smoke generated will decrease the amount of near infrared light energy on the
SRA-24, this decrease is electronically interpreted to identify the occurrence of fire. An important
feature of the detector is that it monitors the protected space linearly. This enables the detector to
identify a fire before it spreads, even when the smoke is scattered over a large area.
The fire detection sensitivity is factory set at 20% beam obscuration and it can be changed to 30%
with a sensitivity switch.
1.2. Detection Principle

A near infrared pulsed beam generated by the SRA-24 and is reflected back to the unit, where it is
converted into an electrical signal. This signal is then amplified and applied via an A/D converter to a
micro-processor. The normal state signal (the initial beam data) once stored in the micro-processor is
used as a reference for comparison with subsequent beam signals.
When there is sufficient difference between actual beam strength and stored reference data to indicate
the occurrence of a fire, then a fire signal is produced.
The micro-processor also provides compensation for a change in received signal value with time,
caused by contamination of the optics or slight alignment changes. The processed signal is adjusted at
a rate of 1% towards the reference data every hour. When the limit of compensation is reached the
micro-processor will automatically produce a fault signal.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 3 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2. Installing The Detector

2.1. Sighting
Select a suitable position for the installation of both SRA-24 and reflector, such that there are no
visible obstructions between them. Remember that the beam detector works on the principle of
reduction of light between the SRA-24 and reflector. If there is any possibility of an object remaining
within the beam for a few seconds then the sighting of the detector is unsuitable.
For mounting either the SRA-24 or reflector it is important to establish that the mounting place such as
the wall is solid and that the beam detector alignment will be rigid. The wall may appear to be solid, but
may be subject to twisting or other changes when the temperature outside the building varies greatly
during one day, for instance on cold, frosty days. The installer must ensure that the beam will not be
subject to misalignment due to changes in the building itself.
The spacing and sighting in specific types of locations is covered in section 7.

The beam detector must not be installed in the following locations:
Where the ceiling height is greater than 130ft
A roof top or place where open air circulates
Where the distance between top and bottom of the space is less than 18 inches
Where objects such as ceiling beams or girders are within 30 inches of the beam axis
In locations where a large amount of dust, fine powder or water vapor is present
In locations such as kitchens where smoke occurs normally
In locations which are exposed to extremely high temperatures
Where access to the beam detector is impossible for maintenance purposes
Where the rigid fixing of either the SRA-24 or reflector is impossible
Where access to the beam detector to align and set is impossible
Where there is not a clear line of site between the Receiver and Reflector
Warning
The SRA-24 is not solar blind, therefore the SRA-24 or reflector should not be installed where
they can be subjected to direct or reflected sunlight, i.e. via adjacent walls and reflective
surfaces. It is recommended that in these locations or where the beam detector may be
surrounded by glass, the SPB-24N should be fitted.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 4 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.2. Installation
Please check that the beam detector contains the following components so installation can be carried
out:
# 1 SRA-24
# 1 Reflector (enclosed in packaging)
# 1 Mask
# 1 Installation manual
# 2 Installation Screws
# 1 SRA-24 mounting plate (termination module PCB on the back)
The termination module is designed to facilitate the installation of the SRA-24 beam detector to fire
cables using a standard surface/flush double gang installation box.
2.3. Opening The Detector Cover

Removal of the detector can be achieved by unscrewing the outer cover locking screw and pulling the
cover forward and then lifting the cover off of the locating slots at the top of the installation plate, the
cover is then retained by a anti-drop cable. The fixing plate screws should then be loosened (Figure 41 & Figure 4-3) and the beam assembly can then be removed.
Figure 1 opening the detector housing
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 5 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.4. Field Wiring

The connection of this unit requires the use of a double gang installation box, either flush mount or
surface mount. Many equivalent type are usable providing that it has a minimum depth of 1.2 inches.
This item should be firmly fixed to the wall or other suitable mounting point first.
With reference to the wiring diagram Figure 2 & Figure 3 ensure that the field wiring is terminated
into the dual gang installation box.
End of Line R elay
Reflector
Reflector
End of Line R esistor

24 V+
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 VZone+
0V
F1
0V
F1
0V
F1
0V
F1
Zone-
F2
F2
F2
F2
T1
T2
T1
T2
C ontrol
Panel
Figure 2 wiring diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24V
24V
0V
0V
F1
F1
F2
F2
T1
T2
Figure 3 Termination PCB

Install the wires into the 10 position black connector of the Termination PCB (Figure 3).
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 6 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
Install the wires into the PCB then connect the pre-wired ribbon cable assembly to the socket on
the back plate (Figure 4-1), the back plate should then be screwed to the back box. Fix the beam
assembly to this by fitting the locating slots under the installation screws (Figure 4-2) and
pushing the beam up until the locating tabs can be dropped into the back plate (Figure 4-3). The
top installation screws should then be tightened, and the cover fitted to the beam detector once
the adjustment and calibration procedure has been completed see section 2.6.
4-2
4-1
Figure 4 Termination module

assembly
4-3
2.5. Reflector Installation Procedure

Reflector to wall mounting:
The reflector should be mounted using the .2 inch installation holes onto a flat surface with suitable
screws, care should be taken not to over tighten these screws as this could damage or distort the
reflector.
2 x 2
Reflector
Reflector mask
Figure 5
Figure 6
If the SRA-24 is being used over a distance of 25ft-50ft then the mask should be fitted to the reflector
(figure 5). From distances of 50ft-100ft then the mask must not be fitted to the reflector (figure 6).
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 7 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.6. Adjustment & Calibration Procedure

The adjustment procedure should be carried out by powering up the SRA-24 and setting the switch to
calibrate, at this time the yellow LED will start to flash, Then using the sight holes and alignment
adjustment screws, the detector should be adjusted so the reflector can be seen in the center of the
sight hole. If the reflector is being used with the mask then the detector must be adjusted until the
black dot on the reflector is in the center of the sight hole.
Alignment with
mask
Alignment without
mask
Horizontal adjustment
Vertical adjustment
When setting the SRA-24 up the set up switch must be set to calibrate, once alignment is completed
as above then the switch must be returned to the normal position.
Set up switch
Sensitivity switch
Normal
LEVEL2
Calibration
LEVEL1
Indication LEDs
Set the sensitivity to the correct value using sensitivity switch. The sensitivity setting for the position
is shown below.
Switch Position
Percentage Obscuration
Coverage
Level 1
20%
25ft-50ft
Level 2
30%
50ft-100ft
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 8 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
The set up switch should now be set to the normal position, at this time the yellow and green
operating LEDs will be flashing this should last for one minute as the detector automatically adjusts.
When this has been completed the yellow LED will extinguish and the green LED will continue to
flash. If the adjustment isnt completed satisfactorily then the yellow LED will flash on its own. The
cover should now be fitted and operation tests should now be carried out as described in section 2.7.
The SRA-24 has three LEDs mounted underneath the unit, these are yellow, green and red and are
illuminated depending on the current state of the SRA-24. Please find below a table showing the
various states of the SRA-24 and which LEDs will be illuminated.
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
Green
Yellow
Red
Beam in set up mode
Operating satisfactorily
SRA-24 state
Beam in fault or calibration

Beam in Fire
See Note
- LED Flashing (once every 3 secs)
See Note
- LED illuminated
Note: The Green and Yellow LED may flash depending on the power voltage in alarm.
2.7 Testing the SRA-24

After installing the detector or during periodic maintenance it is important to ascertain that the
detector has the correct fire sensitivity. This can be achieved by the use of filters.
Refer to the test filter usage table below.
Sensitivity setting (%)
20
30
Type of test
Operation
Non-operation
Operation
Non-operation
Filter Value
30%
10%
40%
20%
2.7.1 Operation check

The red alarm LED should light and an alarm signal should be transmitted to the control panel within
30 seconds after placing the appropriate filter in the front of detector.
2.7.2 Non-operation check
The SRA-24 should not operate within 30 seconds after placing the appropriate filter in the front of
detector.
Note: In order to avoid the influence of reflection of the test filter itself, insert the test filter within
inch from the surface of the detector.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 9 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
3. Maintenance
3.1. General
The detector contains an automatic compensation function, which allows the detector to operate
correctly even when the amount of signal reaching the SRA-24 has changed (the compensation rate is
1%/hour). This means that minor changes due to contamination and beam alignment will not affect
the sensitivity of the detector. There is of course a limit that the detector can compensate for and this
is -50% and +50% of the initial setting. In order to maintain proper performance the detector should
be checked every six months.
3.2. Visual Check

Check the condition of both the reflector and SRA-24 for physical damage or any other condition that
might impair proper operation. Ensure that both the SRA-24 and reflector are still firmly secured to
the wall or other mounting point.
If necessary clean the lens cover or reflector with a damp soft cloth. Washing liquid, alcohol or
detergent must not be used.
3.3. Operation Checks

Perform the sensitivity check function as defined in section 2.7.
3.4. Precautions For Insulation Resistance Checking

If the wiring to a beam detector is to be tested for insulation resistance using a high voltage tester
such as a Megger, the wiring to the beam detector must be disconnected from the detector by
disconnecting the white terminal connector from the PCB will enable testing to be carried out.
3.5. Re-initialization After Cleaning Or Re-adjustment

Because the beam detector contains sophisticated processing algorithms to take account of
fluctuations in the beam intensity and alignment, if during routine maintenance the beam detector
lenses have been cleaned or re-aligned then it will be necessary to make the detector read and store its
initial value. This can be achieved by moving the set up switch to the calibration position for 10
seconds and then moving it back to the normal position.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 10 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
4. Summary Of The SRA-24's Functions

4.1. Alarm Signal Output And Indicator Lamp
When the beam is obscured by an amount that exceeds the sensitivity setting of the detector then a
fire signal is produced lighting the red LED on the SRA-24. It should be noted that the SRA-24 has a
sophisticated processing and analyzing circuit and therefore a fire will not occur immediately the
obscuration exceeds the sensitivity value, but will take typically 11 to 16 seconds to produce the fire
signal. The fire decision is based on an averaging technique and therefore the time to fire alarm will
vary depending on the level of obscuration and the sensitivity setting.
4.2. Fault Signal Output And Indicator Lamp

4.2.1. General
The beam detector may produce a fault condition for one of many different reasons, which will
depend on whether the detector has just been set up or is in normal operation, when this occurs the
yellow fault LED on the SRA-24 will be illuminated and flash.
4.2.2. After adjustment/re-initialization
The beam detector will produce a fault after or during adjustment for one of the following reasons:
The set up switch was left in the calibrate position
The signal strength is too high or too low.
4.2.3. During normal operation
The beam detector will produce a fault during normal operation for one of the following reasons:
The limit of contamination has been reached. The detector is only able to compensate for
contamination or alignment change up to a certain point.
The obscuration is greater than 90%.
The signal level increased rapidly from initial value.
4.3. Indication Of Normal Operation

When the SRA-24 has been set up correctly then the green LED mounted underneath the case will
flash every 3 seconds to confirm that the detector is operating satisfactorily.
4.4. Total Obscuration Of The Beam

If the beam detector is totally obscured, the green LED will continue flash and the yellow fault LED
will flash, a fault signal will then be produced at the fire alarm panel.
4.5. Automatic Compensation For Change of SRA-24's Signal Strength

From the time that the beam detector is initialized, the signal at the SRA-24 is checked every 60
minutes for variation and will be altered by 1% back towards the original stored value. The beam
detector will store the initialization value, when the set up switch is moved from calibrate to normal.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 11 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
5. Specification
Installation Environment
Indoor use only
Principle of Operation
Light beam obscuration (near infra-red)
Rated voltage
24V (nominal)
Operating voltage range
15.0 ~ 33V dc
Peak surge voltage
42V
Current in alarm
50mA
Quiescent current
350A
1% every hour. towards initial value
Compensation method
Compensation limits
+50% to -50% of the initial value
Fire condition
Red fire LED on SRA-24 illuminated
Fault condition
Yellow fire LED on SRA-24 flashes
Monitor condition
Set up condition: Both green and yellow LED's flash

Normal operation: Green LED flashes
Monitor condition flash repetition time
1 per 3 seconds
Minimum time needed to reset from fire
100msec
Minimum time needed before beam can reset after fire

produced
3 seconds
Output Contacts
Alarm signal (N/O, dry contact)

Fault signal (N/C, dry contact)
Operating temperature range

Maximum humidity
-10C to 50C
95% R.H. non-condensing
Beam length
25ft to 100ft
Sensitivity
20%, 30% obscuration
Size
Reflector: 7.5 x 7.5 x .1

SRA-24: 6 x 4.8 x 3.1
Weight (without termination module)
Reflector: 1.6oz. SRA-24: 1.9lbs
Color
White Ivory (Black lens)
Housing material
ABS resin
Reflector material
Expanded Polyvinyl Chloride
Reflector sheet
Aluminum metallic acrylic film
Mounting
Wall mounting
Reflector mounting angle

Connection method
+/- 10
Termination module: terminal connection
Wiring method
Termination module: 3 or 4 wire configuration
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 12 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
6. Troubleshooting
The following conditions relate to the SRA-24 itself.
6.1. Monitor LED Fails To Flash

The monitor LED should flash every 3 seconds if it does not the reason may be as follows:
Power supply voltage to the SRA-24 less than 15V
SRA-24 is damaged
Ensure that the SRA-24 has been powered for more than 60 seconds and that the power at the SRA24 is greater than 15V.
Note: If the set up switch position is Calibration, or power supply voltage is less than 15V, only
yellow LED will flash.
6.2. Fire Signal Continues After Reset

When a fire has occurred there may be certain circumstances that will prevent the beam detector from
resetting. These are:
There is an obstruction of the optical path between reflector and SRA-24. Ensure there is
no obstruction.
The optical axis has been altered suddenly. The beam will need re-alignment.
Insufficient time between fire and reset. At least 3 seconds are required before resetting
the beam after the fire signal has occurred.
6.3. Fault Signal Cannot Be Reset

If a fault has been generated without any obvious reason, it has occurred due to one of the following
reasons:
Contamination limit has been exceeded (light received has changed by more than 50%)
To clear this condition the set up and adjustment procedure should be repeated after
cleaning detector and reflector.
Beam detector has totally been obscured or light received has rapidly increased. The
reason will be the same as for 6.2 above.
6.4. Beam Detector Generates a Fire But Panel Does Not Register the Condition
The zone is incorrectly wired to the beam detector. The wiring must be done in
accordance with the relevant wiring diagram
6.5. Beam Detector Generates a Fault But Panel Does Not Register the
Condition
The zone is incorrectly wired to the beam detector. The wiring must be done in
accordance with the relevant wiring diagram.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 13 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7. Installation Guide Lines

The Hochiki SRA-24 beam detector must be installed according to the requirements laid out in
National or local standards. The following guidelines for installation are provided to give information
in certain installation conditions where no advise or regulations are provided by the relevant standard.
7.1. General Installation Conditions

The diagram in Figure 7 relates to the typical installation condition i.e. in a long straight area and
details the sighting positions of the beam detector.
H=ceiling height
l1=side wall distance
P=distance between optical axes
h=mounting height
l2=back wall distance
L=distance between Reflector/SRA-24
If H 50ft then use beam detectors at locations 1 and 2

If H > 50ft then beam detectors should be mounted at locations 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
For Detectors at 1 and 2
h 0.8H
l1 30ft
l2 15ft
P 60ft
L = 25ft to 100ft
For detectors at 3, 4 and 5

h' = 0.5H
l1' 15ft
P' 45ft
L = 25ft to 100ft
Figure 7 General installation conditions
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 14 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.2. Installation in Saw-Tooth Type Ceilings

In installations where there is a saw-tooth shape to the ceiling the detectors should be mounted with
the axis either in condition A or condition B according to Figure 8. If the height of the ceiling 'a' is
greater than 0.2'H' do not install with the axis according to line B.
Figure 8 Installation in saw-tooth shaped roofs
7.3. Installation In Circular Type Ceilings

The installation in a cylindrical or circular roofed building should be in accordance with Figure 9. In
the case of the cylindrical roof position A or B for the detector's axis is acceptable.
Figure 9 Installation in circular shaped ceilings
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 15 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.4. Installation In Sloped Ceilings

The installation for a sloped type roof or ceiling will be as shown in Figure 10. Either position A or B
is acceptable for installation of the SRA-24.
Figure 10 Installation under a sloped ceiling
7.5. Installation In a Monitor Roof

The installation for a monitor roof should be performed as in Figure 11. The detector's installation
height should be 0.8H or higher. If there is ventilation in the top part of the roof then the detector
must be placed below the opening. The detector should be installed in accordance with the following
height restriction: H-a > h 0.8H
Figure 11 Installation in a monitor roof
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 16 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.6. Installation In Corridors Or Aisles

7.6.1. Closed corridor
When the detector is installed in a corridor with a closed corner it is possible to use just one detector
as shown in Figure 12 providing that the distance L is less than 24ft.
Figure 12 Installation in a closed corridor

7.6.2. Corridor with open adjoining aisle
When the detector is installed in a corridor with an area adjoining which is open as shown in Figure
13, it is necessary to consider the adjoining area as a separate detection area.
Figure 13 Installation in an open corridor
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 17 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.6.3. Corridor with corners

When the detector is installed in a corridor with a bend and an aisle as shown in Figure 14 it will be
necessary to use at least 2 beam detectors to cover the corridors. If the distance P is greater than 50ft
then another beam detector will need to be installed at point C.
Figure 14 Installation in a corridor with corners
7.7. Installation Precautions

The following precautions are necessary when installing beam detectors:
In a room where an air inlet is positioned in the ceiling the beam detector should be
placed near to the air inlet.
Select an appropriate installation place where the detector is unaffected by air being
drawn into a ventilated opening.
The distance between the SRA-24 and the wall immediately behind the SRA-24 should
be less than 24ft.
If more than one detector is installed they must be positioned in such a manner that they
cannot affect each others operation.
The detector should be positioned such that a shutter or hanging wall will not affect it.
The detector should be positioned such that it will be unaffected by moving objects.
The detector should not be installed in a rooftop or place where open air circulates.
The detector should be installed where the distance between top and bottom of the space
is greater than 18 inches.
The monitoring distance between the reflector and SRA-24 is 25ft to 100ft and the
maximum distance of coverage between the line of the beam is 24ft.
If there is a probability of people walking in the area of the beam then the beam detector
should be installed at least 9ft from the floor.
The beam detector should not be installed at a height greater than 80ft unless the fire
detection system is connected directly to the fire brigade or via a central station and rapid
attendance by the fire brigade is possible. In any case the maximum installation height is
130ft.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 18 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.8. Smoke Patterns Appropriate To The Consideration of Beam Detector

Installation
Height in feet
131
98
65
32
[A] This pattern is produced by hotter burning fires and is very narrow at ground
level. Therefore, it may be easier to detect at a higher level or at the ceiling.
[B] This type of smoke produced by a smouldering fire will not rise above 50ft
and therefore to cover this type of risk it is necessary to install the detector
below 50ft.
[C] This smoke pattern will be detected by detectors installed at any height.
Figure 15 Typical smoke patterns

Buena Park, CA 90621-2268 USA
Tel (714) 522-2246
Fax (714) 522-2268
Technical Support
Tel: (800) 845-6692
Fax: (714) 690-7890
E-MAIL: technicalsupport@hochiki.com
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 19 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
SZA-NA(FM) HIGH SENSITIVITY SMOKE

DETECTION SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki America SZA-NA(FM) high sensitivity
smoke detection system is capable of detecting
minute particles of smoke. The SZA-NA(FM) is ideal
for applications where response time is critical. It
provides the earliest response to fires available. The
SZA-NA(FM) provides a detection solution for rooms
with high air flow, and rooms with large open spaces.
SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Detects very low density smoke

200 m2 detection area (2150 ft2)
No filter necessary
N/O or N/C alarm contacts form A, form B
Automatic and manual laser tests
Four selectable sensitivity ranges:
*Sensitivity 1: 0.005 to 0.1%/m (0.002 to 0.03%/ft)
3 alarm levels:
*Alarm 1 (low)
*Alarm 2 (medium)
*Alarm 3 (high)
Power Supply
24 VDC 10% 0.5A or less
Current Output
4-20mA DC output (Receiving resistance: 100 ohm or less)
Contact Output
Alarm 1 output, Alarm 2 output , Alarm 3 output,
& System Fault output
Contact Capacity
24 VDC, 0.5A or less (each contact output)
Contact Output Logic
NO (form A) or NC (form B) selectable
by a jumper pin
AC Power Supply Monitoring Input
NO (form A) or NC (form B) selectable
by system setting
Internal Wiring
Heat-resistance shielded wires
Materials
Body & panel: Steel plate of 0.8 mm thick, baked painting
Display operating panel: Steel plate of 1.0 mm thick
Colors
Body & panel: Munsell 2.5Y9/1 or equivalent
Display operating panel: Munsell 5Y6/0.5 or equivalent
Weight
Approximately 8.2 lbs. (3.7kg.)
Dimensions
12.48" W x 8.86" H x 4.00" D
317mm x 225mm x 102mm
Exploded View of Front Panel
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Operating Temperature 14F to 122F

(-10 C to +50 C)
Installation
Accessory
Indoor (Non-condensing)
Dedicated flexible pipe
3026973

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Continued on back.
F0069
11/2006
OPERATION
An aspirating smoke detection system continuously draws air from the monitored area into the sampling pipes. The
air is drawn from the sampling pipes into the main sampling unit. In the main sampling unit, the air is analyzed by
very sensitive laser detection components. The laser detection components constantly monitor for the presence of
smoke particles.
If smoke particles are detected, the unit will activate the alarm output relays in accordance with the sensitivity
selected and the alarm level reached. The SZA-NA(FM) High Sensitivity Smoke Detector is between 20 and 1000
times more sensitive than spot-type smoke detectors. The SZA-NA(FM) has three alarm stages. Alarm 1 is the
lowest obscuration alarm (high sensitivity), activating when very small amounts of smoke are detected. The Orange
Alarm 1 LED will light, and the Alarm 1 relay will activate. As the smoke density reaches alarm level 2, the Red
Alarm 2 LED will light and Alarm 2 relay will activate. As the smoke density reaches alarm level 3, the Red Alarm 3
LED will flash and the Alarm 3 relay will activate.
The SZA-NA(FM) is ideal for use in areas such as computer server rooms, clean rooms, telecommunication
equipment rooms, medical equipment/operating rooms, power generation plants, and many other applications. By
continuously sampling the area, the SZA-NA(FM) can provide the earliest warning of the presence of smoke, even
before the smoke is visible to the human eye.
1
2
3
1 Relay Connections 2 Jumpers (N/O or N/C)
4 Fan Unit
5 Laser Unit and Air Flow Sensor
TERMINAL BLOCK
Hochiki America Corporation SZA-NA(FM)
4
3 Programming Display
6 24 VDC Fuse
MOUNTING
SRM-SOLENOID RELEASING MODULE

APPLICATION
This module will be connected to a SLC loop utilizing
the Hochiki DCP (digital communications protocol).
The DCP-SRM will provide a supervised 24 VDC output
to a fire alarm releasing solenoid or squib agent
release supervision circuit.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Solenoid output with supervision for open and short

circuit conditions. Check on supervised status
occurs upon receipt of an A-D command
Output relay rate to supply 2A @ 30 VDC for the
solenoid load
Addressable FET switch used to control output for
extra security in releasing functions
Activation pulse time from 1-127seconds in 1
second intervals or 1-127 minutes in 1 minute
intervals.
Visible Bi-colored LED is software controlled and can
be programmed to blink red or green when polled.
The LED can be latched on when activated.
Programmed with DCP expansion mode commands
or with a handheld programmer
SPECIFICATIONS
S, SC: 41VDC
AUX+, AUX-: 26VDC
Supply Voltage Nominal:
S, SC : 33VDC
AUX+, AUX-: 24VDC
Normal Current Consumption (S, SC):
220A
Maximum Current Consumption (S, SC):
300A
Normal AUX+, AUX- Consumption:
1.2mA
(Max. 2Amp load)
Maximum Output Current to SOL+, SOL-: 2A @ 30VDC
End Of Line Device:
2.7K Ohm
Dimensions:
4.2"W x 4.7"H x 0.85"D
32F (0C) ~ 120F (49C)
Humidity:
90% RH, Non-Condensing
Mounting:
There are separate wiring terminals provided for both

the Solenoid and Agent Release Module (ARM)
devices. Although there are two sets of terminals, this
module can only be used for one type at a time. The
ARM end-of-line (EOL) resistor must be removed when
used with a solenoid. A panel command allows the
user to choose which type of device is being controlled
and supervised. In the event of an alarm condition, the
module will be activated to supply up to 2 amps of
current to the solenoid or ARM devices. The solenoid
activation time is programmable at the DCP control
panel.
Solenoid activating pulse time can be programmed
from 1 second to 127 second in 1 second intervals or
from 1 minute to 127 minutes in 1 minute intervals.
The output can also be latched on until commanded to
be turned off by the control panel.
Absolute Max Applied Voltage:

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

9/2003
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki addressable Solenoid Releasing
Module (SRM). The modules shall be UL listed compatible with the Hochiki HAX-2000 fire alarm control panel.
The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate
device status.
The SRM shall fit inside a single gang electrical back box. The SRM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and
shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang electrical back box. The SRM shall provide a monitor
LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a SRM
Hochiki America Corporation SRM
TCH-B100 HAND-HELD PROGRAMMER

APPLICATION
TCH-B100 is designed for use with all analog sensors
and modules.
ADDRESS SETTING:
1. Install sensor onto programmer, ensuring that
sensor protrusions align with programmer grooves.
2. Press the left gray button to switch programmer on.
A battery check message will appear followed by
the device's address (Unprogrammed sensors will
read address 127).
STANDARD FEATURES
3. Set the required address by incrementing the left

and right gray buttons (the display will show three
red flashing dots if the address being programmed
is different from the device's current address).
Compact unit
Over 8000 address settings from one battery.
Easy to use
Provides address setting and reading
Can be used on both sensors and modules
Has the diagnostic ability to display the
analog value
4. When the desired address is present, press the red

button to store that address. The three red dots on
the display will no longer be present.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage:
9 VDC
Battery:
9 VDC
Weight:
0.34 lbs
Length:
6 1/4"
Color:
White
PRODUCT PARTS
9 Volt Battery
Remote Programming Cables
Continued on back

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
9/2003
Remote Programming
Jack
Programming Buttons
Display
PROGRAMMING BUTTONS:
LEFT GRAY BUTTON
RIGHT GRAY BUTTON
RED BUTTON
Power on. Automatically reads the addresss of a sensor.

Subsequent operations will advance the device address by ten.
Power off. Advances the device address by one.
Stores the displayed address to the device and is used to read sensor analog
levels.
NOTE: Prior to programming, ensure battery is connected.
Remote Programming Cable

(All Modules except DCP-FRCME-S)
To Remote
Programming Jack
(DCP-FRCME-S)
TESTING A SENSOR
Note: Ionization sensors require a 30 second stabilization period before analog value reading should be taken.
1. Install the sensor and power up programmer as previously described on page 1
2. Press the Red button. An A will appear on the display followed by the analog value. The
value will be continuously updated for three minutes
3. The ALG photoelectric sensor should have a value displayed of between 56-63. The AIE
ionization sensor should have a value displayed of between 52-73.
Values out of these ranges indicate that the sensor chamber has become contaminated. Refer to technical
bulletin HA-96 for proper servicing instructions or return sensor to factory for servicing.
DISPLAY MESSAGES:
bAt- On upon power up (battery check). Also on when battery is low. Low battery good for up to 3,000
address setting operation.
E0 - Attempting to set an address beyond 127.
E1 - Attempting to program an address with no device connected.
E2 - Can not find device after power up.
E3 - Invalid sensor response.
E4 - Can not find the device program.
E5 - Device read error.
E6 - Fail during Analog value reading
Hochiki America Corporation TCH-B100 Hand-Held Programmer
TRT-A100 SMOKE DETECTOR TESTER/REMOVAL TOOL

APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America TRT-A100 Smoke Detector Tester/
Removal Tool enables the user to access, test, remove
and reinstall the SIH and SLK series smoke detectors.
The detectors, manufactured with a magnetically
activated dual reed switch for sensitivity testing, can be
sensitivity tested. This meets the requirements of a UL
listed calibrated test without the use of combustion
materials.
The TRT-A100 is in compliance with the test requirements
outlined in the NFPA 72 Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance, Chapter 7.
OPERATION
Test Procedure
STANDARD FEATURES
Combination tester/removal.
Tests Hochiki America smoke detectors with a
dual reed switch.
Choose either a Hand held or 15' stainless steel
No combustion material needed.
No meter, batteries, or screwdriver required.
UL listed.
Meets outlined requirements in the NFPA 72
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance, Chapter 7.
SPECIFICATIONS
Detector Tester/Removal Tool
Dimensions
3.4" D x 2.4" H
Material
Highly durable PVC
molded plastic
Color
Gray-provides visible contrast
Alignment
One side for test, one side
for removal. Color-coded
labels for easy visibility
Tester/Removal Tool Handle
Options
Hand Held or Extension Pole
Dimensions
Pole extends to 15'
Material
Stainless steel with
easy grip black handle
This method of sensitivity testing is designed only for

HOCHIKI America smoke detector models SIH and SLK
Series that contain a label which identities this specific
feature. See below. DO NOT attempt to use this method
of sensitivity testing on detectors without this label.
Conduct the testing with detector wired to appropriate

initiating circuit or current limited power source and with
normal applied power. Abnormal or low power conditions
may effect sensitivity. Always reset the power before
you test the next unit.
1. Place the TRT-A100 onto the detector aligning the
orange arrow shown on the removal/test tool with
the tamper resistant set screw on the detector.
2. Wait six to eight seconds. Detector SHOULD NOT
alarm.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. II

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
12/2003
3. If the detector does alarm when the removal/test tool is placed in this position, the detector is not within specified
sensitivity limits and may require service.
4. Rotate the TRT-A100 one-half circle (180). Align white arrow shown on tester tool with tamper resistant set
screw.
5. Wait six to eight seconds. Detector SHOULD alarm and the indicator LED should remain lit.
6. If detector does not alarm when the TRT-A100 is positioned correctly, may not within specified sensitivity limits
and may require service. See Technical Bulletin HA-88 (November '96) for more information.
Removal Procedure
This section explains how to use the HOCHIKI America TRT-A100 Tester/Removal Tool to remove smoke detectors
from their bases.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Flip the TRT-A100 so the five small arrows located beneath the white orange arrows are point upward.
Fit the TRT-A100 to the detector and lock into place.
To remove a detector, rotate the TRT-A100 to the left (counterclockwise).
To install a detector, rotate the TRT-A100 to the right (clockwise).
Hochiki America Corporation TRT-A100
TSA-B110 SMOKE DETECTOR SENSITIVITY TESTER

DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki America TSA-B110 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Tester is designed for efficient and accurate testing of the sensitivity of smoke detectors. For ease of
use in field applications the tester is easy to transport
and compact. Two densitometer circuits allow the TSAB110 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Tester to test both
ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors.
The TSA-B110 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Tester is a
sensitive piece of electronic equipment. The unit must
be used in a temperature range of 50F to 86F. Sudden
jarring or dropping of the TSA-B110 may damage the
unit. Operation will be affected if proper care is not
taken.
STANDARD FEATURES
Tests the sensitivity of Hochiki's previous model
photoelectric and ionization smoke detectors.
Lightweight and portable for easy use in the field.

Obscuration/sensitivity testing similar to that of a
UL 268 Smoke Box.
Voltage Adjustment Knob easily changes tester
voltage to the rated voltage of the detector.

Indicator lamp automatically lights at completion
of testing.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage
120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Source Voltage
108V - 132V AC
Smoke Generating
Material
SM-101-P Punk Stick
Range
50F to 86F
Dimensions
15.74" x 11.02" x 7.87"
Weight
13 Lbs.
OPERATION
1. Pull out the measuring unit drawer to expose the
meters and AC plug connector.
2. Remove the AC cord. Connect one end to the AC
plug connector and the other end to a 120VAC
electrical outlet.
3. Turn the AC source switch on. The circulating fan
starts.
4. Allow five minutes for warm-up to ensure stability
of the testing circuits.
5. Open the top cover and locate the wire leads and
clip.
6. If you are using a detector base, connect the wire
leads to this base and mount the base to the
wooden installation plate provided.
Terminal Markings: Source cable (not used)
Signal line (+)
Common line (-)
Configuring the TSA-B110
7. Use the photo/ion change-over switch to
choose the type of detector (ION or PHOTO) which
is to be tested.
8. Use the voltage adjustment knob to adjust the
voltage to agree with the rated voltage of the detector being tested (for SLK-12 use 17.0 VDC).
9. Use the densitometer 0 adjustment knob to
set the pointer to zero (0).
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
12/2003
Testing a Detector
10. Place a detector to be tested into the base in the sensitivity testers smoke chamber and close the lid.
11. Insert an ignited punk stick into the smoke-producing chamber on the lower right side. When the detector
alarms, an indicator lamp lights, the meter locks, and a buzzer sounds.
12. Observe the value indicated by the meter (a holding circuit locks the meter in place for about one minute).
13. Remove the punk stick and open the top cover.
14. Remove the detector. Smoke will be exhausted and the densitometer meter will reset to 0. The lamp and
buzzer function will clear at this time.
Repeat Steps 7 through 14 to test additional detectors.
AC SOURCE SWITCH
VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
KNOB
DENSITOMETER 0
ADJUSTMENT KNOBS
PHOTO/ION
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH
SMOKE-PRODUCING
CHAMBER
MAINTENANCE
Maintaining the TSA-B110 will assure many years of reliable use. It is recommended the maintenance be
performed by qualified personnel every two years. Consult with your Hochiki distributor for a technician in your area.
NOTE: Hochiki America Corporation recommends returning the TSA-B110 to the factory every two years for
calibration to ensure optimum performance.
Hochiki America Corporation TSA-B110
H E AT D E T E C T O R T E S T E R S
fast
efficient
convenient
innovative
safe
patented
30ft reach
CAT
Heat Detector Testing: Why and How ?

National standards require that heat detectors are tested regularly by application of a heat source.
The SOLO range includes two professional, alternative
solutions to meet that requirement:
1. The cordless SOLO 461, incorporating the innovative
CAT (Cross Air Technology), activates 95% of all spot
type heat detectors (fixed temperature, rate of rise and
combination) within seconds and many times faster
than previous designs.
The rechargeable Battery Batons, mounted inside the
access pole, enable safe and efficient testing without any
trailing cords or the need for a safety transformer.
Or, for those seeking a lower cost solution,

2. The SOLO 409 provides a powerful heat source
contained within the transparent cup, which enables a view
of the illuminated LED upon successful activation.
While the SOLO 409 does need a power cord, it is nonetheless a
professional heat detector testing tool, designed for safe use in
the appropriate environment without causing damage to the
heat detector.
SOLO RANGE INTEGRATION

Both products integrate with the universal SOLO range, which represents today's most advanced system for
testing, removing and replacing both smoke and heat detectors at heights up to 30ft.
SOLO 409
HEAT TESTER
The SOLO 409 is a professional and robust tool for testing heat
detectors fitted at heights up to 30ft. Unlike the SOLO 461, it
does require a power cord lead but, conversely, does not require any
special energy saving features.
Designed for use on fixed temperature, rate of rise and
combination detectors.
Suitable for any model of spot type heat detector fitted at heights of
up to 30ft.
Large clear cup fits over detector enabling a clear view of the
detector LED.
Tests detectors up to 194F operating temperature.
Thermal cut-out for added protection.
What is CAT ?
The revolutionary and patented CAT (Cross Air Technology) system applies
the stimulus directly to the sensor in the most efficient way possible - horizontally.
Under the control of a microprocessor,

blown air is heated by the element
just before exiting the duct. The narrow
opening focuses the heat into a 'beam'.
In the case of heat detector testing, CAT:
Reduces test times dramatically.

Sets detectors into alarm more rapidly than any other safe technique.
Uses the minimum power necessary, thereby extending battery life.
Suits rate of rise, fixed temperature and combination detectors up to 194F.
Minimises the possibility of heat damage to the plastic of the detector.
For tests on combination rate of rise / non-restorable detectors, a silicon baffle is supplied
to ensure correct airflow.
energy efficient
The SOLO 461 incorporates a 'reference platform', which ensures that the 'beam' of heated
air is lined up correctly with the sensor, whatever size and shape of detector.
Under the control of a microprocessor, blown air is heated by the element
just before exiting the duct. The narrow opening focuses the heat into a 'beam'.
Because the hot 'beam' of air is targeted directly at the sensor, substantial amounts of energy
and time are saved. This design allows many more tests per Battery Baton than ever before.
SOLO 461 CORDLESS (CAT) HEAT TESTER

The SOLO 461 provides a solution for testing heat detectors that is second to none.
Its patented design is convenience itself, while offering the fastest functional test possible
in the safest and most controlled way.
Heat is directed straight at the detector sensor.
Sets 95% of all heat detector types into alarm within seconds.
Tests detectors up to 30ft with SOLO universal access poles.
No cords - power from Battery Baton is delivered to unit via the frame.
Uses same Battery Batons and charger as previous model - no need to buy new ones.
Infra-red beam is broken by detector to activate heat generation.
Microprocessor control maintains constant heat and airflow with variations in battery voltage.
Goes into standby after 120 secs of use for protection.
Switches off completely after 5 minutes in standby for further protection.
Supplied with 2 Battery Batons and fast charger
(operates from 110 / 120V, AC supply
or 12V DC car battery).
Specifications
SOLO 461 (CATTM Cordless)
Suitable detector types :
Maximum detector size :
Number of test:
Maximum height:
Approvals:
Safety Features:
Operating features:
Other interchangeable equipment available in

the
Environment:
range includes:
Functional smoke detector tester.
A single universal detector removal /

extraction tool.
Telescopic access pole to 20ft.
Further extension poles to 30ft.
Spot type, Rate of Rise, Fixed Temperature and Combination up to 194F

Any - so long as the sensing element can be targeted by the heat source
Typically 50 tests of 30 secs duration per Battery BatonTM
Limitless, if using one Battery Baton while charging another
Up to 10ft using SOLO 461 alone. Up to 30ft using SOLO extension poles
CE Mark
UL listed (charger)
Battery over-current cut-out
Element safety cut out after 120 seconds
Auto power off after 5 mins
Color coded LED user feedback
Automatic infrared sensing of detector
Multi position head
1 hour recharge time for Battery Baton (car - 12V DC or 110 / 120V AC)
Operating temperature 40F to 115F
Storage Temperature 15F to 120F
Humidity: 0-85% RH non-condensing
Relevant Weights and Dimensions

Weight
21oz
18oz
2lb 10oz
Solo 460:
Solo 720:
Solo 724:
Dimensions
Inside diameter 4in approx
Diameter 1.15in, Length 19.3in
3in (w) X 5.3in (l) X 2.6in(h)
SOLO 409 (Corded)
Smoke detector sensitivity

testing instrument
Suitable detector types:

Maximum height:
Operating voltages:
Power:
Frequency:
Cable length:
Type of connector:
Weight:
Dimensions:
Safety:
Spot type, Rate of Rise, Fixed Temperature and Combination up to 90C / 194F
Up to 30ft using SOLO extension poles
110 / 120V AC
600W approx
50 / 60 Hz
20in nominal
CEE 17 Industrial
1lb 14oz
Inside diameter 4.5in approx, working depth 3in approx
Thermal cut out, electrically fused, double insulated
Please note the following important information regarding these products:

Not for use in hazardous areas (those containing explosive vapours or dust).
Care must be taken when handling these products immediately after use, as parts may be hot to the touch.
Tests with these products may prove that the detector is operational and capable of responding to heat;
they do not indicate the calibration level of the fixed temperature element or the grade status.
Care needs to be taken when testing combination non-restorable / rate of rise devices.
Ordering Information
Part No
Solo 409:
Description
110 / 120V AC Corded Heat Detector Tester
Solo 460:
Solo 461:
Cordless Head Unit - note: requires Solo 720 and Solo724

Cordless Heat Detector Test kit including:
1x Solo 460 CAT Cordless Heat Detector Tester
2x Solo 720 Battery Baton
1x Solo 724 Universal Battery Charger
Battery Baton for Solo 460
Universal Fast Charger for Battery Batons
Solo 720:
Solo 724:
TSE-A100 SELF-CONTAINED SMOKE GENERATOR

APPLICATION
The Hochiki America TSE-A100 is one of the most
advanced units of its kind and is the result of extensive
research and development aimed at making the job of
testing detectors a simple and efficient operation .
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke
detectors by applying smoke from an internal smoke
source.
Although this is not a calibrated amount of smoke, the
TSE-A100 is an excellent choice for periodic functional
testing of smoke detectors.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES
Tests all types of smoke detectors.

Completely self contained and portable.
Extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet.
Internal Smoke Source.
Non-Toxic Smoke Source.
Unit includes shoulder sling carrying case.
Optional adapter for high velocity conditions.
Exhaust function to clear detector.
Built-in filter to prevent tar residue from adhering to
the surface of the detector.
Preparation
1. Remove the TSE-A100 from its carrying case.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the
bottom of the TSE-A100.
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from
the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in
the combustion chamber.
5. Light the punk stick with a flame.
6. Reassemble the combustion chamber.
7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the
bottom of the TSE-A100
8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to
a length which enables you to reach the
detector you wish to test.
Testing a Detector
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps
in this section to test smoke detectors.
NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick

for sufficient smoke generation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Continued on back
Rated Voltage
Battery
Combustion Material
Weight
Length
Color
3 VDC
2 - "D" Batteries
Punk Stick
(7 mm diameter, 150 mm long)
5 Lbs.
5.25 to 14.1 feet
Brown
PRODUCT PARTS
TSE-A100 Self-Contained Smoke Generator
Punk Stick (Part No. TSE-P100)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
01/2002
OPERATION,
continued
Testing a Detector, continued
Storing the TSE-A100
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2

arrow line sup with the power indicator screw.
The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
is released from the tip of the TSE-A100.
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to
within 6-8' of the detector. The detector should
alarm.
If no smoke comes out, check to make sure the
punk stick is ignited, and the power indicator on
the combustion chamber is set to #2.
1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1

position to turn the power off.
2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest
length.
3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carry case.
4. Store in a cool, dry place.
5. For extended storage, remove the batteries.
NOTE
1. Use only the filter and combustion material
specified.
2. Check battery capacity before use to assure
efficient operation.
3. Remove batteries before long-period storage.
Telescopic Pole
Power Indicator Screw

Punk Stick Holder Retainer
Combustion Chamber
Punk Stick
Instruction Label
Hochiki America Corporation TSE-A100
Introduction
Hochiki America Corporation provides its customers with

reliable, high quality fire detection equipment utilizing
the latest technology available.
Analog Sensors
Our new sensors are dramatically small in size like their

predecessors the Hochiki America low profile conventional
smoke detectors. Yet they maintain the dependability
Hochiki customers have come to rely on. This bulletin
documents all the NS Analog Sensors (ALG-EA, ALG-V
AIE-EA, and ATG-EA).
Photoelectric Smoke Sensor

Features
The ALG-EA/-V photoelectric smoke chamber that can
detect smoldering or fast-flaming fires.
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and
sensitivity stability make this sensor effective in a wide
range of environmental conditions.
User programmable alarm thresholds.
A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which is
highly immune to noise.
The control panel is able to verify the status of any device.
Whether the device is dirty or approaching an alarm
condition, it can make this determination routinely.
It is possible to assign a priority to any device that is
deemed necessary by the nature of the systems design.
There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign priority
to fire and other similar signals.
ALG-EA/-V
ALG-EA/-V Specifications
GaAlAs Infrared Emitting Diode

24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC
41.0 VDC MAXIMUM
390 A Typical
540 A Maximum
Low Power Mode (S-SC)
120 A @ 0.75s
110 A @ 1.50s
When Called (S-SC)
2mA (momentary)
Alarm mode (S-SC)
8mA
Remote LED (during alarm) 8mA
Device Type Code
88 Hex
-10~ 50C
-20~ 60C
Storage Temperature
S-SC Protocol
Half duplex, asynchronous communication
Speed: 1200 bps
1 stop bit, 1 parity bit
Error check: Check-sum, even parity check
TX protocol control: polling, selecting, interrupt
TX code: 8 bit binary data
S-SC line resistance
50 Ohm MAX. (14~18 AWG. wiring)
Dimensions
3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
3.4 oz. (with YBN-NSA-4 base 5.1 oz.)
Weight
See control panel operating manual
Test Feature
Environment
Indoor Use Only
EEPROM (refer to control panel
Address setting method
(1 - 127 addresses)
operating manual for address
setting procedure or utilize
Hochiki TCH-B100 - See Page 9)
Base Requirement
HSB-NSA-6 or YBN-NSA-4
Light Source
Voltage Operating Range
Normal Mode (S-SC)
TECHNICAL BULLETIN HA-96

DECEMBER 2003
Ionization Smoke Sensor

Features
The AIE-EA ionization smoke sensor has a

computer-designed smoke chamber that can detect
smoldering or fast-flaming fires.
A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which
is highly immune to noise.
The control panel is able to verify the status of any
device. Whether the device is dirty or approaching an
alarm condition. It can make this determination
routinely.
There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign
priority to fire and other similar signals.
AIE-EA
AIE-EA Specifications
Americium 241 (0.98 Ci)
24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC
41.0 VDC MAXIMUM
350 A Typical
460 A Maximum
140 A @ 0.75s
100 A @ 1.50s
2mA (momentary)
When Called (S-SC)
8mA
Alarm mode (S-SC)
Device Type Code
A8 Hex
-10~ 50C
-20~ 60C
Storage Temperature
S-SC Protocol
Speed: 1200 bps
Dimensions
3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
Weight
Test Feature
Environment
Indoor Use Only
(1 - 127 addresses)
Base Requirement
Radioactive Source
Normal Mode (S-SC)
Heat Sensor
Features
The ATG-EA heat sensor is a computer-designed heat

sensing device that can accurately detect fast-flaming fires.
A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which is
highly immune to noise.
The control panel is able to verify the status of any device.
Such as whether or not the device is approaching an
alarm condition. The control panel can make this
determination routinely.
There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign priority
to fire and other similar signals.
ATG-EA
ATG-EA Specifications
Heat Sensing Element
Normal Mode (S-SC)
Thermistor
24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC
41.0 VDC MAXIMUM
350 A Typical
500 A Maximum
110 A @ 0.75s
100 A @ 1.50s
When Called (S-SC)
2mA (momentary)
Alarm mode (S-SC)
8mA
Device Type Code
98 Hex
-10~ 50C
Storage Temperature
-20~ 60C
S-SC Protocol
Speed: 1200 bps
Dimensions
3-15/16"D X 1-9/16"H
Weight
Test Feature
Environment
Indoor Use Only
(1 - 127 addresses)
Base Requirement
Proper placement of sensors

This section explains how to determine the number of sensors you
need, and where to place them.
By following the guidelines listed in NFPA 72, base the number
and location of sensors on an engineering survey of the area to be
protected.
Factors to consider
Contents to be protected.
Type of construction and use of structure.
Human occupancy.
Burning characteristics of contents
Space involved.
Height of ceilings.
Surface condition of ceilings.
Total area.
Air movement--stratification.
Vent locations--velocities and dilution.
Deflections and obstructions.
Location Sensors
One smoke sensor covers 450 to 900 square feet.
One heat sensor covers up to 2500 square feet.
Consider local conditions and codes along with engineering evaluations
to determine the proper spacing and specifications.
Warning: HEAT SENSORS ARE NOT LIFE SAFETY DEVICES. WHERE LIFE
SAFETY IS A FACTOR SMOKE SENSORS ARE RECOMMENDED.
Examples
You may use 30-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for smoke sensors.
You may use 50-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for heat sensors.
Beams other obstructions extending more that 18" below the ceiling
reduce the effective range of the sensors. Such obstructions should
designate a new separation point, and be considered a border for a new
section.
Beams or other obstructions extending more that 8" but less than 18"
require reduced spacing at the perpendicular of the obstructions.
NOTE: FOR INFORMATION ON DIFFERING STYLES OF CONSTRUCTION
CONSULT THE NFPA HANDBOOK, SECTION 72.
Warning: DO NOT INSTALL HOCHIKI SMOKE SENSORS IN THE
FOLLOWING AREAS:
Where temperatures are likely to exceed 100F or fall below 32F.

Closer than 4 inches to any side wall.
Where forced ventilation can dilute the smoke from a fire
In known areas of combustion such as kitchens or furnace rooms.
Testing
Smoke Sensors
Remember, for a smoke sensor to operate efficiently, combustion
products must enter the outer chamber. Air flow, stratification, velocity,
stagnation, and migration all affect the efficiency and accuracy of the
sensor.
You may use an air flow meter to determine the movement of air within
a structure.
Field testing equipment is available from Hochiki for testing the function
of the sensors. See the Hochiki Tester section in this bulletin and the
control panel operation manual for more information.
Maintenance
Consult local codes and ordinances.
Hochiki recommends biannual confirmation of functional operation and
external appearance.
You can obtain field testing equipment from Hochiki. See the Hochiki
Tester section in this bulletin for more information.
Heat Sensors
There are two basic test methods that can be used to determine proper
operation of the ATG-EA.
1. Testing can be accomplished by use of the built in test feature.
For proper operation refer to the control panel operation manual.
2. Functional testing can be accomplished by using the TTA-1H
heat sensor tester. See testers section.
DECEMBER 2003
Manual cleaning procedures

BOTTOM VIEW OF ALG-EA
Cleaning the photoelectric sensor
OUTER COVER
RECESS AND KEY
OUTER COVER
This section explains how to clean the ALG-EA/-V sensors.

Use the diagram to identify the sensor's parts.
Tools
You will need:

Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 Cover Removal Tool
A small soft bristled artist's paint brush
Denatured alcohol
Clean dry compressed air
NOTE: Use only lint-free materials when cleaning the chambers of
the photoelectric smoke detector. Use of fibrous materials may result
in false alarms.
Remove and disassemble the sensor
Follow the steps in this section to prepare the sensor for cleaning:
1. Remove the sensor from its base.
2. Disassemble sensor by following the NSRT-A100 instructions found
on page 5 of this document.
OUTER COVER
RECESS AND KEY
OUTER COVER
Clean the sensor
Follow the steps in this section to clean the sensor.

not attempt to remove the insect screen.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the sensor as specified on page 5
and set aside.
2. Place the sensor in the palm of your left hand and grasp the
Chamber Cover with your right hand. Twist the Chamber Cover counter
clockwise until the Cover Tabs clear the Tab Catches. Lift and
separate the Chamber Cover from the Optical Unit.
3. Swab the Optical Unit with denatured alcohol using a small soft
bristled brush.
4. Use dry clean compressed air to dry the optical unit and to remove
any remaining particles.
5. Clean the Chamber Cover and Outer Cover in the same manner.
CAUTION: Do
ALIGNMENT
ARROW 1
CHAMBER
COVER
COVER
TABS
(3 total
1 hidden)
SENSING
CHAMBER
OPE
N
SE
CLO
TAB
CATCH
(3 TOTAL
1 hidden)
PHOTODIODE
OUTER
COVER
KEY
OUTER
COVER
KEY
IR LED
ALIGNMENT
ARROW 2
OPTICAL UNIT
(BLACK AREA)
EXPLODED VIEW OF ALG-EA

DECEMBER 2003
Reassemble the sensor.
Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the sensor.

1. Locate the Alignment Arrows on both the Chamber Cover and the
Optical Unit.
2. Set the Chamber Cover onto the Optical Unit while making sure that
Alignment Arrow 1 and Alignment Arrow 2 are aligned with one another.
3. Holding the sensor in your left hand and grasping the Chamber Cover
with your right hand, rotate the Chamber Cover clockwise until the
Cover Tabs snap into the Tab Catches.
4. Place the Outer Cover of the sensor nose down on a flat surface.
5. Align the Outer Cover Keys with the Recess in the Outer Cover (two
orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
6. With the Outer Cover Keys aligned with the Cover Recessed, press
down firmly on the back of the sensor. The sensor will snap into
the Outer Cover. The sensor is now ready to be returned to the
base from which it was removed.
7. The sensor should be re-tested by following the test procedure
found in the control panel literature.
NOTE:
If after testing, the sensor is not working within the prescribed

range then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.
AIE Cleaning Instructions

This section explains how to clean the AIE-EA sensor. Use the
diagram to identify the sensor's part.
Tool
You will need:
Soap solution (1 teaspoon of Lemon Joy to 1 gallon clean water)
Soap bristled brush
Distilled water
Vacuum

Follow the steps in this section to prepare the sensor for cleaning:
1. Remove the sensor from its base.
2. Disassemble sensor by following the NSRT-A100 instructions
found on page 5 of this document.
CAUTION: Only the Outer Cover may be cleaned with a soap
solution. Never attempt to clean any other part of the sensor with a
soap solution. This may render the sensor inoperable.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE INSECT SCREEN !!!.
OUTER COVER
RECESS AND KEY
BOTTOM VIEW OF AIE-EA
Clean the sensor
OUTER COVER
Follow the steps in this section to clean the sensor.

1. Remove the Outer Cover of the sensor as specified on page 5 and
set aside.
2. Vacuum the Outer Chamber and Insect Screen to remove any
foreign matter from the sensor.
3. Submerse the Outer Cover in the soap solution and scrub with the
brush to remove any foreign matter from the Outer Cover.
4. Rinse the Outer Cover in distilled water and blow it dry with clean
compressed air.
Reassemble the sensor

Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the sensor:
1. Place the Outer Cover of the sensor nose down on a flat surface.
2. Align the Outer Cover Keys with the Recessed in the Outer Cover
(Two orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
3. With the Outer Cover Keys aligned with the Outer Cover
Recessed, press down firmly on the back of the sensor. The sensor
will snap into the Outer Cover. The sensor is now ready to be
returned to the base from which it was removed.
4. The sensor should be re-tested by following the test procedure
NOTE: If after testing, the sensor is not working within the
prescribed range, then return it to the manufacturer for
servicing.
STATUS LEDS
OUTER CHAMBER
INSECT SCREEN
OUTER COVER KEYS

EXPLODED VIEW OF AIE-EA

DECEMBER 2003
Sensor Cover Removal Instructions
LOCATOR
This section explains how to remove the outer cover from the
AIE-EA or the ALG-EA/ ALG-V by using the NSRT-A100.
Tool
You will need:
Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 tool

Follow the steps in this section for removal of the sensor cover:
1. Place the sensor to be disassembled on the NSRT-A100 tool
making sure that the Locator on the sensor is aligned as shown
on the diagram.
2. Using your thumb and index finger rotate the sensor back and
forth until it drops into place on the NSRT-A100.
3. Grasp the sensor firmly and rotate the sensor clockwise
(approximately 30 deg.) until the Locator on the sensor lines up
with the Mounting Ears of the NSRT-A100. The contact blades
on the sensor will engage on the NSRT-A100 and will prevent
further rotation.
4. The sensor cover is now disengaged from the sensor body and can
be removed by pulling the sensor cover away from the NSRTA100.
5. After the cover has been removed, refer to the sensor cleaning
instructions to clean and reassemble the sensor.
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
MOUNTING
EARS
ROTATE
TO
REMOVE
COVER
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
NSRT-A100

DECEMBER 2003
Testers
The TSE-A100 smoke detector tester
The Hochiki TSE-A100 is one of the most advanced units of its kind and
is the result of extensive research and development aimed at making the
job of testing sensors a simple and efficient operation.
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke sensors by
applying smoke from an internal smoke source.
Telescopic Pole
Features
The TSE-A100 employs telescoping construction for easy adjustment
to ceiling height.
Simple operating controls are located on the base of the unit.
The TSE-A100 houses its own source of smoke (punk sticks) within a
special chamber that isolates the combustion material from the
outside. This unique design enables the tester safely to generate a
stable volume of smoke.
The unit comes with a shoulder-sling carrying case for easy
portability from one site to another.
The TSE-A100 extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet.

Preparing the TSE-A100

Combustion Chamber
Punk Stick
Instruction Label
This section explains how to prepare the TSE-A100 to test smoke

sensor.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the bottom of the TSE-A100
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in the combustion
chamber.
7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the bottom of the TSE-A100
8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to a length which
enables you to reach the detector you wish to test.
Testing a detector
TSE-A100 specifications
Rated Voltage
Battery
Combustion material
Weight
Maximum length
3 VDC
D size (2)
Punk stick (7mm diameter, 150mm long)
5 pounds
14.1 feet
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps in this section
to test smoke detectors.
NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick for sufficient
smoke generation. For proper airflow, observe battery polarity.
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2 arrow lines up with the
power indicator screw. The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to within 6-8" of the sensor.
The sensor should alarm.
This section explains how to store the TSE-A100 after use.

1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1 position to turn the power
off.
2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest length.
3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carrying case.
DECEMBER 2003
The TTA-1H Heat Sensor Tester

The TTA-1H is a state of the art heat sensor tester. It is the most
advanced heat testing device of its kind. It is the result of intense
research and developement aimed at making the job of testing self
restoring heat devices a simple and efficient operation.
Features
Quick response ceramic heater element.

Built in circulation fan for even distribution of heat.
Swivel mounted head for easy access to heat sensor.
Rubber contact points to protect the heat sensor, yet allowing
good contact for rapid testing.
Inline switch between test pole and battery pack adding to the
simple and easy operation.
Power indicating LED on bottom of test head.
Three section pole with friction power locks.
Use of portable battery pack with belt mount.
Optional use shoulder strap for battery pack.
Battery pack protected by a 10A circuit breaker.
Special calibration plate provided so as to perform a quick
periodic calibration check.
ATG-EA
View of TTA-1H
in relationship
to sensor
Lightweight Head
with built in
circulation fan
Adjustable
aluminum pole
Top View Of TTA-1H Head

Special Quick Response
Ceramic Heater
Rubber Bumbers
and Pad
Testing a heat sensor

This section explains how to use the TTA-1H to test
smoke sensors.
WARNING:
DO NOT USE THIS DEVICE ON NON-RESTORABLE
HEAT SENSORS OR DETECTORS!!!!
1. Connect 12Volt plug from the TTA-1H into the

battery pack.
Mounting Knobs
Specifications Tester and Pole

Operating Voltage
Current Consumption
Normal Operation
Maximum Surge
Heater Temperature
Pole extension
Weight
Dimensions
Battery Pack
Battery type
Life
Number of sensors tested
per charge
Weight
Dimensions
Charger
DECEMBER 2003
12 VDC
4 amps
14 amps (2sec. typical)
380F (maximum)
3 sections 3.6ft.(min.) 8.8ft.(max.)
Head 15.87oz.
Pole 2.15 lbs.
Head 4.33in.D X 6.10in.H
Pole 1.38in.D
2. Raise the extended head of the TTA-1H up to the

the sensor, and slip the head over the sensor.
3. Rotate the HDT-380 until it is snug over the device.
4. Slide the power switch located at the bottom of the
pole to the on position. The sensor should alarm
between 5 and 15 seconds.
5. Once the sensor has alarmed remove the TTA-1H
and slide the power switch to the off position.
6. Testing is now complete for that sensor.
7. For added details refer to operation manual.
NICAD 12V. 2.8Ah

500 charges (minimum)
200 max. (5sec. ON - 60sec. OFF)
2.2 lbs.
8.03in.L X 2.99in.W X 2.17D
12VDC 350mA
7
Reactions to particle size

The following table shows how photoelectric and ionization sensors react to materials of varying particle size. The
solid lines indicate absolute size. The dashed lines identify areas to consider when engineering a job using Hochiki
sensors.
Particle Size in Microns
1000
100
Rain
10
Fine Rain
1
Mist
0.1
0.01
0.001
Wood Smoke
Sulfuric Acid Mist
Cigarette Smoke
Pine Resin Smoke
Carbon Powder
Pigments
Ammonia Vapor
Smoke of Zinc Oxide
Gas Molecules
Flare Smoke (magnesium-oxide)
Chimney Smoke
Factory Dust
Dust in Clean Air
Pollen
Yellow Ochre
Bacteria
To naked eye
Viruses
Particles Visible
Through microscope Through high power microscope
Hochiki Sensors
Photoelectric Smoke Sensors
Ionization Smoke Sensors
Particle Size and the Hochiki Sensors

July 2000
TCH-B100-NS Programmer operating instruction

TCH-B100-NS is a hand held programmer. It is designed for use with
the following products: ALG-V/ ALG-EA, AIE-EA, ATG-EA,
FRCME-S, FRCME-P, FRCME-4, SOM, R2M, RM.
Features
The TCH-B100-NS is a compact unit and easy to use.
The TCH-B100-NS provides address setting and reading.
Has the diagnostic ability to display the analog value.
Use 9V battery
Automatically increments the address ready to set the address of
the next sensor.
Automatically switches the power off after use
Programming Buttons
Left Gray Button:
Power on. Automatically reads the address of a

sensor. Subsequent operations will advance the
device address by ten.
Right Gray Button:
Power off. Advances the device address by

one.
Stores the displayed address to the device and is
used to read sensor analog levels.
Red Button:
Address Setting
1. Install sensor onto programmer, ensuring that sensor protrusion
aligns with programmer grooves.
2. Press the left gray button to switch programmed on. A battery
check message will appear followed by the devices address
( un-programmed sensors will read address 127).
3. Set the required address by incrementing the left and right gray
buttons (the display will show three red flashing dots if the address
being programmed is different from the device's current address).
4. When the desired address is present press the red button to store
that address. The three red dots on the display will no longer be
present.
Remote
Programming Jack
Programming
Buttons
Display

(All Modules except DCP-FRCME-S
and FRCME-P)
To Remote
Programming
Jack
(DCP-FRCME-P)
Reading Analog Value:

NOTE: For Ion Sensor, do not read analog value for 30 seconds
( stabilization period).
1. Install the sensor and power up programmer as previously described.
2. Press the red button. An "A" will appear on the display followed
by the analog value. This value will be continuously updated for
three minutes or until the unit is turned off.
Remote
Programming Cable
(DCP-FRCME-S)
Display Message:
bAt - On upon power up ( battery check). Also on when battery is
low. Low battery good for up to 3,000 address setting
operation.
E0 - Attempting to set an address beyond 127.
E1 - Attempting to program an address with no device connected.
E2 - Can not find device after power up.
E3 - Invalid sensor response
E4 - Can not find the device program.
E5 - Device read error.
E6 - Fail during Analog value reading.
DECEMBER 2003
Introduction
Hochiki America Corporation provides its customers with reliable, high

quality fire detection equipment utilizing the latest technology available.
NS Detectors
Our new conventional NS detectors are dramatically small in size like their
predecessor the original low profile conventional smoke detectors. Yet
they maintain the dependability Hochiki customers have come to rely on.
This bulletin documents all the NS Conventional Smoke Detectors
(SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H, SLR-835/-835H/-835HW*/-835B-2/
-835B-2W*/-835BH-2/-835BH-2W*/-835B-4/-835B-4W*/
-835BH-4/-835BH-4W*/, SIJ-24 and DCD-135/190).
* W= Indicates white
Photoelectric Smoke Detector

Features
The SLR series photoelectric smoke detector has a computerdesigned smoke chamber that can detect smoldering or
fast-flaming fires.
The SLR series has a wider range than other photoelectric
detectors. It's coverage extends into the range of the Ionization
detector. This makes the SLR series a uniquely versatile smoke
detector.
The combination of a high signal-to noise ratio and sensitivity
stability make this sensor effective in a wide range of
environmental conditions.
Two indicator LEDS set at 180 degrees from each other offer
360 degree viewing of detector status.
Automatic built-in test feature. Indicates when chamber is dirty
or if sensitivity has shifted outside its intended range. It will
automatically indicate its status with no testing.
A hidden self locking feature (requires activation).
Inter-changeability with SLK series and SIH series detectors.
SLR-24H
SLR-24/ -24V
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H Specifications
Light Source
Nominal Rated Voltage
Working Voltage
Maximum Allowable Voltage
Allowable Wave Form
Supervisory Current
Surge Current
Maximum Allowable Current
Minimum, Alarm Trip Current
Storage Temperature
Heat Element Rating
( SLR-24H only)
Dimensions
Weight
Test Feature
Environment
Base Requirement
OCTOBER 2002

24.0 VDC
15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC
42.0 VDC MAXIMUM
Filtered DC, 5V Ripple Max.
45 A (at 24VDC)
160 A (at 24VDC)
150mA Maximum
6mA
-10 ~ +50C
-20 ~ +60C
135F
3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
3.1 oz. (with NS4-100 base 4.6 oz.)
Automatic built-in test feature
(see HA-06-060 page 4)
Indoor Use Only
NS6 Series, NS4 Series, and HSC
Relay Series
SLR-835/-835H/-835B-2/835BH-2/-835B-4/-835BH-4
Front View Of All Versions
Back View Of Baseless Version
SLR-835 Specifications
Light Source
Working Voltage
Maximum Ripple
Supervisory Current

12.0 VDC or 24.0 VDC
8.0 ~ 35.0 VDC
42.0 VDC MAXIMUM
15%
38 A (at 12VDC)
55 A (at 24VDC)
70 A (at 35VDC)
200 A (at 24VDC)
Surge Current
150mA Maximum
Minimum, Alarm Trip Current 6mA
Alarm Current For SLR-835B-4 48mA (at 12VDC, 25C)
34mA (at 24VDC, 25C)
52mA (at 35VDC, 25C)
Heat Element Rating
135F
( SLR-835H only)
-10 ~ +50C
Storage Temperature
-20 ~ +60C
Dimensions of the SLR-835
3-15/16"D X 2.0"H W/TRIM RING
and SLR-835H
Dimensions of the
3-15/16"D X 2.4"H
SLR-835B-2, and -4
SLR-835BH-2, and 835BH-4
3-15/16"D X 2.4"H
Weight of the SLR-835
and SLR-835H
Weight of the
3.96 oz. (with Trim Ring 5.76 oz.)
SLR-835B-2, and -4
3.96 oz. (with Trim Ring 5.76 oz.)
SLR-835BH-2, and 835BH-4
Test Feature
Automatic built-in test feature
(see HA-06-074 page 4)
Indoor Use Only
Environment
Base Requirement
Relay Series
For SLR-835 Only
Mounting Requirement For
SLR-835B-2,/-835BH-2/835B-4/-835BH-4
Trim Ring SLR-835 Baseless
Baseless Detector
Ionization Smoke Detector

Features
The SIJ-24 ionization smoke detector uses a dual-chamber design

that detects smoldering or fast-flaming fires.
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and sensitivity
stability make this sensor effective in a wide range of
A single radioactive source ionizes the air in both the detection
and reference chambers. Though the reference chamber is not
sealed, it provides a clean air comparison for the detection
chamber.
This dual-chamber design makes the SIJ-24 remarkably stable in
a wide range of environmental conditions.
SIJ-24
Page 1 of 7
Proper placement of detectors
SIJ-24 Specifications
Radioactive Source
Working Voltage
Allowable Wave Form
Supervisory Current
Surge Current
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Test Feature
Environment
Base Requirement
Americium 241 (0.50 Ci)

24.0 VDC
15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC
42.0 VDC MAXIMUM
45 A (at 24VDC)
200 A (at 24VDC)
150mA Maximum
6mA
-10 ~ +50C
-20 ~ +60C
3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
Built-in test feature with magnet
activation (see HA-06-060 page 4)
Indoor Use Only
Relay Series
Heat Detectors
This section explains how to determine the number of detectors

you need, and where to place them.
By following the guidelines listed in NFPA 72, base the number and
location of detectors on an engineering survey of the area to be
protected.
Factors to consider
Contents to be protected
Type of construction and use of structure
Human occupancy
Burning characteristics of contents
Space involved
Height of ceilings
Surface condition of ceilings
Total area
Air movement--stratification
Vent locations--velocities and dilution
Deflections and obstructions
Locating Detectors
One smoke detector covers 450 to 900 square feet.

One heat detector covers up to 2500 square feet.
Consider local conditions and codes along with engineering
evaluation to determine the proper spacing and specifications.
WARNING: HEAT DETECTORS ARE NOT LIFE SAFETY DEVICES. WHERE
Features
The DCD-135/190 heat detectors are computer-designed heat

detectors that can accurately detect fast-flaming fires.
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and sensitivity
stability make this detector effective in a wide range of
360 degree viewing of detector status using two LEDs.
Bi-color LEDs. Blinks Green for normal standby and then turns
steady Red when detectors goes into alarm.
Inter-changeability with SIJ-24 and SLR-24.
A hidden self locking feature (requires activation).
LIFE SAFETY IS A FACTOR SMOKE DETECTORS ARE RECOMMENDED.
Examples
You may use 30-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for smoke detectors.
You may use 50-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for heat detectors.
Beams or other obstructions extending more than 18" below the ceiling
reduce the effective range of the sensors. Such obstructions should
designate a new separation point, and be considered a border for a new
section.
Beams or other obstructions extending more than 8" but less than 18"
require reduced spacing at the perpendicular of the obstructions.
NOTE: FOR INFORMATION ON DIFFERING STYLES OF
CONSTRUCTION CONSULT THE NFPA HAND BOOK, SECTION 72
WARNING: DO NOT INSTALL HOCHIKI SMOKE DETECTORS IN THE
FOLLOWING AREAS:
DCD-135/ 190
DCD-135/190 Specifications
Heat Sensing Element
Working Voltage
Allowable Wave Form
Supervisory Current
Surge Current
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Test Feature
Fixed Temperature Rating
Model DCD-135
Model DCD-190
Rate of Rise Rating (Both)
Environment
Base Requirement
OCTOBER 2002
Thermistor
24.0 VDC
15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC
42.0 VDC MAXIMUM
35 A (at 24VDC)
160 A (at 24VDC)
150mA Maximum
6mA
-10 ~ +50C
-20 ~ +60C
3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
See page 7 of this bulletin
135F
190F
15F/min.
Indoor Use Only
Relay Series
Where temperatures are likely to exceed 100F or fall below 32F

Closer than 4 inches to any side wall
Where forced ventilation can dilute the smoke from a fire
In known areas of combustion such as kitchens or furnace rooms
Testing
Smoke Detectors
Remember, for a smoke detector to operate efficiently, combustion

products must enter the outer chamber. Air flow, stratification,
velocity, stagnation, and migration all affect the efficiency and
accuracy of the detector.
You may use an air flow meter to determine the movement of air
within a structure.
Field testing equipment is available from Hochiki for testing the
function of the detectors. See the Hochiki Testers section in this
bulletin and the installation instructions for more information.
Maintenance
Consult local codes and ordinances.

Hochiki recommends bi-annual confirmation of functional operation
and external appearance.
You can obtain field testing equipment from Hochiki. See the Hochiki
Testers section in this bulletin for more information.
Heat Detectors
There is one basic test method that can be used to determine proper
operation of the DCD-135/190
1 Functional testing can be accomplished by using the TTA-1H
heat detector/sensor tester. See testers section.
Page 2 of 7
BOTTOM VIEW OF SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835/-835H

ALIGNMENT ARROW
Manual cleaning procedures

Cleaning the photoelectric detector
This section explains how to clean the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H/-835

and SLR-835H detectors.
Use the diagram to identify the detector's parts.
Tools
You will need:

A small soft-bristled artist's paint brush
Denatured alcohol
NOTE: Use only lint-free materials when cleaning the chambers of

the photoelectric smoke detector. Use of fibrous materials may result
in false alarms.
Remove and disassemble the detector
ENCLOSURE
OUTER COVER
OUTER COVER NUB
Follow the steps in this section to prepare the detector for cleaning:
1. Remove the detector from its base.
2. Disassmble detector by following the NSRT-A100 instructions found
on page 5 of this document.
Clean the detector
ALIGNMENT
ARROW 1
CHAMBER
COVER
SENSING
CHAMBER
COVER
TABS
(3 total
1 hidden)
OPE
N
SE
CLO
TAB
CATCH
(3 total
1 hidden)
PHOTODIODE
IR LED
ALIGNMENT
ARROW 2
EXPLODED VIEW OF SLR-24/ -24V/-24VN/-835/-835H
Follow the steps in this section to clean the detector.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the insect screen.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the detector as specified on page 5
and set aside.
2. Place the detector in the palm of your left hand and grasp the
Chamber Cover with your right hand. Twist the Chamber Cover counter
clockwise until the Cover Tabs clear the Tab Catches. Lift and
separate the Chamber Cover from the Optical Unit.
3. Swab the Optical Unit with denatured alcohol using a small soft
bristled brush.
4. Use dry clean compressed air to dry the optical unit and to remove
any remaining particles.
5. Clean the Chamber Cover and Outer Cover in the same manner.
Reassemble the detector
Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the detector.

1. Locate the Alignment Arrows on both the Chamber Cover and the
Optical Unit.
2. Set the Chamber Cover onto the Optical Unit while making sure that
Alignment Arrow 1 and Alignment Arrow 2 are aligned with one another.
3. Holding the detector in your left hand and grasping the Chamber Cover
with your right hand, rotate the Chamber Cover clockwise until the
Cover Tabs snap into the Tab Catches.
4. Place the Outer Cover of the detector nose down on a flat surface.
5. Align the Outer Cover Nub with the Alignment Arrow on the Enclosure
(two orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
6. With the Outer Cover Nub aligned with the Alignment Arrow, press
down firmly on the back of the detector. The detector will snap into
the Outer Cover. The detector is now ready to be returned to the
base from which it was removed.
7. The detector should be re-tested by following the test procedure
NOTE:
1. ON SLR-24H, SLR-835BH AND SLR-835H TAKE CARE NOT
TO DISTURB OR DAMAGE THE THERMISTOR HEAT
ELEMENT DURING THE CLEANING PROCEDURE
2. If after testing, the detector is not working within the Prescribed
range then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.

OCTOBER 2002
Page 3 of 7
Disassembly, Cleaning, And Test Procedure For

SLR-835B Series Detectors
Disassembly Procedure
SCREWDRIVER HEAD
1. Remove the detector from the trim ring.

2. Disassemble detector by placing one screwdriver under the
TAB as shown in Diagram 1.
3. Place the second screwdriver under the next adjacent TAB
pushing it the direction shown in Diagram 1.
4. Push the screwdriver outward from the center of the
detector and lift the Enclosure upward.
TAB
DIRECTION TO
MOVE TAB
DIAGRAM 1
5. Do the same with the second screwdriver, but do not

remove it. Keep it in place.
6. Take the first screwdriver and place it under the second
TAB. Push the TAB outward and lift the Enclosure upward.
7. With three Tabs freed, the Enclosure should finally remove
easily with the application of the screwdriver.
TAB LOCATIONS
Cleaning Procedure
1. The cleaning instructions are the same as for the SLR-24
Series Detectors (refer to page 3).
Testing Procedure
BACK OF THE SLR-835 BASELESS
1. The SLR-835B series photoelectric smoke detector has a

built-in test feature that will automatically indicate a change in
sensitivity.
2. When the detector's LEDs blink green. This is an
indication that it is within it's listed sensitivity window.
3. When the detector's LEDs begin to blink red, then this
indicates the detector's sensitivity is out of its listed range.
4. For go-no-go testing refer to diagram 2 magnet placement.
Detector should alarm within 10 seconds.
DIAGRAM 2

OCTOBER 2002
Page 3A of 7
SIJ Cleaning Instructions

This section explains how to clean the SIJ-24 detectors. Use the
diagram to identify the detector's parts.
CONTACT BLADES
Tools
You will need:

Small blade type screw driver.
Soap solution (1 teaspoon of Lemon Joy to 1 gallon clean water)
Soft bristled brush
Distilled water
Vacuum
Remove and disassemble the detector
Follow the steps in this section to prepare the detector for cleaning:
1. Remove the detector from its base, and place it with the bottom up.
2. Take the small screw driver and gently pry each of the Outer Cover OUTER COVER
Clips outward from the center of the detector, and at the same time
CLIP - LARGE
lifting the enclosure upward by the Contact Blades. This will free
the Outer Chamber/ Enclosure form the Outer Cover
CAUTION: Only the Outer Cover may be cleaned with a soap solution.
Never attempt to clean any other part of the detector with
a soap solution. This may render the detector inoperable.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE INSECT SCREEN.
BOTTOM VIEW OF SIJ-24
OUTER COVER
CLIPS (3 SMALL)
OUTER COVER
Clean the sensor
Follow the steps in this section to clean the detector.

1. Remove the Outer Cover of the detector as specified above, and
set aside.
2. Vacuum the Outer Chamber to remove any foreign matter from the
detector.
3. Submerse the Outer Cover in the soap solution and scrub with the
brush to remove any foreign matter from the Outer Cover.
4. Rinse the Outer Cover in distilled water and blow it dry with
clean compressed air.
Reassemble the detector

Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the detector.
1. Place the Outer Cover of the detector nose down on a flat surface.
2. Align the Outer Cover Clips with the Enclosure Keys (There is
one large clip and three small clips, observe orientation).
3. With the Outer Cover Clips aligned with the Enclosure Keys,
press down firmly on the back of the detector. The detector will
snap into the Outer Cover. The detector is now ready to be
returned to the base from which it was removed.
4. The detector should be re-tested by following the test procedure
found in the detectors installation instructions (HA-06-060).
STATUS LEDS
OUTER CHAMBER
(ONE HIDDEN)
NOTE: If, after testing, the detector is not working within the prescribed
range, then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.
ENCLOSURE KEYS
(4 TOTAL TWO ARE HIDDEN)
CONTACT BLADE
EXPLODED VIEW OF SIJ-24

OCTOBER 2002
Page 4 of 7
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 Cover Removal Instructions
This section explains how to remove the outer cover from the
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 by using the NSRT-A100.
Tools
You will need:

Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 tool
Remove and disassemble the SLR-24/- 24V/-24VN/-835
Follow the steps in this section for removal of the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835

cover:
1.Place the SLR-24/-24V/-835 to be disassembled on the
NSRT-A100 tool, making sure that the Locator on the SLR-24/-24V/
-24VN/-835 is aligned as shown on the diagram.
2.Using your thumb and index finger rotate the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835
back and forth until it drops into place on the NSRT-A100.
3.Grasp the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 firmly and rotate it clockwise
approximately 30 deg.) until the Locator on the SLR-24/24V/-24VN/-835
lines up with the Mounting Ears of the NSRT-A100. The contact
blades on the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 will engage on the NSRT-A100
and will prevent further rotation.
4.The SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 cover is now disengaged from the body
and can be removed by pulling the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 cover away
from the NSRT-A100.
LOCATOR
5.After the cover has been removed, refer to the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835/

cleaning instructions to clean and reassemble the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835.
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
MOUNTING
EARS
ROTATE
TO
REMOVE
COVER
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
NSRT-A100

OCTOBER 2002
Page 5 of 7
Testers
The TSE-A100 smoke detector tester
The Hochiki TSE-A100 is one of the most advanced units of its kind and
is the result of extensive research and development aimed at making the
job of testing detectors a simple and efficient operation.
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke detectors by
applying smoke from an internal smoke source.
Telescopic Pole
Features
The TSE-A100 employs telescoping construction for easy adjustment
to ceiling height.
Simple operating controls are located on the base of the unit.
The TSE-A100 houses its own source of smoke (punk sticks) within a
special chamber that isolates the combustion material from the
outside. This unique design enables the tester safely to generate a
stable volume of smoke.
The unit comes with a shoulder-sling carrying case for easy
portability from one site to another.
The TSE-A100 extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet.

Preparing the TSE-A100

Combustion Chamber
Punk Stick
Instruction Label
TSE-A100 specifications
Rated Voltage
Battery
Combustion material
Weight
Maximum length
3 VDC
D size (2)
Punk stick (7mm diameter, 150mm long)
5 pounds
14.1 feet
This section explains how to prepare the TSE-A100 to test smoke

detectors.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the bottom of the TSE-A100
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in the combustion
chamber.
7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the bottom of the TSE-A100
8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to a length which
enables you to reach the detector you wish to test.
Testing a detector
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps in this section
to test smoke detectors.
NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick for sufficient
smoke generation. For proper airflow, observe battery polarity.
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2 arrow lines up with the
power indicator screw. The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to within 6-8" of the detector.
The detector should alarm.
This section explains how to store the TSE-A100 after use.

1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1 position to turn the power
off.
2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest length.
3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carrying case.

OCTOBER 2002
Page 6 of 7
The TTA-1H Heat Detector Tester

The TTA-1H is a state of the art heat detector tester. It is the most
advanced heat testing device of its kind. It is the result of intense
research and development aimed at making the job of testing self
restoring heat devices a simple and efficient operation.
Features
Quick response ceramic heater element.

Built in circulation fan for even distribution of heat.
Swivel mounted head for easy access to heat detector.
Rubber contact points to protect the heat detector, yet allowing
good contact for rapid testing.
Inline switch between test pole and battery pack adding to the
simple and easy operation.
Power indicating LED on bottom of test head.
Three section pole with friction power locks.
Use of portable battery pack with belt mount.
Optional use shoulder strap for battery pack.
Battery pack protected by a 10A circuit breaker.
Special calibration plate provided so as to perform a quick
periodic calibration check.
DCD-135/190
View of TTA-1H
in relationship
to detector
Lightweight Head
with built in
circulation fan
Adjustable
aluminum pole
Top View Of TTA-1H Head

Special Quick Response
Ceramic Heater
Rubber Bumpers
and Pad
Testing a heat detector

This section explains how to use the TTA-1H to test
smoke detectors.
WARNING:
DO NOT USE THIS DEVICE ON NON-RESTORABLE
HEAT SENSORS OR DETECTORS.
1. Connect 12Volt plug from the TTA-1H into the

battery pack.
Mounting Knobs
Specifications Tester and Pole

Operating Voltage
Current Consumption
Normal Operation
Maximum Surge
Heater Temperature
Pole extension
Weight
Dimensions
Battery Pack
Battery type
Life
Number of detectors tested
per charge
Weight
Dimensions
Charger
12 VDC
4 amps
14 amps (2sec. typical)
380F (maximum)
3 sections 3.6ft.(min.) 8.8ft.(max.)
Head 15.87oz.
Pole 2.15 lbs.
Head 4.33in.D X 6.10in.H
Pole 1.38in.D
2. Raise the extended head of the TTA-1H up to the

the detector, and slip the head over the detector.
3. Rotate the TTA-1H until it is snug over the device.
4. Slide the power switch located at the bottom of the
pole to the on position. The detector should alarm
between 5 and 15 seconds.
5. Once the detector has alarmed remove the TTA-1H
and slide the power switch to the off position.
6. Testing is now complete for that detector.
7. For added details refer to operation manual.
NICAD 12V. 2.8Ah

500 charges (minimum)
2.2 lbs.
8.03in.L X 2.99in.W X 2.17D
12VDC 350mA

OCTOBER 2002
Page 7 of 7
Reactions to particle size

The following table shows how photoelectric and ionization detectors react to materials of varying particle size. The
solid lines indicate absolute size. The dashed lines identify areas to consider when engineering a job using Hochiki
detectors.
Particle Size in Microns
Rain
Fine Rain
Mist
Wood Smoke
Sulfuric Acid Mist
Cigarette Smoke
Pine Resin Smoke
Carbon Powder
Pigments
Ammonia Vapor
Smoke of Zinc Oxide
Gas Molecules
Flare Smoke (magnesium-oxide)
Chimney Smoke
Factory Dust
Dust in Clean Air
Pollen
Yellow Ochre
Bacteria
To naked eye
Viruses
Particles Visible
Through microscope Through high power microscope
Hochiki Detectors
Photoelectric Smoke Detectors
Ionization Smoke Detectors
Particle Size and the Hochiki Detectors

July 2000
22-Oct-2002
LIST OF COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNITS AND SMOKE DETECTORS

LISTED AFTER MARCH 1, 1989
ADEMCO
2-Wire Compatibility Listings

PANEL MODEL
VISTA 100
VISTA 100
VISTA 100
VISTA 100
VISTA 100-24
VISTA 100-24
VISTA 100-24
VISTA 100-24
VISTA 20HWSE
VISTA 20HWSE
VISTA 20HWSE
VISTA 20HWSE
VISTA 40
VISTA 40
VISTA 40
VISTA 40
VISTA 50PUL
VISTA 50PUL
VISTA 50PUL
VISTA 50PUL
VISTA 20SE
VISTA 20SE
VISTA 20SE
VISTA 20SE
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EOL
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
2K OHMS
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
DETECTOR
ID
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

22-Oct-2002
ADT

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
ADT-XP
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
UNIMODE 4-16
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A
IZ4;9W/WO IZE-A
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
B;D
MAX
DET
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
EOL
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
DETECTOR
MODEL
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB--3

22-Oct-2002
ADVANTOR

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
ULF 3000-24
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
ULF1
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
MAX
DET
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EOL
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
6.8K
DETECTOR
MODEL
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-200D
HS-220D
HS-221D
HS-224D
HSB-200
HSB-220
HSB-221
HSB-224
HS-200D
HS-220D
HS-221D
HS-224D
HSB-200
HSB-220
HSB-221
HSB-224
HS-200D
HS-220D
HS-221D
HS-224D
HSB-200
HSB-220
HSB-221
HSB-224
HB-20
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-56
HB-54
HB-53
HB-20
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-56
HB-54
HB-53
HB-20
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-56
HB-54
HB-53

22-Oct-2002
ANSUL

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE FOUR
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
AUTOPULSE IQ301
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
415413
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
416610
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
ZONE
ID
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV.4
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
REV. 1
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
24
20
20
1
20
20
20
1
1
20
20
20
20
20
20
1
20
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
EOL
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
417213
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
DETECTOR
MODEL
DCA-135
DCA-190
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DCA-135
DCA-190
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
1400
1451
1451
1451
1451DH
1851DH
2400
2400AIT
2400AT
2400TH
2451
2451
2451
2451TH
2451TH
2451TH
2851DH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLD-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
N/A
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HSC-21L
HSC-21L
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
HSC-21L
HSC-21L
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
HS-21D
HSB-21
HSC-224R
YBA-M21
N/A
B401
B401B
B406B
DH400
DH1851DC
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
B401
B401B
DH400
B401
B401B
B406B
DH2851DC
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HB-60
HB-60
HB-2
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
HB-2
HB-51
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
HB-2
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
HB-60
HB-60
HB-2
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
HB-2
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
HB-2
HB-51
HB-73
HB-2
N/A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
C & K SYSTEMS

PANEL MODEL
238,2316
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
ZONE 8
NONE
LOOP
STYLE
A
MAX
DET
10
EOL
2.2K
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLK-12
DETECTOR
ID
HD-4
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HSB-12-1
HB-80

5-Mar-2003
CADDX

PANEL MODEL
NX6, NX8
NX6,NX8
NX8-E
NX8-E
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
3800-0001
MDL NO
3800-0001
MDL NO
3800-0020
MDL NO
3800-0020
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
MAX
DET
20
20
20
20
EOL
680 OHMS
680 OHMS
680 OHMS
680 OHMS
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835B-2
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
HB-3
N/A
HB-3
N/A

22-Oct-2002
CHEMETRON

PANEL MODEL
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO 1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
MICRO1-EV CLASS
SG
SG
SG
SG
ZONE MODELZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
4
N/A
1
N/A
1
N/A
1
N/A
1
LOOP
STYLE
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
33
33
33
33
EOL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
2.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
DETECTOR
MODEL
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DCD-135, DCD-190
DCD-135, DCD-190
DFE-190
DFE-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24,-24H
SLR-24,-24H
SLR-24, SLR-24H
SLR-24, SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224RB
HS-220D
HS-220RB
HS-224D
HS-224RB
HS-220D
HS-220RB
HS-224D
HS-224RB
HSC-224L
HSC-224L
HSC-220L
HSC-220L
NS4-224,NS6-224
NS4-224,NS6-224
NS4-224,NS6-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-224R
HSC-224R
NS4-224,NS6-224
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HB-3
HB-5
HB-12
HB-3
HB-12
HB-5
HB-14
HB-3
HB-12
HB-5
HB-14
HB-62
HB-62
HB-64
HB-64
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-72
HB-3
HB-73
HB-73
HB-5
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
22-Oct-2002

DETECTION SYS.

PANEL MODEL
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
DS9400I, DS9400M
UPDATED 9/11/03
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1
1
1
1
EOL
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
DETECTOR
MODEL
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H,-24V
SLR-24H,-24V
SLR-24H,-24V
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835,-835W
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-100,NS6-100
NS4-220,NS6-220
NS4-100,NS6-100
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-86

22-Oct-2002
DIGITAL MONITOR

PANEL MODEL ZONE MODEL ZONE
ID
XR5FC
2--5
A
XR5FC
2--5
A
XR5SL
2--5
A
XR5SL
2--5
A
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
MAX
DET
22
7
22
7
EOL
3.3k
3.3k
3.3k
3.3k
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLK12
SLK-835,-835H
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
DETECTOR
ID
HD-4
HD-5
HD-4
HD-5
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
HB-80
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55

22-Oct-2002
DMP

PANEL MODEL
XR10
XR10
XR10
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR20
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR200
XR5FC
XR5FC
XR5FC
XR5FC
XR5SL
XR5SL
XR5SL
XR5SL
XR6
XR6
XR6
XR6
ZONE MODEL
ZONE
ID
10 ON XR10
A
10 ON XR10
A
10 ON XR10
A
10 ON XR20
A
10 ON XR20
A
10 ON XR20
A
10 ON XR20
A
715
A
715,-16
A
715,-16,-8
A
715,-16-,-8
A
715-16
A
715-8
A
715-8
A
10 ON XR200
A
715
A
715
A
715 OR Z 9 &10
A
715, 715-16
A
715,-16
A
715,-16
A
715,-16,-8
A
715-8
A
715-8
A
9 & 10 ON XR200 A
9 ON XR200
A
9,10 ON XR200
A
9,10 ON XR200
A
XR200
A
XR200
A
2-5 ON XR5FC
A
2-5 ON XR5FC
A
2-5 ON XR5FC
A
2-5 ON XR5FC
A
2-5 ON XR5SL
A
2-5 ON XR5SL
A
2-5 ON XR5SL
A
2-5 ON XR5SL
A
6 ON XR6
A
6 ON XR6
A
715
A
715 ON XR6
A
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
MAX
DET
22
7
7
22
7
7
7
7
7
7
22
7
7
7
7
22
7
22
7
7
7
22
7
7
22
7
7
7
22
7
22
7
7
7
22
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
EOL
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLK-835,-835H
SLK-12
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLK-835,-835H
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLK-12
SLK-835,-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLR-835
SLR-835B
SLR-835B
SLR-835
DETECTOR
ID
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-4
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-4
HD-5
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-6
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-6
HD-4
HD-5
HD-4
HD-5
HD-6
HD-3
HD-4
HD-5
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
NA
NS6-100
NA
HSB-200,-200N
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
NS6-100
NS6-100
NA
HSB-200,-200N
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
NA
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
NA
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NA
NS6-100
HSB-12-1,-12-1N
HSB-200,-200N
NS6-100
NA
NS6-100
NA
NA
NS6-100
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
NA
HB-55
NA
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
NA
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
NA
HD-4
HB-55
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
NA
HB-80
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
NA
HB-55
HB-80
HB-55
HB-55
NA
HB-55
NA
NA
HB-55

22-Oct-2002
DSC

PANEL MODEL
PC1555
PC1555
PC1555
PC4020CF
PC4020CF
PC4020CF
PC5010
PC5010
PC5010
PC5020
PC5020
PC5020
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
UA000
PC15-1
UA000
PC15-1
UA000
PC15-1
PC4701
PM-2
PC4701
PM-2
PC4701
PM-2
PC5010
PC5-1
PC5010
PC5-1
PC5010
PC5-1
PC5020
PC5-2
PC5020
PC5-2
PC5020
PC5-2
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLR-835, 835W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835, 835W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835, 835W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835, 835W
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
N/A
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
N/A
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
N/A
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
N/A
HB-3
N/A
N/A
HB-3
N/A
N/A
HB-3
N/A
N/A
HB-3
N/A
N/A

22-Oct-2002
EDWARDS

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
5783B
5783B
5783B
5783B
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
001
001
001
001
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
33
33
33
33
EOL
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
DETECTOR
MODEL
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
F.A.S.T. INC.

PANEL MODEL ZONE MODEL
RZB12-6MFC
RZB12-6MFC
RZB12-6MFC
RZB12-6MFC
RZB12-6MFC
RZB12-6MFC
240204
240204
240204
240204
240204
240204
ZONE
ID
5389
5389
5389
5389
5389
5389
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
15
15
15
15
15
15
EOL
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
DETECTOR MODEL DETECTOR

ID
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
FARADAY

852
852
852
852
852
854
854
854
854
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15108AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15112AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
15116AL
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
19000A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS1
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
FOS2
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
5.6K OHM
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A

ID
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
Page 1 of 2

22-Oct-2002

19000A
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
19000A EVAC
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2022-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
2042-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
6110-FSP
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
MPC-2000
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310, 311, 312
401310
401310
401310
401310
401310
401310
401310
401310
401311
401311
401311
401311
401311
401311
401311
401311
ZONE
ID
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
LOOP
STYLE
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
B
D
B
D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
5.6K OHM
5.6K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
10808
N/A
N/A
10808
N/A
10808
N/A
10808
N/A
10808
10808
N/A
10808
N/A
10808
N/A

ID
DFE-190
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
AL-DCA-135
NA
AL-DCA-190
NA
AL-DFE-135
NA
AL-DFE-190
NA
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
AL-DCA-135
NA
AL-DCA-190
NA
AL-DFE-135
NA
AL-DFE-190
NA
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
AL-DCA-135
NA
AL-DCA-190
NA
AL-DFE-135
NA
AL-DFE-190
NA
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
HS-224L
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
AL-HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224D
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-18
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
Page 2 of 2

22-Oct-2002
FIKE

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
RHINO
RHINO
RHINO
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-038
10-039
10-039
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, -2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2141, 10-2144
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
DET220
DET220
DET220
DET220
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
DET470
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
MDL. NO
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
MDL. NO
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
102171
MDL NO
102171
MDL. NO
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B
B, D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
MAX
DET
50
50
50
50
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
EOL
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
3.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
4.3K OHM
1.5K OHM
N/A
1.5K OHM
N/A
1.5K OHM
N/A
N/A
1.5K OHM
1.5K OHM
N/A
N/A
1.5K OHM

ID
DFE-135, -190
N/A
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135
HD-3
DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-190
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
NS4-221, NS6-221
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
HSC-224R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
N/A
HS-220D
HS-220D
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220RB
HS-220RB
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-4
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-4
HB-5
HB-72
HB-71
HB-73
HB-3
HB-4
HB-4
HB-5
N/A
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-12
HB-12
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
Page 1 of 2

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
10-039
10-039
10-039
10-039
10-039
10-039
10-039
10-039
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
RHINO 10-050
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
SHP 10-051
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
DCM-10-2141
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
10-2171
ZONE
ID
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
038000
LOOP
STYLE
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
DET220
DET
DET220
DET
DET220
DET
DET220
DET220
DET220
DET
DET220
DET
DET220
DET
DET220
DET
DET
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
1
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
EOL
1.5K OHM
N/A
N/A
1.5K OHM
N/A
1.5K OHM
N/A
1.5K OHM
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3
3.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K

ID
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HB-5
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220RB
HS-220RB
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-24
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
HS-221D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HS-221D
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-12
HB-12
HB-3
HB-3
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-4
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-4
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
Page 2 of 2

22-Oct-2002
FIRELITE

PANEL MODEL
MP-12
MP-12
MP-12
MP-12
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MP-24
MS-4012
MS-4012
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS-4412B
MS4412B
MS4412B
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5012
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024, -5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5024,-5024UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
ZONE 2, 3
A
ZONE 2, 3
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
CAC-10E
A
CAC-10E
A
CAC-10E
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
11
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
11
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
15
15
11
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
LPSD-12
LPSD-12
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
LPSD-12
LPSD-12
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
LPSD-12
LPSD-12
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835H
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835H
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
LPSD-12
LPSD-12
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
DETECTOR
ID
HD-4
HD-4
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-4
HD-4
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-4
HD-4
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-3
HD-6
HD-4
HD-4
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
BLP-12-R
BLP-12-RN
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
BLP-12-R
BLP-12-RN
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
BLP-12-R
BLP-12-RN
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
N/A
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220,NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
BLP-12-R
BLP-12-RN
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HB-83
HB-83
HB-3
N/A
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-83
HB-83
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-83
HB-83
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
N/A
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-83
HB-83
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
Page 1 of 2

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS-5210UD
MS4424
MS4424
MS4424
MS4424
MS4424
MS4424
MS4424
MS-4424B
MS-4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
MS-4424, MS4424B
RP-1001,-1002
RP-1001,-1002
RP-1001, -1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
RP-1001,RP-1002
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
S200/S2000
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
SFP-400,-400B
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A,CAC-10F A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
IZ-4F,IZ-8F
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B,D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
15
15
15
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
DFE-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135, DCD-190
DCD-135, DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DCD-135, -190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
DFE-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135, DCD-190
DCD-135, DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
UPDATED 9/11/03
Page 2 of 2

22-Oct-2002
FIRESCAN

PANEL MODEL
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
SHP
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
10-2171
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
MAX
DET
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
EOL
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K
4.3K

ID
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-221D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-220
YBA-M224
HS-221D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HS-221D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M220
YBA-M224
HB-4
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-4
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5
HB-4
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-5

22-Oct-2002
G.S. BLDG. SYS.

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-1
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
IRC-3
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130022
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130082
130108
130108
130108
130108
130108
130108
130108
240113
240113
240113
240113
240113
240113
240119
240119
240119
240119
240119
240119
240205
240205
240205
240205
240205
240205
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
ZONE
ID
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
5876
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289A
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
3289B
5389
5389
5389
5389
5389
5389
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
LOOP
STYLE
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
MAX
DET
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
N/A
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
PN260001
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-220D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-M224
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
Page 1 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1, LSS4
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4CLA
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
4ZEXP
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
ZONE
ID
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-224D
HS-M224
HS-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-M224
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-M224
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-M224
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
Page 2 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
LSS1/12,LSS4/12
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
MOTHERBOARD
ZONE
ID
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
N/A
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
N/A
3.9K OHM
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-M224
YBA-M224D
YBA-M224D
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-224D
HS-224D
YBA-M224
YBA-M224
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-3
HB-3
Page 3 of 3

22-Oct-2002
GRINNELL

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
C200
C200
NA
NA
ZONE
ID
24F
24F
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
MAX
DET
30
30
EOL
7628
7628

ID
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F,-FH
HD3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-224D/HSB-224
HS-224D
HB-5
HB-5

22-Oct-2002
HOCHIKI AMERICA CORPORATION

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
AL-1500
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP1000
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP-1000 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
HCP200 SERIES
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
AL-4ZDM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
UPDATED 9/11/03
ZONE
ID
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
HP-2A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
3
3
3
3
30
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
3
3
3
3
30
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
EOL
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM

ID
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-135
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DCA-190
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-135
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
DFE-190
N/A
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
DFE-135, -190
HD-3
DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-835,-835H
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
SLR-835B-2W
HD-6
SLR-835BH-2
HD-6
SLR-835BH-2W
HD-6
SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
DFE-135, -190
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-835,-835H
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
SLR-835B-2W
HD-6
SLR-835BH-2
HD-6
SLR-835BH-2W
HD-6
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SLR-835,-835W
HD-5
SIJ-24
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
SLR-24V
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
YBF-RL/4H5US
HS-224RB
HS-224RB
HS-224RB
HS-224RB
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, -220W
NS6-220, -220W
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NS4-220, -220W
NS6-220, -220W
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, -220W
NS6-220, -220W
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NS4-220, -220W
NS6-220, -220W
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-21
HB-14
HB-14
HB-14
HB-14
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
HB-3
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
HB-3
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85

22-Oct-2002
ISI WIRELESS

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
FMS 1000
FMS 1000
FMS 1000
FMS 1000
FMS 1000
FMS 1000
FMS 500
FMS 500
FMS 500
FMS 500
FMS 500
FMS 500
FMS 500-96
FMS 500-96
FMS 500-96
FMS 500-96
FMS 500-96
FMS 500-96
4ZID
4ZID
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
4ZID
4ZID
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
4ZID
4ZID
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
4ZM
ZONE
ID
4ZID
4ZID
4ZMB
4ZMA
4ZMB
4ZMA
4ZID
4ZID
4ZMA
4ZMB
4ZMA
4ZMB
4ZID
4ZID
4ZMA
4ZMB
4ZMA
4ZMB
LOOP
STYLE
D
D
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
66
66
66
15
66
15
66
66
15
66
15
66
66
66
15
66
15
66
EOL
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
22K OHM
4.7K OHM
22K OHM
N/A
N/A
22K OHM
4.7K OHM
22K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
22K OHM
4.7K OHM
22K OHM
4.7K OHM

ID
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIF-24F
HD-2
SIF-24F
HD-2
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
MIRCOM

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
FA-1000
FA-1000
FA-1000
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U
FA-101U, FA-1020U
FA-101U, FA-1020U
FA-101U, FA-1020U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-1025U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-102U
FA-104/8U
FA-104/8U
FA-104/8U
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/8U, 8UX
FA-104/BUX
FA-104/BUX
FA-104/BUX
FA-200
FA-200
FA-200
FA-200
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-200, FA-1000
FA-1000
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
SERIES 100
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B,D
B
B
B,D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B, D
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
3.9K OHM
DEF-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DEF-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DEF-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DEF-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DEF-135, -190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DEF-135, -190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
DETECTOR
ID
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
MODULAR PROT.

ID
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
N/A
A
RP-1002M
A
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K

ID
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HSB-220
HSB-224
YBA-M22
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
NAPCO

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
GEM-3200,-P9600 NA
GEM-PS
GEM-P1632
NA
MDL NO
GEM-P1632
NA
NA
GEM-P3200
NA
GEM-PF
GEM-P800
NA
XP-S
GEM-P800,-P800E NA
XP-S
GEM-P800E,P801 NA
XP-S
GEM-P801
NA
XP-S
GEM-P816, V2,V3 GEM-P816
MDL NO
GEM-P816, V2,V3 NA
XP-S
GEM-P9600
NA
GEM-PS
MA3000,SS5500
NA
MDL NO
MA3000/SS5500
NA
MDL NO
SS-P3200
NA
GEM-PS
SS-P3200,-P9600 NA
GEM-PS
SS-P9600
NA
GEM-PS
XP-400, XP-600
NA
XP-S
XP400, XP600
NA
XP-S
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B,D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K OHM
3.9K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K OHM
2.2K
2.2K OHM
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
DETECTOR
ID
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

22-Oct-2002
NOTIFIER

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFM-200
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-1010
AFP-200
AFP-200
AFP-200
AFP-200
AFP-200
AFP-200
AFP-200
AM 2020
AM 2020
AM 2020
AM 2020
AM 2020
AM 2020
AM 2020
MMX-2
MMX-2
RP-1001
RP-1001
RP-1001
RP-1001
RP-1001
RP-1002
RP-1002
RP-1002
RP-1002
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2
MMX-2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
IZ-4,IZM-8
IZ-4,IZM-8
IZ-4,IZM-8
IZ-4,IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
D
D
B
D
B
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
B
B
D
MAX
DET
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
1
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
15
15
15
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DFE-135,-190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HS-220
HS-220
HS-220
HSB-224
HS-220
HS-220
HSB-224
HS-220
HSB-224
HS-220
HSB-224
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-220D
HS-220D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-220D
HS-220D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-22D
HS-22D
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
Page 1 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
S 5000
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SFB-400
SFB-400
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SFB-400B
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000
SLG-2000,XPM-8
SLG-400
SLG-400
SLG-404
SLG-404
SLG-404
SLG-404
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
IZM-8, IZE-A
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
MMX-2, M3-TW
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
IZ-4
IZ-4
IZ-4
IZ-4
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4, IZM-8
IZ-4A
IZ-4A
IZ-4A
IZ-4A
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
D
D
B
A
B
B
D
D
B
D
B
B
D
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
B
B
BD
BD
B
B
B, D
B, D
BD
BD
B, D
B, D
BD
BD
B, D
B, D
B, D
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
D
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
1
25
25
1
25
1
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
10
10
30
30
10
10
30
30
10
10
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
10
10
15
10
10
10
10
15
15
35
35
35
35
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
30
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
3.9K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
N/A
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-835B-2
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-220D
HS-220D
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-220D
HS-220
YBA-M22
YBA-M22
YBA-M220
YBA-M220
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
YBA-M22
HS-2-RB
HS-22D
HS-2-RB
YBA-M22
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HS-2-RB
HS-22D,YBA-M22
HSB-220
HSB-224
HS-2-RB
HS-22D,YBA-M22
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-10
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-10
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-72
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-53
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
Page 2 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 500
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
SYSTEM 5000
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
XP TRANSPONDER
IZ-8
IZ-8
IZ-8
IZ-8
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZM-8
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZE-A
IZM-8
IZM-8
IZM-8
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
XPM-8
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
IZE-A
IZM-8
IZE-A
IZE-A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
B, D
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
20
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
60
60
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
2.2K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F/FH
SLK-24F/FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HB-56
HB-53
HB-53
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-56
HB-53
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-56
HB-53
HB-56
HB-53
Page 3 of 3
22-Oct-2002

PARADOX SECURITY SYSTEMS

PANEL MODEL
SPECTRA 1738
SPECTRA 1738
SPECTRA 1738EX
SPECTRA 1738EX
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
1
1
1
1
EOL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
DETECTOR
MODEL
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835BH-2W
DETECTOR
ID
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
HD-6
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

22-Oct-2002
POTTER ELECTRIC

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
PFC-100 NRC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC 100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-100 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-2000 RC
PFC-4410
PFC-4410
PFC-4410
PFC-4410
PFC-4410
PFC-4410
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
25
1
1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-221D
HS-221D
HS-221D
HS-21D
HS-221 RB
HS-221D
HS-21D
HS-221 RB
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSB-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSB-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSC-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSC-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSC-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSC-221R
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HSB-221
HSB-221N
HB4
HB-2
HB-4
HB-2
HB-13
HB-4
HB-2
HB-13
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-71
HB-54
HB-54
HB-54
HB-54
HB-54
HB-54

22-Oct-2002
PROTECTOWIRE

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
ACR-1600 SERIES
ACR-1600 SERIES
ACR-1600 SERIES
ACR-1600 SERIES
ACR-1600 SERIES
ACR-1600 SERIES
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000
FS2000 SERIES
FS2000 SERIES
FS2000 SERIES
FS2000 SERIES
ZM-2200
ZM-2200
ZM-2200
ZM-2200
ZM-2200
ZM-2200
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91, ZC-91M
ZC-91
ZC-91
ZC-91
ZC-91M
ZONE
ID
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
ZC-91
ZC-91
ZC-91
ZC-91
LOOP
STYLE
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
BD
BD
BD
BD
MAX
DET
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
ELR-1A
ELR-1A
ELR-1A
ELR-1A
ELR-1A
ELR-1A
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835B-2
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-S
HD-S
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
N/A
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
RADIONICS

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
D2012,D2112
D2212
D2212, D2412
D2212B
D2212B
D2212BE
D2412UE
D2812
D2812,D2812U
D4112
D4112
D4112
D6112
D6112
D6112
D7112
D7112
D7212
D7212
D7212
D7212
D7212
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7212,D7412
D7412
D7412
D7412
D7412
D8112
D8112
D8112
D8112,D9112
D9112
D9112
D9112,D9412
D9112,D9412
D9112,D9412
D9112,D9412
D9112B,D9124
D9112B,D9124
D9112B,D9124
D9112B,D9124
D9112B,D9124
D9112B,D9124
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
D9412
2 WIRE
ZONE 1
2 WIRE
1
ZONE 1
1
1
1
2 WIRE
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
OWB/125B 24VDC
OWB/D125B 24VDC
OWB/D125B 24VDC
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ONBOARD W/125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
D8112 W/D125B
D8112 W/D125B
N/A
ZONE NO
D125B
D125B
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ONBOARD W/D125B
ZONE
ID
POINT1
221201
POINT1
B
221201
B
B
B
POINT1
B
B
1
B
B
2
A
A
A
A
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
2 TO 8
D125B
A
A
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
D125B
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
MAX
DET
40
15
40
15
15
15
15
15
40
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
80
80
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
80
80
15
80
20
20
20
40
20
20
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
80
15
80
80
EOL
1.8K OHM
2K
1.8K OHM
152K
151515
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
D104F
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
D104F
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
D108
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K OHM
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K

ID
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
D262
HD-4
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
D262
HD-4
D262
HD-4
D262
HD-4
D262
HD-4
D262
HD-4
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
DFE-135,-190
N/A
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-835B-2
HD-6
DCD-135,DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-135,DCD-190
HD-3
SIJ-24,SLR-24
HD-3
SIJ-24,SLR-24
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
SLR-835B--2
HD-6
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-12
HD-4
DCD-135,DCD-190
HD-3
DCD-135,DCD-190
HD-3
SIJ-24,SLR-24
HD-3
SIJ-24,SLR-24
HD-3
DFE-135,-190
N/A
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-835B--2
HD-6
DFE-135,-190
N/A
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-24H
HD-3
SLR-835B--2
HD-6
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-12
HD-4
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
N/A
D261A
N/A
D261A
D261A
D261A
D261A
D261A
N/A
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
YBC-RL/12
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
YBC-RL/12
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
HS224D
HS224D
HS224D
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-224, NS6-224
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HS224D
HS224D
YBC-AL/12
HS224D
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
YBC-RL/12
N/A
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-224, NS6-224
N/A
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-224, NS6-224
N/A
HS224D
YBC-AL/12
HS224D
HS224D
N/A
HB-80
N/A
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
N/A
HB-80
HB-80
HB-40
HB-80
HB-80
HB-40
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-64
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-5
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-40
HB-5
HB-80
HB-80
HB-40
N/A
HB-80
HB-80
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-5
N/A
HB-64
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-5
N/A
HB-5
HB-40
HB-5
HB-5
1 of 1

22-Oct-2002
RAULAND-BORG

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FIRE PLEX
FIRE PLEX
FIRE PLEX
FIRE PLEX
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3002
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FA3125
FA3120,FAP3125
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3001
FA3001
FA3130,FAP3135
FA3130,FAP3135
ZONE
ID
LP01
LP02
LP01
LP02
LP01
LP02
LP01
LP02
LP02
LP01
LP02
LP01
LP01
LP02
LP02
LP01
LP02
CZ02
CZ01
CZ02
CZ01
CZ01
CZ01
CZ01
CZ02
CZ01
CZ02
CZ02
CZ01
CZ02
CZ02
CZ02
CZ01
CZ02
CZ01
CZ02
CZ01
CZ01
CZ02
CZ02
CZ02
CZ01
LPO1
LPO1
CZ01
CZ01
LOOP
STYLE
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
2 A
2 A
A
A
MAX
DET
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
50
50
1
1
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
30K
20K
30K
20K
20K
20K
20K
30K
20K
30K
30K
20K
30K
30K
30K
20K
30K
20K
30K
20K
20K
30K
30K
30K
20K
1344
1344
1346
1346
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SIH-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSC-220R
HSC-220R
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSC-220R
HSC-220R
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSC-220R
HSC-220R
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HSB-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HS-220D
HSB-220
HSB-220
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HS-220D
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-72
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-72
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-72
HB-72
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-3
HB-56
HB-56
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3

22-Oct-2002
SECURTON

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2900
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2600
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
MR-2928
ZONE
ID
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, C
B, C
B, C
B, C
B, C
B, C
B, C
B, C
MAX
DET
29
29
25
25
22
22
22
22
34
34
26
26
24
24
24
24
EOL
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904
MRD-2904

ID
SIH-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-2
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
YBA-M221
HS-221D
HS-221D
YBA-M221
YBA-M221
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4
HB-4

22-Oct-2002
SILENT KNIGHT

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
5204
5204
5204
5204 12 VOLT
5204 12 VOLT
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5207
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
5820, 5828XL
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
7181
SD500-SDM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NA
ZONE
ID
24C
24C
24C
N/A
N/A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24A
24D
24D
24D
24D
24D
24D
24D
24B
24A
24B
24B
24A
24D
24D
24D
24D
24D
24D
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
24H
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
24B
241
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B/D
MAX
DET
30
30
30
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
20
40
40
20
30
30
30
30
25
25
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
18
18
18
18
30
30
30
30
20
25
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628 4.7
7628
7628 4.7
7628 4.7
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
DFE-135,-190
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLK-12
SLK-12
SLK-12
SLK-12
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835B-2
SIH-24F
DETECTOR
ID
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-4
HD-4
HD-4
HD-4
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HS-224D
HS-224D
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HS-224D/HSB-224
HS-224D/HSB-224
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HS-224D
HS-224D
HS-224C
HS-224C
HS-224D
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HS-224D/HSB-224
HS-224D/HSB-224
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1
HSB-12-1N
HSB-12-1N
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
YBA-M224
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-5
HB-5
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-5
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-5
HB-5
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-80
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
N/A
HB-5
Page 1 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
ZONE
ID
SD500-SDM
NA
241
SD500-SDM
NA
241
SD500-SDM
NA
241
SK-5208,FC-5208 SK-5217,FC-5217 24J
SK-5208,FC-5208 SK-5217,FC-5217 24J
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK6324
N/A
24F
SK6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-6324
N/A
24F
SK-2224
NA
24F
SK-2224
NA
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24FF
SK2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A
24F
SK4224
N/A
24FF
SK4224
N/A
24FF
SK4224
N/A
24FF
SK4224
N/A
24FF
SK5208
N/A
24J
SK5208
N/A
24J
SK5208
N/A
24J
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B/D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
30
30
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
10
10
30
15
15
15
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7628
7628
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7628
7628
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
N/A
N/A
N/A
7628
7628
N/A
N/A
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
N/A
7628
7628
7628
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
SIH-24F
SLK-24F, -24FH
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835BH-2
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24H
SLR-24H
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835H
SLR-835B-2
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DCD-135,-190
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
N/A
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-6
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-224D
HS-224D
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-220,NS6-220
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HS-224D/HSB-224
HS-224D
HSC-220L
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
N/A
HSC-220R
NS4-100,NS6-100
NS4-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HSC-220R
NS4-100,NS6-100
NS4-220,NS6-220
N/A
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HB-5
HB-5
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-72
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-5
HB-5
HB-64
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
N/A
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-3
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
Page 2 of 3

22-Oct-2002

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
SK5208/FC-5208
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
C6000
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ZONE
ID
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24J
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
24E
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
MAX
DET
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
7628
DFE-135,-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-24H, -24V
SLR-835
SLR-835
SLR-835B-2
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835,-835W
SLR-835H,-835HW
SLR-835H,-835HW
SIJ-24
SLR-24V
SLR-24V
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-135
DCD-190
DCD-190
DCD-190
DCD-190
DCD-190
DCD-190
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SIJ-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
SLR-24
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-6
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-5
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSC-220L
HSC-220R
NS4-220, NS6-220
HSC-220R
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-100, NS6-100
NS4-220, NS6-220
N/A
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2R,SBC-2RW
SBC-2,SBC-2W
SBC-2
SBC-2
SBC-2R
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
NS6-11, NS4-100
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
NS6-11, NS4-100
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
NS6-11, NS4-100
HSC-220R
HSC-221R
NS4-220, NS6-220
NS4-221, NS6-221
NS4-224, NS6-224
NS6-11, NS4-100
HB-64
HB-72
HB-3
HB-72
HB-55
HB-3
HB-55
HB-3
N/A
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-85
HB-72
HB-71
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-72
HB-71
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-72
HB-71
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
HB-72
HB-71
HB-3
HB-4
HB-5
HB-55
UPDATED 9/11/03
Page 3 of 3

22-Oct-2002
SIMPLEX

PANEL MODEL
ZONE MODEL
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
SERIES 4010
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
4090-9101&-9106
ZONE
ID
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
B, D
MAX
DET
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
40909101
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24FB
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24KB
SLK-24KB
SLK-24FB
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-221
HSB-221S
HS-221
HS-221
HSB-221S
HS-221
HSB-221S
HSB-221S
HB-4
HB-54
HB-4
HB-4
HB-54
HB-4
HB-54
HB-54

SPECTRONICS
324
324
324
324
624/641
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
624/MX
640
640
640
640
640
640
640
640
640
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
640/641
641
641
320/LC/OS-24
320/LC/OS-24
320/LC/OS-24
320/LC/OS-24
MX8/WIB
ADS
ADS
ADS
ADS
ADS-H
ADS-H
ADS-H
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/OSH
MX/I0-1O
MX/I01O-H
MX/I01O
MX/I01O
MX/I01O
MX/I01O
MX/I01O-H
MX/I01O-H
MX/I0-1O-H
MX/I0-1O-H
MX/I0-1O-H
MX/OSRP
MX/OSRP
MX/OSRP
MX/OSRP
MX8/WIBH
MX8/WIBH
MX8/WIBH
S2W
S2W
S2W
S2WA
S2WA
S2WA
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
MX8/WIB
S2/OSS
S2/OSS
S2/OSS
S21/OSS
S2A
S2A
S2A
S2A
S2W
S2W
S2W
S2WA
S2WA
S2WA
S2WA
MX8/WIBH
MX8/WIBH
22-Oct-2002
ZONE
ID
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B, D
B
B
B
B, D
B, D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
B
B
MAX
DET
15
11
13
13
13
15
11
13
13
50
39
44
50
40
39
44
40
44
39
40
22
39
39
50
19
22
44
44
50
40
40
15
11
13
13
50
40
40
50
40
40
50
40
40
15
50
11
39
44
44
13
15
11
13
13
15
11
13
13
50
44
44
50
39
44
44
50
40
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
15 k
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
15 K
15 K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 K
4.7K
15 K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
15 K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FG
SLK-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIH-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
DETECTOR
ID
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HB-3
Page 1 of 2

22-Oct-2002

641
641
641
641
641
641
641
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
MX8/WIBH
S2W
S2W
S2W
S2WA
S2WA
S2WA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
FASA
ZONE
ID
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
MDL NO
FASA
FASA
MDL NO
MDL NO
FASA
FASA
MDL NO
FASA
FASA
MDL NO
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
B
D
BD
BD
D
B
B
B
D
BD
MAX
DET
40
50
40
40
50
40
40
50
50
50
39
40
40
44
40
40
44
EOL
DETECTOR MODEL
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
4.7K OHM
N/A
N/A
N/A
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K
4.7K
N/A
4.7K OHM
4.7K
4.7K OHM
N/A
4.7K
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SIF-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24F
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
SLK-24FH
DETECTOR
ID
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HS-22D
HB-22D
HB-22D
HS-200 D
HS-200 D
HB-22D
HB-22D
HS-200 D
HB-22D
HB-22D
HS-200 D
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HB-3
HD-20
HD-20
HB-3
HB-3
HD-20
HB-3
HB-3
HD-20
Page 2 of 2

22-Oct-2002
UPTIME

PANEL MODEL
1A
1A
1A
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
ZA/B
N/A
ZA/B
N/A
ZA/B
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
B
MAX
DET
30
24
24
EOL

ID
10K OHM SIF-24F
HD-2
10K OHM SLK-24F
HD-3
10K OHM SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

HS-21D
HS-21D
HS-21D
HB-2
HB-2
HB-2

22-Oct-2002
VIKING

ID
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
PAR-3, B-1
N/A
A
LOOP
STYLE
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
MAX
DET
30
30
30
30
30
30
EOL
71252
71252
71252
71252
71252
71252

ID
SIH-24F
HD-3
SIH-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
SLK-24FH
HD-3
BASE MODEL
BASE ID
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HSB-220
HSB-224
HB-56
HB-54
HB-56
HB-54
HB-56
HB-54

22-Oct-2002
WORMALD

PANEL MODEL
AUTOPULSE 1000
AUTOPULSE 1000
AUTOPULSE 2000
AUTOPULSE 2000
AUTOPULSE 2000
AUTOPULSE 3000
AUTOPULSE 3000
AUTOPULSE 3000
AUTOPULSE 4000
AUTOPULSE 4000
AUTOPULSE 4000
MULTIZONE 20M
MULTIZONE 20M
MULTIZONE 20M
MULTIZONE 20P
MULTIZONE 20P
MULTIZONE 20P
MULTIZONE 6P
MULTIZONE 6P
MULTIZONE 6P
ZONE MODEL ZONE

ID
N/A
SZB1
N/A
SZB1
N/A
M6D1
N/A
M6B1
N/A
M6B1
N/A
M6D1
N/A
M6B1
N/A
M6B1
N/A
M20D1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M20D1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M20D1
N/A
M20B1
N/A
M6D1
N/A
M6B1
N/A
M6B1
LOOP
STYLE
B
B
D
B
B
D
B
B
D
B
B
D
B
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
MAX
DET
75
75
45
75
75
45
75
75
40
75
75
40
75
75
75
40
75
45
75
75
EOL
68710
68710
N/A
70061
70061
N/A
70061
70061
N/A
70061
70061
N/A
70061
70061
70061
N/A
70061
N/A
70061
70061

ID
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
SLK-24F
HD-3
BASE MODEL BASE ID

DB-201N
DBR-202N
DB-201N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DI-201N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DI-201N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DI-201N
DB-201N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DB-201N
DBR-202N
DI-201N
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
HB-7
HD-2
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
HB-2
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
HB-7
HB-2
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION

OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL
FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM
LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
3240-0410:155
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Duct Smoke Detector Housing/Base
LISTEE:
Hochiki America, 7051 Village Drive, Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
*Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 FAX (714) 690-7890
DESIGN:
Models DH-98-I, DH-98-P, DH-98-A, DH-98-AR, DH-98-HVI and DH-98-HVP duct smoke
detector units. Each unit consists of a smoke detector head, Models SIJ-24DH (ionization
type), SLR-24DH or ALG-DH (photoelectric type), plastic enclosure, plastic cover, relays,
electrical components, and sampling and exhaust tubes. The smoke detector heads are
not suitable for use as open area detection. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING:
120 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances and
in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING:
Listee's name, model designation, electrical rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as duct smoke detector units for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units to detect an abnormal amount of smoke density in the return air ducts of air
conditioning and ventilating system. The air velocity in the duct shall be between 3004000 fpm.
NOTE:
For duct application only. Not suitable for open area protection.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results
and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or
recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation
criteria. Refer to listees data sheet, installation instructions and/or other suitable information sources.
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

DIANE K. AREND, Senior Deputy
Program Manager
Listing Expires June 30, 2007

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7120-0410:153
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Annunciators
LISTEE:
Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621
DESIGN:
Model HRAM-208 remote multiplex annunciator and HRTI-1 Remote trouble Indicator.
Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING:
20-19 VDC
INSTALLATION:
in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. For indoor use only.
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model HCP200 Series fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:152).
XLF:
7120-1477:108
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7120-0410:157
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Annunciators
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model HRA-1000 remote multiplex annunciator panel. The main annunciator module
provides indication for 32 zones. Each adder annunciator module provides indication for
48 additional zones. Unit includes main annunciator chassis HRAM-1032 and adder
annunciator chassis HRAX-1048. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed
product description and operational considerations.
RATING:
20-29 VDC
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. For indoor use only.
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model HPC1000 fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:154).
XLF:
7120-1477:107
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7150-0410:156
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Boxes/Pull Stations
LISTEE:
Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 FAX (714) 690-7890
DESIGN:
Models HMS-401U, HMS-501U noncoded fire alarm manual pull stations; and Model
HMS-DA station adapter. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
description and operational considerations.
RATING:
30 VDC, 1A
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed electrically and
functionally compatible fire alarm control units.
XLF:
7150-1477:101
10-02-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7165-0410:152
CATEGORY:
Control Unit (Non High-Rise)
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model HCP-201, HCP-202, HCP-204 and HCP-204E fire alarm control units. Non-coded;
automatic, manual, local, remote station, central station, waterflow and sprinkler
supervisory service. System components:
HCP-201,-202,-204,-204E
HDM-204
HRM-204, HRM-208
HPR-100
HDACT-100
BB-815, BB-816
Page 1 of 1
Main Fire Alarm Assembly

Initiating & NAC Zones
Relay Module
Polarity reversal & City Tie
DACT
Enclosure
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances,
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, electrical rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm control units for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices.
This control unit does not generate a temporal pattern signal. If the distinctive three-pulse
Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with
NFPA 72, 1999 Edition is required, the control unit must be used with appliances that can
generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to listee's Installation instructions Manual for
details.
NOTE:
For Fire Alarm Verification Feature, the maximum Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not
exceed 30.0 seconds.
XLF:
07165-1477:109
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7165-0410:154
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
HCP-1000 fire alarm control unit. Non-coded, automatic, manual, local, auxiliary, remote
station, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory service. System components:
HCP-1000
HBB-1024, HBB-1072
HMCC-1024-6, -12
HMCC-1024-6S, -12S
HECH-1048
HDM-1008
HSGM-1004
HRM-1008
HPR-100
HFA-1024TR
Page 1 of 1
Control Unit
Backbox
24-Zone Chassis
24-Zone Chassis
Expander Chassis
8-Zone Detection Module
4-Zone NAC Module
Relay Adder Module
Polarity Reversal and City Tie
Flush Trim Ring
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm control units for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices.
This control unit can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition. Refer
to listee's Installation Manual for details.
NOTE:
For Fire Alarm Verification Feature (delay of fire alarm signal), the maximum
Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not exceed 30 seconds.
XLF:
7165-1477:106
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7165-0410:159
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-*2268
DESIGN:
Model FireNet 4127 Analog Addressable fire alarm control unit. Automatic, manual, waterflow and
sprinkler supervisory service. Refer to the listee's data sheet for detailed product description and
operational considerations. System components:
MODULE
FN-4127-BO
FN-4127-IO
FN-4127-CPA-BO
FN-4127-SLC
FN-4127-NIC
FN-PS4
FN-ENC
FN-ACC
Page 1 of 1
PART NO.
(K6002)
(K6006)
(K6001)
(K6004)
(K6005)
(S400)
(FN-ENC)
(FN-ACC)
DESCRIPTION
Control Board
Front LCD Indicator Panel
Loop 3, 4 Board
Network Card
Power Supply
Enclosures
Battery/Accessory Enclosure
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm control panel for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices. Refer to listees Installation Instruction Manual for
details.
*This control unit can generate a temporal pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation signal (for total
evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
NOTE:
For Fire Alarm Verification Feature (delay of fire alarm signal), the maximum
Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not exceed 30 seconds.
*Corr. 10-18-2005
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7260-0410:141
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Beam Smoke Detection System
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model SPB-24 and SPB-24N projected beam smoke detection system. Unit consists of one
emitter unit and one receiver unit. Refer to listee's printed data sheet for additional product
description and operational consideration.
RATING:
24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, electrical ratings, and UL Label
APPROVAL:
Listed as beam smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTINGS No.
7260-0410:158
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Beam Smoke Detection System
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model SRA-24 projected beam smoke detector. Unit consists of a transmitter/receiver unit
and a reflector unit. This device is intended for ceiling installation only between 25 to 100 ft
apart. Refer to the listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING:
24 V dc
INSTALLATION:
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, electrical ratings, and UL Label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as beam smoke detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units. Refer to listees Installation Instructions Manual for details.
04-14-03KK
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7270-0410:119
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Heat Detector
LISTEE:
Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
DESIGN:
Models AL-DFE-135 and AL-DFE-190. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with the listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and
ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, temperature & electrical ratings and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as system heat detectors when used in conjunction with listed compatible bases
(CSFM Listing No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed compatible control units.
NOTE:
Combined Listing No. 7270-0410:117 and 7270-0410:119
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7270-0410:139
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Heat Detector
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model ATA-EA detector with Model YBC-RL/2NC or YBF-RL/2NBE base. Refer to listee's data
sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations.
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and
MARKING:
Listee's name, model designation, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as a heat detector for use with Fike Model 10-201 control unit (CSFM Listing No. 71650900:106).
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7270-0410:147
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Heat Detector
LISTEE:
Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 Fax (714) 690-7890
DESIGN:
Model ATG-EA electronic fixed temperature heat detector (analog) with Models YBN-NSA-4
and HSB-NSA-6 bases. Unit consists of resistors, capacitors, diodes, transistors, LED,
thermistors, mounted on a printed wiring board inside an enclosure. Refer to listee's data
sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING:
Electrical:
39.5 VDC
Temperature Range:
134oF - 149oF
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model designation, electrical/temperature rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as heat detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units.
*Corrected 11-06-2001
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7270-0410:151
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Heat Detector
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models DCD-135 and DCD-190, fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detectors. Refer to
listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING:
Temperature:
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model designation, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector for use listed bases (CSFM Listing
No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed fire alarm control units.
DCD-135: 135 0 F
DCD-190: 190 0 F
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7271-0410:135
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Ionization Smoke Detector
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models SIH-24F and *SIJ-24 ionization type smoke detector. Refer to listee's data sheet for
RATING:
24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as ionization smoke detectors when used in conjunction with listed bases (CSFM
Listing No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed compatible fire alarm control units.
NOTE:
Formerly 7256-0410:110 & 135
*Rev. 11-16--2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7272-0410:107
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models SLG-12, SLG-24, SLG-24FH, SLG-24F, SLK-12, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, SLK24FB, SLK-24FL, SLK-24FLB, SLK-835, SLK-835H, SLR-835, SLR-835W, SLR-835B2, SLR-835B-4, SLR-835B-2W, SLR-835B-4W, SLR-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V, *SLR24VN, SLR-835H, SLR-835HW, SLR-835BH-2, SLR-835BH-2W, SLR-835BH-4, SLR835BH-4W photoelectric type smoke detectors. Unit with suffix -H or -FH employs a
supplemental heat sensor. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
RATING:
12 VDC and 24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units when used in conjunction with listee's listed bases (CSFM Listing No. 73000410:132). Models with supplemental heat sensor are not approved for use in lieu of
required heat detectors.
NOTE:
Formerly 7257-0410:107
*Rev. 2-14-2003 IPI
Date Issued:
JUNE 12, 2006
Authorized By:

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7272-0410:107
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models SLG-12, SLG-24, SLG-24FH, SLG-24F, SLK-12, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, SLK24FB, SLK-24FL, SLK-24FLB, SLK-835, SLK-835H, SLR-835, SLR-835W, SLR-835B2, SLR-835B-4, SLR-835B-2W, SLR-835B-4W, SLR-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V, *SLR24VN, SLR-835H, SLR-835HW, SLR-835BH-2, SLR-835BH-2W, SLR-835BH-4, SLR835BH-4W photoelectric type smoke detectors. Unit with suffix -H or -FH employs a
supplemental heat sensor. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
RATING:
12 VDC and 24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units when used in conjunction with listee's listed bases (CSFM Listing No. 73000410:132). Models with supplemental heat sensor are not approved for use in lieu of
required heat detectors.
NOTE:
Formerly 7257-0410:107
*Rev. 2-14-2003 IPI
Date Issued:
JUNE 21, 2004
Authorized By:

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7272-0410:140
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model ALA-EA detector with Model YBC-RL/2NC base, and Model ALB-EA with Models
YBC-RL/2NC and YBF-RL/2NBE bases. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with Fike Model 10-201 control unit (CSFM
Listing No. 7165-0900:106).
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7272-0410:149
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models ALG-EA and ALG-V analog addressable photoelectric type smoke detector with
Models YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 bases. Unit consists of resistors, capacitors,
diodes, transistors, LED, photo diode, mounted on a printed wiring board inside an
enclosure. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and
operational considerations.
RATING:
39.5 VDC
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as photoelectric smoke detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

DIANE K. AREND Senior Deputy
Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:132
Page 1 of 2
CATEGORY:
Misc. Devices/Control Unit Accessories
LISTEE:
Hochiki America, *7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
DESIGN:
Detector bases (2 and 4-wire). Unit is intended for use with a separately listed compatible
detector head. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations. Models listed below.
HA-4W
HA-SL
HA-NRA2
HA-L2
HA-L22A
HA-LA2
HA-LNRA2
HA-4W1
HA-SR
HA-L12R
HA-L2A
HA-L22F
HA-LRA
HA-4WX
HA-SLR
HA-2R
HA-L2R
HA-L22R
HA-LRA2
HA-2
HA-RA2
HA-22R
HA-L22
HA-L22S
HA-LNA2
HS-2
HS-21L
HS-22D
HS-220L
HS-221D
HS-224
HS-225L
HS-220RB
HS-2L
HS-21D
HS-100
HS-220D
HS-221X
HS-224L
HS-225D
HS-221RB
HS-2D
HS-22
HS-200D
HS-221
HS-221XL
HS-224D
HS-2RB
HS-224RB
HS-21
HS-22L
HS-220
HS-221L
HS-221XD
HS-225
HS-21RB
HS-2RB4
HSB-2
HSB-12-4
HSB-100
HSB-220N
HSB-224
HSC-4R
HSC-221L
HSC-224R
HSB-2N
HSB-12-4N
HSB-200
HSB-221
HSB-224N
HSC-21L
HSC-221R
HSC-225L
HSB-12-1
HSB-21
HSB-200N
HSB-221N
HSB-225
HSC-220L
HSC-224RA
HSB-DCP-6
HSB-12-1N
HSB-21N
HSB-220
HSB-221S
HSB-225N
HSC-220R
HSC-224L
HSB-NSA-6
YBA-M2
YBA-M221
YBA-MAP
YBA-RL/4-2
YBC-RL/12-2
YBC-RL/2NBE
NS4-100
NS6-100
YBA-M21
YBA-M224
YBA-R3
YBA-RL/4-RA
YBC-RL/12-4
YBJ-RL/2ND
NS4-220
NS6-220
YBA-M22
YBA-M220
YBA-M225
YBA-M100
YBA-RL/4
YBA-RL/4-1
YBC-RL/12
YBC-RL/12-1
YBC-RL/4-RA YBC-RL/2NC
YBN-R/2NA
YBN-NSA-4
NS4-221
NS4-224
NS6-221
NS6-224
Models may or may not come with suffix -W.

*Corrected. 11-06-2001
Listing No. 7300-0410:132

Page 2 of 2
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as bases for use with listees separately listed compatible smoke and heat detectors.
Refer to heat or smoke detector listings for compatibility. Models HA-2R, HA-SLR, HA-LRA2
and HSC Series w/ suffix R are also suitable for releasing device service. Model YBA-R3 is
intended for use with thermostat detector only.
NOTE:
Formerly 7300-0410:100, 106, 115, 124, 125, 126, 130, 131 & 133
*Corrected 11-06-2001
This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test
results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or
recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements o r installation
Date Issued:
JUNE 14, 2003
Authorized By:

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:137
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models HA-EOLR, AL-HA-EOLR, HA-EOLR-12 and AL-HA-EOLR-12 end-of-line relays.

Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations.
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, contact and coil rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as end-of-line relays for use with separately listed compatible 4-wire detectors.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:143
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
*Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 Fax (714) 690-7890
DESIGN:
Model YBJ-RL/2ND and HSB-DCP-6 detector bases. Refer to listee's data sheet for
additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as detector bases for use with listee's separately listed electrically compatible detector
heads and fire alarm control units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:150
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Control Unit Accessories Models:

DCP-RM, DCP-R2M
DCP-SCI
DCP-FRCME, DCP-FRCME-P,
DCP-FRCME-S, DCP-FRCME-4,
DCP-FRCME-S-100, DCP-FRCME-4-100
DCP-SOM
DCP-SRM
DCP-DIMM
*CZM
Page 1 of 1
Analog Relay Module

Short Circuit Isolator
Monitor Modules
Monitor Modules
Monitor Modules
Solenoid Releasing Module
Dual Input Monitor Module
Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as control unit accessories for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units. Refer to listees Installation Instruction Manual for details.
*Rev. 06-08-04
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:160
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models SBC-2, -2R, -4/12, -4/24 detector sounder base. The use of suffix W indicates
the color white. Unit SBC-2R employs a relay. SBC-4 models employ extra output leads
for connection to a control panel intitiating loop. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as detector base for use with separately listed functionally and electrically compatible
fire alarm control units. Designed specifically for use with listees Models SIJ-24 (CSFM
Listing No. 7271-0410:135) Ionization Smoke Detector or Models SLR-24V, SLR-835 (CSFM
Listing No. 7272-0410:107) Photoelectric Smoke Detector. Refer to listees Installation
Instruction Manual for details.
NOTE:
These appliances can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
10-27-03
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7151-0410:163
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Boxes/Pull Stations for Hazardous Locations
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model HPS-SA-EX/WP with or without the suffix DA-C non-coded, explosion proof,
weather proof manual pull stations. These devices consist of a switch and terminal block
mounted within an explosion proof enclosure. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
RATING:
Electrical: 120 VAC, 10 A
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances,
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units. Suitable for use outdoor and in Class I, Group B, C and D; Class II, Group E, F
and G hazardous locations. Refer to listees Installation Instruction Manual for details.
XLF:
7151-1039:104
08-24-2004
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7150-0410:164
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Boxes/Pull Stations
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models HPS-CP and HPS/CP/S non-coded boxes. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and
MARKING:
Listee's name, model name, and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as boxes for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Refer to
listees Installation Instruction Manual for details.
XLF:
7150-0512:006
08-24-2004
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7150-0410:162
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Boxes/Pull Stations
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Models HPS-SAH, HPS/SAK, HPS-DAH, HPS-DAH/S, and HPS-SAH-WP with or without

the suffix DA-C non-coded manual pull stations. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed
INSTALLATION:
In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions and applicable codes and
ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units. Model HPS-SAH-WP is suitable for outdoor use. Refer to listees Installation
XLF:
7150-1039:101
08-24-2004
Date Issued:
JUNE 12, 2006
Authorized By:

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7120-0410:165
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
Annunciators
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model FN-LCD-N Network LCD Annunciator. Connects to the control panel via the RS485 network interface. Employs four Form C relays that are unsupervised. Refer to
listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING:
24 VDC
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
Listee's name, model number, rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL:
Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model FireNet
4127 fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:159). Refer to listees Installation
01-12-2005
Date Issued:
JUNE 12, 2006
Authorized By:

Program Manager

LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No.
7300-0410:161
Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY:
LISTEE:
DESIGN:
Model ASB detector sounder base. Unit has an intregral audible signal for use with spottype detector units. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description
and operational considerations.
INSTALLATION:
MARKING:
APPROVAL:
Listed as a detector base for use with separately listed functionally and electrically compatible
fire alarm control units. Designed specifically for use with listees Model ALG-V (CSFM
Listing No. 7272-0410:149) Photoelectric Smoke Detector; Model AIE-EA (CSFM Listing No.
7271-0410:148) Ionization Smoke Detector; or Model ATG-EA (CSFM Listing No. 72700410:147) Heat Detector. Refer to listees Installation Instruction Manual for details.
NOTE:
These appliances can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
08-24-2004
Date Issued:
Authorized By:
JUNE 12, 2006

Program Manager

Hochiki Products PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Hochiki Products PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Click

sign of the pulldown menu

Hochiki America Corporation

Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

ALG-V PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE SENSOR

Shown without base

Normal: 390A (typical)

The detection chamber consists of a light emitting diode

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation

Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, continued

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Specifications subject to change without notice.

AIE-EA IONIZATION SMOKE SENSOR

Shown without base

Normal: 350A (typical)

Hochiki America Corporation

Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, continued

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ATG-EA HEAT SENSOR

Normal: 350A (typical)

Hochiki America Corporation

The ATG-EA Heat sensor incorporates a highly linear

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, continued

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ANALOG SENSOR BASES

The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 common mounting

UL & ULC Listed

Hochiki America Corporation

Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

(-) 8mA MAX.

- OPTIONAL WIRING CONFIGURATIONS FOR REMOTE OUTPUT

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ASB - ANALOG SOUNDER BASE

Shown without sensor

Shown with sensor

Base learns the sensor address and assumes an

upper range address (128-254)

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation

Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

CONNECT FOR CLASS A (STYLE 6 OR 7)

NUMBER OF BASES PERMITTED

Hochiki America Corporation ASB

Specifications subject to change without notice.

FireNET4127 - ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

Hochiki America Corporation

Analog design using Hochikis advanced DCP

SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

120VAC @ 2 amps 60hz (Optional 220VAC)

FireNET ORDERING MODELS

FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp)

Specifications subject to change without notice.

FireNET4127 - ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation

protocol for fast and robust communication

120VAC @ 2.1 Amps 60hz or 220VAC @ 1.1Amps 60hz